THE BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS ROBBINSTHE BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS A TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOK BY WILFRED W. ROBBINS PROFESSOR OF BOTANY; COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA THIRD EDITION, REVISED WITH TWO HUNDRED SIXTY-NINE ILLUSTRATIONS PHILADELPHIA P, BLAKISTON’S SON & CO., Inc. 1012 WALNUT STREETCopyright, 1931, by P. Blakiston’s Son & Co., Inc. Published November, 1931 PRINTED IN U. S. A. BY THE MAPLE PRESS COMPANY, YORK, PA.PREFACE TO THIRD EDITION The first edition of The Botany of Crop Plants appeared in 1917. In 1924, a revised second edition was printed. The demands for the book have been fairly consistent through two editions, indicating that as a reference and textbook it has a place in schools and colleges. Contributions to our knowledge of the common crop plants are constantly forthcoming, and it has been no mean task to keep in touch with them. This edition attempts to incorporate these findings; accordingly, there is scarcely a chapter that has not been modified in a number of particulars. These modifications include additions, deletions, and corrections, all in an effort to make the book more accurate, clearer, and of greater usefulness. With the valuable assistance of Professor I. J. Condit, the discussion of Ficus has been completely rewritten. A new chapter, the Palmaceae, has been added. This was prepared by Mr. R. W. Nixon to whom the author is greatly indebted. Dr. Oscar J. Pearson has aided in the revision of the Cruciferae, a group with which he is particularly familiar. Dr. H. A. Borthwick has contributed to the accuracy and value of the treatment of the family Umbelliferae. A number of new illustrations have been added, credit for those borrowed being given in the legend. The reference lists are enlarged somewhat and made inclusive of later investigations. This edition is more strictly botanical than either of the two preceding in that maps, tables and text matter pertaining to the distribution and yields of crop plants have been largely eliminated. Wilfred W. Robbins. Davis, California, November, 1931.PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION Since the first edition of this volume was issued, there have been many contributions to our knowledge of the botany of crop plants, which have made additions and alterations in the text necessary. The inclusion of these changes has not altered the organization of subject matter, or added materially to the size of the volume, but it has aimed to bring the text up-to-date. A few new illustrations have been added. Most of the maps giving acreage and production of crops have also been brought up to date by the substitution of those giving data issued by the U. S. Department of Agriculture in 1921, which are based largely on the 1920 census. In the preface to the first edition, the writer spoke of the growing tendency wherever botany is taught to make use of crop plants as objects of study. One who has watched the development in the last few years of botanical courses in universities, colleges and high schools cannot escape noticing that this tendency is still very marked. Acknowledgments are due to Professors Ernst Bessey, J. F. Duggar, Henry Jones, E. J. Kraus, Francis Ramaley, J. T. Rosa, and A. H. Wright for valuable suggestions given in the preparation of various portions of this edition. VIPREFACE TO FIRST EDITION This book has grown out of a course of instruction extending over a number of successive years. Most of the material presented here, except Part I, has been used in mimeographed form in college freshmen classes, not only as a text from which to make assignments, but also as a guide and reference in the laboratory. The issuance of the book has been stimulated in part by the expressed need of a number of schools for a text and reference book which will give the student a knowledge of the botany of common orchard, garden and field crops, and it is the author’s wish that the materia] brought together from many sources and organized in the present form will meet this need, at least in a measure. It has seemed advisable to include chapters (Part I) which may be needed in some instances to refresh the student’s knowledge of certain fundamentals, or prepare him for that which follows in Part II. But in many schools Part II will be preceded by a general course which aims to give the student a survey of the plant kindgom and an acquaintance with the large outstanding facts and principles of botany, and in this case Part I will be omitted. The subject matter of Part II is sufficient for a course of one-half year involving one recitation and two laboratory (5) periods per week. In the preparation of the book, the writer has had in mind non-agricultural as well as agricultural schools, for it cannot escape notice that there is a growing tendency, wherever botany is taught, to tie it up more closely with economic interests and to draw more and more upon economic plants in citing examples and in choosing objects of study in the laboratory. viiviii PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION The bibliographies are obviously incomplete. Most of the titles were made use of by the writer in the preparation of the manuscript, and to the authors of these he is under obligation. Bailey’s Cyclopedia of Horticulture has been indispensable and has been called into use frequently. The writer has also called upon the publications of the United States Department of Agriculture and of the various Experiment Stations. A number of the “keys” are original, many are adapted, and a few are taken verbation. A majority of the illustrations are original. It is believed that the direct method adopted herein of labeling drawings will appeal to both students and teachers. Almost all original illustrations, and also those copied or adapted are the work of Mr. N. Lee Foster. The writer is especially indebted to him, not only for the delineation, but for his helpful interest and valued cooperation throughout. Professor D. W. Frear, formerly Associate Professor of Agronomy at the Colorado Agricultural College, now of the North Dakota Experiment Station, is to be given credit for organizing and writing up portions of Chapters IX, XVII, XXX and XXXVIII. The text was planned and outlined by Professor Frear and the undersigned as joint authors, but unavoidable exigencies made it impossible for him to continue his connection as author. The entire manuscript was painstakingly read by Louise Falk Robbins, and her suggestions have added greatly to the accuracy in many places. W. W. Robbins.CONTENTS . PART I Page CHAPTER L—The Seed Plant Body........................ 1-3 CHAPTER II.—Fundamental Internal Structuré oe Plant Body. 4-9 CHAPTER III.—Roots.............................. 10-21 CHAPTER IV.—Stems.... ...... ......... . . .. .... 22-39 CHAPTER V.—Leaves.................................... 40-44 CHAPTER VI.—Flowers..... . . .. . '. .. . 45“52 CHAPTER VII.—Fruits, Seed, and Seedlings..... . 53~55 CHAPTER VIII.—The Classification and Naming of Plants. ., . 56-62 PART II CHAPTER IX.—Palmaceæ (Palm Family)........... . 63-72 CHAPTER X.—Gramïneæ (Poaceæ) Grass Family. . . 73-92 CHAPTER XI.—Triticum (Wheat) . ........* . -. . . . 93_I23 CHAPTER XII.—Avena (Oats).......... ..............124-134 CHAPTER XIII.—Hordeum (Barley) ... . . . .. ... 135-150 CHAPTER XIV.—Secale cereAle (Rye).... ........151-154 CHAPTER XV—Zea (Corn, Maize)................... . . 155-185 CHAPTER XVI.—Andropogon Sorghum (Sorghums)......186-196 CHAPTER XVII.—Oryza sativa (Rice) .. 197-205 CHAPTER XVIII.—Millet............................... 206-214 CHAPTER XIX— Phleum pratense (Timothy)..........215-220 CHAPTER XX.—Saccharum officinarum (Sugar Cane)..221-223 CHAPTER XXI.—Lilaceæ (Lily Family)..............224-247 CHAPTER XXII.—Moraceæ (Mulberry Family) .... . . 248-276 CHAPTER XXIII — Polygonaceæ (Buckwheat Family)....277-286 CHAPTER XXIV—Chenopqdiaceæ (Goosefoot Family) .... 287-305 ixX CONTENTS Page CHAPTER XXV.—Grossulariace^e (Gooseberry Family)... 306-311 CHAPTER XXVI.—Crucifers (Mustard Family)........... 312-335 CHAPTER XXVII.—Rosacea (Rose Family)...............336-3 51 CHAPTER XXVIII.—Pomaces (Apple Family)........ .... 352-374 CHAPTER XXIX.—Drupace^e (Plum Family)......... ..... . 375-396 CHAPTER XXX.—Leguminos^e (Pea Family)...............397-448 CHAPTER XXXI.—Linace^e (Flax Family)............. 449-454 CHAPTER XXXII.——Rutacem (Rue Family)............... 455-467 CHAPTER XXXIII.—Vitacead (Grape Family).............468-480 CHAPTER XXXIV.—Malvaceae (Mallow Family)........... 481-502 CHAPTER XXXV—Umbellifer^e (Carrot Family)..... . 503-516 CHAPTER XXXVI.—Vacciniace^e (Huckleberry Family)...517-524 CHAPTER XXXVII.—Oleace2e (Olive Family).............525-527 CHAPTER XXXVIII.—Convolvulace^e (Morning Glory Family) . 528-532 CHAPTER XXXIX.—Solanaceje (Potato Family) ... - 533~573 CHAPTER XL.—Cucurbitace^e (Gourd Family)........... 574~593 CHAPTER XLI—Composite (Thistle Family).... . 594-608 Glossary ..................................... . . . 609-618 Index ......................................... 619-639BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS PART I CHAPTER I THE SEED PLANT BODY The seed plant body, like the human body, is made up of a number of separate parts or members. In the lowest plant group, the Thallophytes (thallus plants), including algae (pond scums, sea weeds, etc.), and fungi (molds, mildews, mushrooms, etc.), the plant body is relatively simple; it is not composed of distinct members, such as leaves, stems, roots and flowers. Such a simple, undifferentiated plant body is called a thallus. Between the typical thallus of algae and fungi on the one hand, and the highly complex and well-differentiated body of seed plants on the other, there are many intermediate forms, as for example, among the liverworts (Hepaticae). Principal Parts of Seed Plant Body (Fig. i).—The parts of the plant body may be classified according to the work they do, into two groups: (i) those that carry on vegetative activity; and (2) those that carry on reproductive activity. In seed plants, the stems, leaves and roots are chiefly concerned with maintaining the life of the individual plant, that is, carrying on the vegetative (nutritive) functions, such as absorption of materials from the soil, manufacture of foods, respiration, transpiration, etc., while the flowers which produce seeds, carry on, for the most part, the reproductive activities, and thus preserve the life of the race. However, we know that many seed plants, such as potatoes, asparagus, cane fruits, strawberries, and others may be propagated by using vegetative parts of the plants.2 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Fig. i.—Principal parts of the seed plant body represented diagrammatically. {After Holman and Robbins.)THE SEED PLANT BODY 3 The above classification has a physiological basis. We may also divide the seed plant body into two systems on a structural basis, as follows: 1. Shoot system, including stems, leaves, flowers, fruit and seed. The stems may be in the air {aerial) or underground; the leaves may be ordinary foliage leaves, floral leaves (flower parts), or scale leaves. 2. Root system, which may be in the soil, the water or air. _ The roots, stems, leaves and flowers are not always typical, but may be modified or disguised, in some cases to such an extent as to be scarcely recognizable. For example, the tendril of the sweet pea is a leaf part, morphologically; the potato tuber, a modified stem; the sweet potato, a modified root. Size and Form of the Seed Plant Body.—There is a remarkable variety of forms and sizes of seed plants in the world. The duckweeds are very small, simple seed plants floating upon the surface of ponds. They are without leaves or with only very simple ones, they bear one or more rootlets, and extremely small flowers which usually consist of a single stamen or a single pistil. At the other extreme are the Giant Sequoias of California; one individual, the General Sherman “big tree,” measures 279.9 feet in height and 102.8 feet about the base. We commonly make a distinction between trees, shrubs and herbs—plants which differ much in form and habit. Trees and shrubs are woody, while herbs possess less woody tissue and, consequently, are more soft and tender. The tree has a main trunk giving off branches at varying distances from the ground. The shrub may have a small main stem, but the shoots that arise at its base are equal to it in size. We note differences in the shapes of plants. Contrast the apple tree with its oval shape with the cone shape of the pine or spruce. Observe the general columnar form of the corn plant, and note how different it is from the broadly oval form of a vigorous alfalfa clump. Again, we see that while most plants are erect, a number, like the strawberry and melons, are prostrate on the ground. Others, like the grape, are climbing, and gain mechanical support from other objects.CHAPTER II FUNDAMENTAL INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANT BODY Organs and Tissues.—We have said that the seed plant body is composed of a number of members: roots, stems, leaves, and flowers, bearing the fruit and seed. We may say that the plant body is composed of a number of organs, that is, well-defined parts that perform some definite function or functions. For example, those parts of the plant concerned with absorption we call absorptive organs, those that carry on reproduction, reproductive organs, and so on. The roots are the chief absorptive organs of all common seed plants, and the stamens and pistils of the flower the reproductive organs. Now, if we study microscopically the structure of organs, they are seen to be made up of one or more different groups of cells. Each distinct group of cells within the organ that has a common origin and a common role to perform, is designated a tissue. For example, the pistil (a reproductive organ of a flower) is composed of several different tissues such as parenchyma tissue, conductive tissue, and epidermal tissue. Still deeper analysis of tissues shows all to be made up of small microscopic units— the cells. The Plant Cell.—Discovery of the Cell.—The discovery of the plant cell is attributed to Robert Hooke, an English lens manufacturer. In his microscopic study of thin sections of ordinary bottle cork, in 1667, he observed the cork tissue to be composed of very small compartments, very much alike in size and shape, and fitting closely together. It happens that the separate units making up the cork tissue resemble the cells of a honeycomb, and hence Hooke gave the name “cell” to the units of cork tissue. Although an inappropriate name, 4FUNDAMENTAL INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANT BODY 5 in that the majority of plant cells have no resemblance to those of a honeycomb, the name still clings to botanical terminology. Hooke’s discovery, although an epoch in the history of biology, was to be followed by others of far greater importance in that they tell us of the real nature of the cell, its marvelous inner structure, and most wonderful activities. The Cell as a Unit of Structure.—Just as a brick house is made up of individual units, the bricks, so is a plant composed of individual units, the cells. A plant is made up of cells and the products of cells, and nothing else. The wood, the root, the flower parts, the leaf, are made up of cells and cell products. This must not be understood to mean that all parts of a plant are alive; but the non-living portions are products of the living material within the cell. The Cell as a Unit of Plant Activity.—The activities of a plant take place within the cells, for it is within them that we find the living material—protoplasm. Some of the simplest plants are unicellular, that is, one-celled. In such a case, the individual plant is simply one cell. That one cell, that individual, is capable of carrying on all the processes—absorption, respiration, digestion, assimilation, reproduction, etc.—upon which its life and the life of the race to which that plant belongs are dependent. Somewhat higher in the scale of plant life, we find some plants, algae, for example, composed of a number of cells, several hundred, for instance. In this case, the individual plant is multicellular, and yet, in this plant, each cell is a unit of activity, and each carries on its activities quite independently of the others to which it is united, as is evidenced by the ability of the individual cells to live and reproduce when separated from its neighbors. In the higher seed plants, there are many different sorts of cells, both as to structure and function, and the different cells are more dependent one upon another than are the cells that make up the simple algal filament. Yet, even in the seed plant, each cell is a unit of activity, and each is carrying on its functions more or less independently of its neighbors. The physiological unit of the plant is the cell.6 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS The Structure of the Plant Cell (Fig. 2).—It must be understood at the beginning that plant cells vary a good deal in size and shape. However, the fundamental structure of all plant cells is much the same. The plant cell consists of Fig. 2.—A, young cells from onion root tip; d, protoplasmic membrane; c, cytoplasm; a, nuclear membrane; b, nucleolus; e, plastids (black dots). B, older cells farther back from the root tip; /, vacuole; note that the cells have enlarged. C, epidermal cell of Tradescantia zebrina; in its natural condition of the right, and, on the left with the protoplast drawn from the cell wall as the result of immersing the cell in a solution the concentration of which is greater than that of the cell sap. This phenomenon is called plasmolysis. g, contains the plasmolyzing solution. (After Stevens.) a living mass (protoplast) of protoplasm enclosed in a nonliving cell wall. The wall is manufactured by the protoplast, and serves as a protection to it. If we examine the protoplast, we see that it is composed of rather definite parts. There is an outer, thin, and transparent living membrane about the protoplast, which is only made manifest by treating the cell inFUNDAMENTAL INTERNAL STRUCTURE OE PLANT BODY 7 a special manner. This membrane is known as the protoplasmic membrane. It is of importance in the intake and outgo of substances. If a plant tissue is immersed in a sugar or salt solution which has a greater concentration than the cell sap, water is drawn from the protoplast of each cell through the protoplasmic membrane, and the protoplast shrinks, thus pulling the membrane away from the cell wall and making it visible microscopically. Imbedded within the body of the protoplast there is a darker and denser mass of protoplasm, the nucleus surrounded by its own living nuclear membrane. It may contain one to several small, darker bodies, the nucleoli. The protoplasm outside the nucleus is designated the cytoplasm. Hence we see that the protoplast is made up of three main parts: protoplasmic membrane, cytoplasm and nucleus. The protoplasm has spaces within it, which are filled with cell sap. These spaces are called vacuoles. However, one must not think of the cell-sap spaces in the protoplasm as vacuums, as the rather inappropriate name “vacuole” may suggest. Vacuoles are numerous and small in the young cells, but as the cell ages, they coalesce to form larger spaces. In old cells, there is one large central vacuole, while the cytoplasm and nucleus are squeezed out close to the cell wall. All vacuoles are bordered by a protoplasmic membrane. Suspended within the cytoplasm are specialized living bodies, the plastidsj also numerous granules, which ;may be of living material and of insoluble food particles, such as starch or protein. The cytoplasm may hold insoluble crystals of salts, chiefly calcium oxalate. Let us arrange the parts of cell thus far described in outline form as follows: Plant cell Protoplast Cell wall (non-living) Protoplasmic membrane (living) Nucleus (living), containing one or more nucleoli Cytoplasm (living), containing plastids and chon-driosomes Inclusions, including non-living bodies, such as crystals, vacuoles, food granules.BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS The Cell Wall.—The cell wall is a product of the protoplast. When young it is almost pure cellulose. As the cell grows older, its wall may thicken and become denser, and have added to it certain substances such as lignin, suberin, cutin and pectin which give it different physical and chemical qualities. Plastids.—These are specialized masses of protoplasm suspended within the cytoplasm. They vary in size and form. There are three sorts of plastids distinguished by their color: (i) leucoplastids, colorless; (2) chloroplastids, green; and (3) chromoplastids, yellow, orange or red. Nucleus.—All typical cells have a definite nucleus. It is wrong to regard the nucleus as the “seat of life” of the cell, for other portions of the cell are important, but it is a most essential part of the cell. If the nucleus is separated from the cytoplasm by artificial means, the cell dies. Its presence is needed, it seems, to stimulate respiratory activity. Moreover, reproduction of the cell—its division to form two cells— involves definite nuclear changes; a knowledge of these has led to the opinion that the determiners of hereditary characters are carried by a special portion (chromatin) of the nuclear matter. The structure of the nucleus is indeed complex, and there is a wonderful chain of changes that it goes through at the time of cell division. Protoplasm.—In 1840, Hugo von Mohl drew attention to the fact that the slimy substance in the plant cell was responsible for its life, and that as soon as it was removed, the cell no longer had the properties of livingness. The name protoplasm was applied to the living portion of the plant cell. Somewhat later, 1850, Ferdinand Cohn, gave positive evidence of the identity of the living material (protoplasm) in plant cells, and of the living material (so-called “sarcode”) in animal cells. If we examine a small bit of protoplasm under the microscope we see that it is a semi-transparent, jelly-like, rather granular substance, resembling very much the white of an egg, and that it feels slimy.FUNDAMENTAL INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANT BODY 9 Protoplasm is a very complex chemical substance. Although no element has ever been found in protoplasm that is not also found in the common substances in the world about us, the exact arrangement and proportions of these elements has not been ascertained, except in a general way. It is quite clearly established that protoplasm is a protein, of complex nature, with water as a solvent. Proteins form about one-half or two-thirds of the dry substance of protoplasm. The remainder is fat, sugar, and other carbohydrates, organic acids, organic bases, and some mineral substances.CHAPTER III ROOTS Development of Root Systems.^—The root system of a plant is the entire collection of roots. Let us trace out the development of different root systems, starting with the seed. If we examine soaked grains of wheat, or bean seeds, or beet seeds, we observe that there is a young root already formed within the seed. Three germinating stages in wheat are shown in Fig. 3. The one principal root or primary root we see in the grain is the first to appear. It breaks through the root sheath (coleorhiza) which remains as a collar about the root where it ruptures the grain coat. Very soon two pairs of lateral roots appear which may be followed, in some instances, by other primary roots. The first roots which make their appearance constitute the primary root system or temporary root system. Since these roots were in the seed in the embryonic condition they are called seminal (seed) roots. The secondary roots appear in whorls at the joints or nodes on the stems some distance above the temporary roots. The first whorl of permanent roots in wheat is generally about 1 inch below the soil surface, no matter at what depth the grain was planted (Fig. 4). One whorl of roots after another is formed above the first one, and as a result there is built up a fine network of roots, with their branches. A root system such as described in wheat is called a fibrous root system. Roots not arising from the seed or as branches of seed roots are called adventitious roots. Hence the fibrous root system of wheat, and of all the other cereals and grasses, is in reality composed of roots that develop adventitiously. Adventitious root systems may appear under a variety of conditions. When young onion “sets” are placed in the ground, a set of roots 10ROOTS II (adventitious roots) appears at their bases. If young one-year-old twigs or stems (cuttings) of apple, raspberry, willow, geranium, carnation, chrysanthemum, rose, or of many other economic plants are placed in damp soil or sand, adventitious roots will appear at the cut surface, and by development, form the characteristic root system of the plant. Some leaves will even develop adventitious roots from cut or wounded leaf veins. This is true of such leaves as begonia, gloxinias, and bryophyllum. In the black-cap raspberry and in dewberries, a shoot (stem) may bend over by its own weight, and where it strikes the ground, develop adventitious roots, and thus secure a foothold. When once the tip has rooted well, the stem may be cut loose from the parent stem and such rooted12 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS tips used as “sets.* Strawberries produce slender stems, called runners. Adventitious roots may be produced at the nodes. A very different sort of root system develops in such plants as the beet, radish, turnip, parsnip and carrot. In'the germination of the beet seed, for example, the primary root pushes out, takes a straight downward course, and gives off a few lateral roots. The primary root system of the beet consists of one main root extending downward, with a few fine laterals. Adventitious roots do not arise, as in wheat, nor does the primary root system die, as it does in wheat, but the main tap root of the young plant continues to elongate, and to give off lateral roots and rootlets (Fig. 6). The “ beet ” itself is for the most part an enlarged tap root. The tap root of the sugar beet may reach a depth of 4 feet, and often 6 or 7 feet. The upper laterals are the largest of the branch roots and extend farthest in the soil, spreading almost horizontally 2 to 3 feet. Fig. 4.—Fibrous root system of wheat plant at time of blossoming. {From. Weaver's “Root Development of Field Crops," Courtesy of McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.)ROOTS 13 The lower laterals are more vertical and those near the very tip are almost parallel with the tap root. A root system such as possessed by the beet, radish, turnip, parsnip, carrot, dandelion, red clover, and many other plants is called a tap-root system. Fig. 5.—In spite of the fact that the grain of wheat was planted at t^o great a depth, the permanent roots were formed at about 1 ihch belowsthe soil surface. The Work of Roots.—A root system absorbs, anchors, and serves as a storage organ. The small, young, tender roots, with their root hairs, are largely absorption roots, but as the14 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS plant gets older, new absorptive roots are continually being formed, while the older roots become thick and woody and serve mainly as anchorage organs. Familiar storage roots are those of the beet, carrot, turnip, parsnip, sweet potato, and dandelion. The food material stored up by such plants for Pig. 6.—Tap-root system of young sugar beet. (Maxson.) their own use furnishes a large proportion of the food supply of man. Irish potatoes (tubers) are not roots, but stems, and hence their discussion will be reserved for the proper section in the book. Effect of Environment upon Character of Root System. It is noted, when roots make a vigorous growth, as they will under favorable soil conditions, that there is a very extensiveROOTS iS system of rootlets developed. The general form of a root system may be changed by transplanting. As a result of the necessary injury accompanying this process, there is developed a compact root system. Desert plants usually have an extensive root system, reaching to considerable depths. Swamp plants, even trees, develop a spreading, and comparatively shallow root system. The method and amount of watering affect the general shape of the root system. Fruit trees, for example, send their roots into the deeper soil layers if the surface layers are dry, but if the ground water level is close to the soil surface the root system will be more superficial. The character of the root system is often an index of soil conditions. General Characteristics of Roots. It will be recalled that the seed plant body possesses a number of members, each with more or less distinctive characters. Roots have characteristics^ which stand out in quite marked contrast to those of other plant members. Roots do ncr p- off their branches in a regular oraer, as stems do. They do not bear buds, except in very rare cases. Roots usually bear a root cap (Fig. 7) which protects the growing point, while the growing point in stems is either naked or surrounded by modified leaves (bud scales). There are other characters which will be mentioned further on. Classification of Roots Based upon Their Medium of Growth.—The medium of growth of most roots is soil. Such roots may be called soil roots. It is customary for us to think of the root system of a plant as growing in the soil, just as we associate the shoot system with the air above ground. However, not all roots live in the soil, and not all shoots live in the Pig. 7.—Median lengthwise section of the apex of a root of barley. {After Holman and Robbins.)i6 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS air. There are water roots, and air roots, as well as the ordinary sort, soil roots. Water roots occur in such floating plants as the duckweeds, and water hyacinth (.Eichhornia speciosa). Water roots produce but a few branches. They possess no root hairs; absorption takes place through any cells on the surface. Air roots occur in many plants, such as corn, Virginia creeper, tropical orchids, the banyan and other species of Ficus. In addition to the ordinary underground (soil) roots, corn develops aerial (air) roots, the so-called prop or brace roots. These arise at successive levels above the surface, extending obliquely downward. As aerial roots, they are unbranched, but they branch profusely when they strike the soil. They have the role of absorption, then, as well as anchorage. In the banyan, for example, the air roots are often very large, and arise from branches far above the ground. They grow downward, and when they strike the ground, become firmly attached, and act as a support or prop to the heavy branches. Structure of Roots.—Let us cut a median (middle) lengthwise section of a young root. It will appear as in Fig. 7. We shall see then that the root, has a cap of loose cells at the tip. This protective structure is called the root cap. Just back of the root cap is the region of greatest cell multiplication (Fig. 7), composed of cells that are actively \ “owing. The very tip of the cap is continually sloughing off, while new cells are being added to it just in front of the growing point. The actively growing cells which constitute the growing point form a tissue known as primordial meristem. From this tissue, three primary meristems are differentiated, namely (1) the protoderm, (2) the ground meristem, (3) and the procambium, a single central strand. These by further differentiation give rise to the following tissues which may be seen to advantage in a cross section through a mature part of the young root: (1) Epidermis (from protoderm); (2) cortex (from ground meristem); (3) pericycle (from ground meristem); (4) vascular cylinder (from the procambium stand). It is often possible to strip theROOTS 17 c'ambium ' Ji medulla - epiderm is - cortical parenchyma -endodermis of cortex per ¿cycle ^ " primary phloem " primary xylem primary phloem epiderm is \-cortical parenchyma i- endodermis pericycle -cambium 'medulla \first year phloem primary xylem/'\first year xylem cambium _second year phloem ■second year xylem - endodermis " pericycle ---/-.medullary ray Fig. 8.—Diagrammatic cross sections showing a primary root (A), the same at the end of the first season (B), and at the close of the second season (C). {After Coupin.)i8 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS cortex and epidermis from the vascular cylinder, which is composed of tough, fibrous tissue. The cortex (Fig. 8) is composed of large, thin-walled cells, which do not fit closely together, but leave air spaces (intercellular cbt spaces) between. The innermost cortex layer is called the endodermis. The epidermal cells may become prolonged to the side to form root hairs. The central cylinder (Fig. 7) is bounded by a single layer of cells, the pericycle, which lies adjacent to the endodermis. Within this cylinder are found alternating bundles or strands. The woody, waterconducting bundles are called the xylem, the softer, food-conducting bundles, phloem. The central portion of the cylinder is composed of large, loosely fitting cells, making up the pith or medulla. Side roots arise from the pericycle, and -br7 push their way through the cortex and epidermis (Fig. 9). This method of origin of side branches is characteristic of roots. In stems the side branches are of epidermal origin (Fig. 17). Branch roots are said to have an endogenous origin, while branch shoots (except those in monocots) have an exogenous origin. As the root grows older, new xylem and phloem are formed, and by and by, it becomes very tough and woody, serving as an efficient anchorage organ. Root Hairs—the Absorbing Organs of a Plant.—A problem of all our common plants is to take in as much water from bj^ Fig. 9.—Young root of white lupine showing origin of lateral roots from the stele. {After Gager.)ROOTS 19 the soil as they lose to the air, i.e., to maintain a balance between water intake and water outgo. We speak of the roots as the absorbing organs of the plant. In a sense this is true, but it must be understood that water and soil solutes are not taken in at all points on the surface of the root system. Practically all absorbed substances enter the plant through root hairs, which are found near the tips of the smallest rootlets. In reality, the root hairs are the absorbing organs of a plant. When we pull up any common herbaceous plant, we observe, as a rule, a large number of hair-like rootlets as branches of larger roots. These fine “hair roots” are sometimes mistaken for root hairs. But, closer examination, in which a hand lens may be necessary, shows us that these hair roots are the bearers of root hairs. In fact, root hairs are found only on the smallest and youngest rootlets. Root-hair Zone.—Root hairs do not grow along the full length of a rootlet, but occupy a definite zone, designated the root-hair zone. This is clearly seen in young seedlings, grown on moist filter paper. The root-hair zone appears as a white fuzzy coating. The root cap is free of root hairs. The length of the zone varies from a few millimeters to several centimeters. The root-hair zone of seedlings grown in soil is plainly evident from the mass of soil particles held by the root hairs (Fig. 10). Each root hair in its growth flattens out over, and sometimes partially surrounds, the soil particles with which it comes into contact, thereby forming a close connection with the water and solutes that form a thin film around each soil particle. Furthermore, the root hairs become mucilaginous, and this, along with their partial surrounding of particles, explains the Fig. 10.—Wheat seedling showing soil particles clinging to root hairs; note that the root cap is free of root hairs.20 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS presence of the mass of soil particles that clings to rootlets in the root-hair zone. Root hairs are short-lived, persisting for only a few days or weeks. New hairs are constantly formed anew at the anterior end of the root-hair zone, while those at the posterior end are dying. Root hairs do not become roots. Structure of a Root Hair.—The root hair is a simple, lateral prolongation of an epidermal cell (Fig. n). It has the shape of a slender tube which may, however, become greatly con- Fig. ii.—Root hairs. (After Gager.) torted in its growth between and about soil particles. Root hairs vary in length from a fraction of a millimeter to 7 or 8 millimeters. The walls are thin and of almost pure cellulose. A thin layer of protoplasm may line the walls, and the nucleus usually occupies a position near the apex. The central vacuole is large, and is filled with cell sap. The cell sap contains water, and various organic and inorganic substances in solution. Effect of External Factors upon Development of Root Hairs.—Most air and water roots have no root hairs. Soil roots, such as those of conifers, oaks, and others that are surrounded by a fungus (mycorrhizal growth) possess no root hairs. In the case of ordinary soil roots, root-hair development is usually meager in very wet soil. Corn roots develop roots hairs in abundance in moist air, but none at all in water. The absence of root hairs in very wet soil, and in water, is probably to be attributed to poor oxygen supply. In a water-soaked soil, the1 air spaces are filled with water. Our ordinaryROOTS 21 crop plants require a well-aired soil in order to develop root hairs in abundance. Root-hair development is often inhibited by a concentrated soil solution. High temperatures, and low temperatures, are inimical to root-hair growth. Root hairs develop in the light and c£krk about equally well, providing there is ample moisture. Length of Life of Roots.—Roots that live but one vegetative period, that is, one season, are annual. All of our common cereals, such as wheat, oats, barley, rye, corn, rice, sorghum, and also such common crop plants as buckwheat, beans, peas, tomatoes, melons, etc., have annual roots. Biennial plants live two vegetative periods. Common biennials are beet, cabbage, carrot, and parsnip. From the seed of beet, for example, there is developed the first season a large fleshy tap root, and a short crown from which the leaves arise. This fleshy structure (“beet”), stored with food, rests over the winter, and the next growing period sends up stout, branching stems to a height of 3 or 4 feet, which give rise to flowers and seed. At the end of the second season of growth, after seed production, the entire plant dies. Under our cultural conditions winter wheat is a biennial. The roots of trees and shrubs and some herbs live from year to year, increasing in size each season. Such plants are perennial in habit. In most cases the length of life of roots is the same as that of the shoot system. However, underground perennial stems, such as are possessed by quackgrass, Canada thistle, false Solomon’s seal, etc., may have annual roots.CHAPTER IV STEMS Development of Shoot System.—When a grain of wheat germinates, the primary root is the first to appear. Very soon lateral roots make their appearance, forming a primary root system. Also, the young stem (Fig. 3) elongates, and there is formed the first shoot system of the plant. Elongation of the stem continues by growth at the tip, where the cells are young and active. It is observed that the stem is divided into sections (internodes) (Fig. 31). The nodes, the enlarged joints between the internodes, give rise to leaves. If we follow the wheat plant through its life, we observe that the stem terminates in an inflorescence (flower cluster). Now, in addition to the one main stem that arises as a prolongation of the embryonic stem in the seed, branches arise from the lower nodes. These branches arise in the axils of the lowermost leaves, in most cereals. In cereals, this branching is known as “stooling” or “tilleringCommon cereals invariably produce a number of tillers or branches from the primary stem, and these in turn other tillers (lateral branches), so that under favorable conditions several dozen culms may result from a single seed. In the wheat plant, two or three weeks old, three or four buds (young stems) may be found, one in the axil of each leaf. Tillering results from the outgrowth of these lateral buds. Hence, as a result of the elongation of the main growing point, and of the lateral growing points into lateral branches of the primary stem, there is built up a shoot system, with its leaves and flowers. Buds.—A bud is an undeveloped stem; it is simply a young shoot. In an ordinary shoot, an apple or peach twig forSTEMS 23 example, the internodes are considerably elongated. In rapidly growing water sprouts, internodes may be several inches in length. A bud is a very short, young shoot in which the internodes are few or are exceedingly short. That a bud is a young, individual shoot m itself is shown by the fact that buds may be removed from a branch and applied to the surface of the growing tissue (cambium) of another branch (stock) and successfully grown there. In fact, bud grafting is a common horticultural practice. The tip of the bud is usually protected by a series of overlapping scales (bud scales), which are in reality modified leaves. Naked buds are not protected by scales; they are found on woody plants of the moist tropics, and are the only sort on herbaceous plants the world over. Classification of Buds.—Buds may be classified as to development into: (a) leaf, (b) flower, and (c) mixed buds. If we open up a leaf bud, we find a very much shortened axis or stem bearing a number of small leaves. As the leaf bud is a young shoot, it may as properly be called a branch bud. That is, it elongates into a branch which bears leaves. The new shoot, just as the old one from which it came, ends in a bud, and in the leaf axils other buds arise. If we open up a flower bud, we find one or more young flowers. In plums, for example, the number of flowers in a bud varies from one to five, two and three being the most common numbers. Mixed buds contain both flowers and leaves. The terminal buds at the ends of the short ‘ispurs” in the apple are mixed buds. It is not always possible to distinguish leaf from flower buds by their external appearance. In some cases, however, they have a different shape. In the apple, for example, fruit buds (here, really mixed buds) are rather thick and rounded, while leaf buds are smaller and more pointed. In all plums, the flower buds are lateral, and usually stand out at an angle of about 30°, while leaf buds are more appressed to the stem. Buds may be classified as to their position on the stem into: (a) terminal, (b) lateral or axillary, (c) accessory or supernumerary, (1d) adventitious, and (e) dormant.24 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS Most stems end in a bud which is known as a terminal bud. It is almost always a leaf bud; occasionally it bears flowers, too, as in the apple. The terminal bud is normally the most vigorous of all on the stem, as is evidenced by the fact that it usually elongates into a shoot which exceeds in length those from the lateral buds. Lateral (side) buds arise in the leaf axils. They give rise to side branches or to flowers. Accessory or supernumerary buds are extra ones coming out in the leaf axils. They are best shown in the maples and box elder. Adventitious buds arise out of order, in unusual places, not always in leaf axils or at the end of a stem. They are often stimulated by injury. For example, when a branch is cut back, numerous adventitious buds develop about the edge of the cut surface. Dormant buds are ones that have arisen in a regular fashion in the leaf axil, but which, for some reason, do not develop. Such a bud may be called into activity later in the life of the plant and come to the surface. Irregular branching may result from the development of dormant buds, or as is more commonly the case, from the development of adventitious buds. Buds may be classified as to their arrangement on the stem into: (a) alternate, (b) opposite and (c) whorled. It is well to keep in mind that bud arrangement is the same as leaf arrangement, for the reason that buds normally develop in each leaf axil. Furthermore, as leaf buds develop into shoots, the method of branching, and hence the form of the plant, is largely determined by the bud arrangement. When one bud occurs at each node, they are said to be alternate (Fig. 12). When two buds stand at a node, they are opposite. , When more than two buds stand at a node they are said to be whorled. Bud Variation.—This is a more or less common occurrence in trees of all varieties. The buds on an apple, peach, or citrus tree, for example, differ from each other in important respects. That this difference really exists can be well shown by removing branches or buds and growing them into independentSTEMS 25 flower-buds '.stipule-scar I—Jifi\ienticels ) lateral leaf-buds plants. If we do this we will find that the individuals from the separate buds may vary in such respects as habit of Igk terminal leaf-bud growth, manner of branching, nature of foliage, form, color, texture and yield of fruits. Nearly all our fruits are multiplied by bud propaga- teaf-scars'-. tion (asexual parts) and not by seed (sexual parts); and many of the varieties of fruits now in cultivation are in reality bud varieties or “sports.” A certain branch on a tree is observed to differ from the rest in some marked respect; and this branch is latent bud-X taken off and propagated as a new variety. General Characteristics of Stems.—Let us now examine a winter twig of the cottonwood, for example, that is several years old, such as pictured in Fig. 12. At the tip is a large terminal bud. If it is broken open, young overlapping leaves are found within. It develops into a leafy branch. The growth in length of the shoot results from the lengthening of the Fig> I2 _ internodes in the bud. Along the side of the stem are lateral buds at regular intervals. These may be leaf buds or flower buds, as can be positively determined -terminal bud-scar I..flower-bud-scars one years old branch ! Cottonwood twig two years old. {After Longyear.)26 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS by breaking them open. Below each bud there is a half-moonshaped leaf scar. By examining the leaf scar with a hand lens one sees several small bundle scars on the surface. Bundle scars are left by the vascular bundles that pass from the woody stem into the petiole (stem) of the leaf. Inflorescence scars are large circular or oval scars left by the falling off of flower clusters. A leaf scar is observed beneath each inflorescence scar. The twig growth of each year is clearly distinguished by a ring of scars. When the closely arranged bud scales of a terminal bud fall off in the spring they leave a number of scars so close together as to make a ring. Hence the limits of two successive years’ growth are marked by bud scale scars of terminal buds. It is possible to determine the age of a twig by the number by these tinjjs formed by the bud scale scars of terminal buds. For example, a twig with one such ring is two years old, one with two rings is three years old, etc. Close observation of the twig ^11 reveal a number of whitish spots, on the bark. These are lenticels (Fig. 13), structures on the stem composed of a mass of loosely fitting cells which permit the diffusion of gases inward and outward. Except for the lenticels, the bark prevents the free passage of air, and also the loss of water from underlying stem parts. How Does a Stem Grow in Length?—As has been stated, a bud is a young shoot. A lengthwise section of a leaf bud shows a cone-shaped growing point (young stem) upon which is a number of young leaves. These leaves come off at regular intervals, following identically the same arrangement as they do in the adult twig. The growing point, then, coi^ists of a number of very much shortened internodes. Growth m length of the shoot consists in the elongation of these internodes by increase in number and size of cells that compose internode tissue. As a rule, the number of leaves that will be on a twig is already fixed in the bud. Seldom do new leaves originate during the growing season. This point is worthy of special mention: When a twig has made its year’s growth, the inter-STEMS 27 nodes do not lengthen thereafter during subsequent years. Increase in length of that shoot is due to the addition of other “ joints” at the end. The fixed length of old internodes is well proven by the common observation that nails driven into the trunk of a tree, or a small branch, are not elevated above the ground as the tree grows. It will become grown over with wood, but its height above the ground remains the same. A Fig. 13.—Section of the lenticel of elder. {After Strasburger.) From A Text-' book of Botany by Coulter, Barnes, and Cowles. Copyright, by the American Book Company, Publishers. common impression prevails that the branches of a young tree should be started near the ground, so that they will be at about the right elevation above the ground when the tree reaches maturity. The erroneous supposition here is that the limbs are raised by the growth of the tree. Classification of Stems Based upon Their Medium of Growth.—The medium of growth of most stems is air. Such stems may arise from the soil as in nearly all of our ordinary plants, or they may have no attachment with the soil at all, receiving mechanical support from other plants. The latter are called epiphytes. Tillandsia usneoides is probably the best epiphyte among seed plants. It is the so-called “ Spanish moss.” Many orchids of the moist tropics are epiphytic.28 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS The entire shoot system of some plants is underground. This is the case in the ferns. Many plants produce both aerial and subterranean stems. For example, Canada thistle has horizontal underground stems, and from these are sent up aerial shoots bearing foliage leaves and flowers. Both underground and aerial stems are possessed by such common plants as Irish potato, onion and asparagus. Water is also a medium of growth of stems, as is the case with such plants as Elodea, Potamogetón, water lilies, etc. “Modified” Stems.—Undoubtedly, the ordinary cylindrical twig such as is found in trees and shrubs is the most common sort of stem. It is quite likely that we think of a stem as a plant part growing more or less erect, in fact, most stems do tend to grow erect. However, all stems are not as just described. As we take a survey of the plant kingdom, we discover many different forms of stems—stems that are so different from the ordinary sorts that they are scarcely recognizable as stems, and are identified as such, only by careful study of their origin and structure. Among such stems are the following: i. Rootstocks or Rhizomes (Fig. 14).—These are underground, horizontally elongated stems. The rootstocks or rhizomes of Canada thistle are excellent examples. They bear reduced, scale leaves at the nodes. Lateral buds arise in the axils of these leaves, just as described in the cottonwood twig—a typical stem. They grow in length from a terminal bud, which is unprotected by tough scales. Adventitious roots are produced at the nodes. Rootstocks are efficient organs in the spreading of a plant. Here is a method of reproduction other than by seeds. Usually, aerial stems from the lateral buds of the rootstock are produced; they may die back to the ground each fall. The plant lives over the winter by means of the rootstocks. Hence, rootstocks or rhizome-bearing plants are perennial. Many of our worst weeds are perennials from a rootstock. We may prevent such plants from going to seed, but in spite of this, and the cutting back of the leafy shoots, newSTEMS 29 shoots are sent up from the rootstocks. Furthermore, if the rootstocks are broken into a number of separate pieces by cultivating implements, each piece may develop adventitious roots, establish itself, and send up leafy shoots. Frequent Fig. 14.—Portion of a sprouting potato tuber. cultivation that has as its aim the destruction of new shoots as soon as they appear, may succeed in starving out the root-stock after a time. The period of time depends upon the amount of stored food material in the structure. This method of eradication is based upon the knowledge that the food of the plant is manufactured in the chlorophyll-bearing (green) cells above ground.30 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 2. Tubers.—These are fleshy, underground stems. The best example is common Irish potato. Although the potato, ordinarily, would not be considered a stem, still if we follow through its development, and examine its structure, we are convinced that it is stem (Fig. 14). When we plant a slice of a potato, “ sprouts ” are soon sent out from the “eyes.” These sprouts, with their nodes, and internodes, and their scale leaves, are quite obviously horizontal underground stems (rhizomes). Soon, the tip of a rhizome begins to enlarge, and a potato is formed; hence, the potato is seen to be a simple enlargement of the tip of an underground stem. Furthermore, examination of the tuber reveals the presence of a terminal bud (“seed end” of the potato), and lateral buds along the sides. The buds are the so-called “eyes.” In an elongated potato, we may be able to detect the spiral arrangement of the buds. Lenticels may also be observed on the corky layer (skin) of the bark of the potato. A section of a tuber reveals a stem structure. The three principal parts of an ordinary stem are bark, wood and pith. This is shown in a cross-section of an ordinary twig (Fig. 15). In the potato, these three distinct zones are visible, as indicated in Fig. 242. Hence, we see that the potato is in reality a modified stem. 3. Bulbs.—The common onion is a typical example of a bulb. A median, lengthwise section (Fig. 16) of the onion bulb, shows a small cone-shaped stem upon which are numerous, fleshy leaves that are over-lapping and quite rich in food material. Here, too, there is a terminal bud, and lateral buds occasionally Fig. 15.—Section of stem showing a shedding leaf; also bark, wood and pith as seen in cross and longitudinal sections. (After Longyear.)STEMS 3X in the leaf axils. Bulbs are vertical stems, thus differing from the horizontal direction of growth of rhizomes. 4. Corms.—A corm is a short, solid, vertical, underground stem. It is typically exemplified in gladiolus. Corms are usually flattened from top to bottom, and bear a cluster of thick fibrous roots at the lower side, and a tuft of leaves on the upper side. Corms are storage organs. 5. Runners (stolons).—These resemble rhizomes in that their direction of growth is horizontal. In the strawberry plant, the branches that arise from the axils of the closely set leaves are calledc ‘ runners.* ’ They are slender stems, growing along the ground surface; they have long internodes, and produce leaves, flowers and roots of the nodes. 6. Lianas.—A liana is a climbing stem, gaining mechanical support only from another plant. Common lianas are the grape, Virginia creeper, hop, Japan ivy (Pseder a tricuspidata) and morning glory. The Stems Fig- l6*—Median lengthwise section of 111 common onion bulb. of lianas are slender, long, and have insufficient strengthening tissue to hold them perfectly erect. The twining stem of Virginia creeper bears fleshy, yellowish air roots which may aid the plant in adhering to its support. Of greater value to the Virginia creeper plant, in this regard, however, are the highly specialized branches— tendrils. In this case, a tendril ends in a knob which flattens out, when it comes into contact with a surface,32 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS and adheres to that surface by a mucilaginous disk-shaped structure. 7. Spines.—Some spines are reduced stem structures, as is the case in the honey-locust, hawthorn, wild crab, etc. Many small spines, such as are found in gooseberries, cacti, and roses, for example, are outgrowths of the stem. It seems that the development of spines is induced by an excessive loss of water from the plant, and a low absorption rate, such as occur under desert and semi-desert conditions. STRUCTURE OF STEMS The Young Dicot Stem.—Let us cut a middle lengthwise section of a young dicot stem (Fig. 17). This section will cut the growing point (bud) of the stem, and the older parts back of the growing point. We see that the stem becomes progressively older farther and farther back from the tip. The cells at the growing point make up a tissue known as meristem tissue. Although these cells are similar in appearance, they are capable of developing into different tissues. Just back of the growing point, we note that the primordial meristem cells have differentiated into three main regions: protoderm, ground meristem, and procambium strands. These three regions are best shown in a cross-section (Fig. 17). In a little older portion of the stem, such as shown in a section further back (Fig. 17), further differentiation has taken place, which changes involve the ground meristem and the procambium. The vascular bundle is composed of three regions: phloem, cambium and xylem. The center of the stem is made up of large, loosely fitting cells which constitute the pith or medulla. Radiating from the medulla out between the vascular bundles are a number of cells which make up the medullary ray. Dicot Vascular Bundle.—Detailed examination of a dicot vascular bundle in cross- and longitudinal sections shows each of its three parts to be made up of characteristic structural elements.STEMS 33 Phloem.—In the phloem are sieve tubes, companion cells, phloem parenchyma and phloem fibers (bast). Each sieve tube is a single cell, much elongated and modified for conduction. Primordial meristem. Protodenm round merisl Procamtxiui from the procambium Xylem from the cambium Phloem, from the procambium and cambium Ipidermi [Bast fiber oilenchyma Xylem from the procamb'ium Xylem from the cambium Phloem from the procambium and cambium Fig. 17- -Diagram showing the evolution of tissues from the primordial meristem down to the beginning of cambial activity. (After Stevens.) The end walls of sieve tubes (Fig. 18) are thickened, and perforated by a great number of holes, and thus resemble a sieve. Each sieve tube is adjoined by a single row of small cells, the companion cells, which run parallel to it. Phloem parenchyma34 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS cells are somewhat vertically elongated, but they do not reach any considerable size. Phloem or bast fibers are single, elongated and tapering cells with relatively thick, lignified walls. Functions of Phloem Elements,—The functions of these three elements of the phloem are as follows: 1. Sieve Tubes.—Conduction of soluble carbohydrates, aminoacids and proteins. 2. Companion Cells.—Although sieve tubes lose their nuclei before the end of the first year, they do not die; hence, it is thought that companion cells extend their influence to the sieve tubes, enabling them to carry on the life processes for which a nucleus seems necessary. 3. Phloem Parenchyma.—The cells of this region store food material or conduct it short distances in the stem. 4. Phloem or Bast Fibers.—Give strength. Cambium.—The cambium layer is composed of one or more rows of small cells, flattened in planes that run at right angles to a radius of the stem. They are thin-walled cells, rich in protoplasm, and capable of rapid cell division and growth. The cambium is in fact the growing layer of the stem. In grafting, one stem, the scion, is inserted into another stem, the stock, in such a way as to bring the two cambium layers together. After a time there is a union of the cells of these layers. Xylem (Wood).—The chief structural elements of the xylem or wood portion of the vascular bundle are: tracheal tubes, F Fig. 18.—Vascular elements. A, annular tracheal tube; B, spiral tracheal ttibe; C, reticulated tracheal tube; D, pitted tracheal tube; E, cross-section through plate of sieve tube, and adjoining companion cell; F, lengthwise section of sieve tube; G, portions of two companion cells. (E, F, and G after Strasburger.)STEMS 35 tracheids, wood fibers and wood parenchyma. The tracheal or water tubes are long, large, tubes with thick walls. They have been formed by the elongation and enlargement of rows of cells, the common end walls of which have totally or partially dissolved, leaving a dust of considerable length. The walls of the tracheal tubes become thickened, and the thickening material is laid down on the inside of the walls in various patterns. The thickening material is of the nature of cellulose. Subsequent to thickening, physical and chemical changes occur known collectively as lignification. Kinds of Tracheal Tubes (Fig. i8).-—There are the following sorts of tracheal tubes: 1. Annular Tracheal Tubes—Here and there in the tube are thickened rings of lignin, which have the appearance of barrel hoops. 2. Spiral Tracheal Tubes.-—The thickening material is in the form of a loose spiral. 3. Reticulated Tracheal Tubes.—In these, the strengthening material is laid down in such a fashion as to form a network on the wall. 4. Dotted or Pitted Tracheal Tubes.—In these, lignin has been deposited over the inner wall in such a Fl(^ manner as to leave numerous circular thin places, with bor-which give the tube a dotted or pitted appearance. deredpits. Tracheids (Fig. 19) are single elongated cells. They have thick, lignified walls with numerous bordered pits. In shape tracheids are like a spindle, and they fit closely together making up a strong supporting tissue. Wood parenchyma cells are usually thin-walled and with unbordered pits. Wood fibers are long, taper-pointed at the ends and thick-walled. They may have simple or bordered pits. Functions of Wood Elements.—The functions of the different wood (xylem) elements are as follows: 1. Tracheal Tubes.—(a) Carry water and solutes from the soil to and throughout the leaves; (b) give strength to the stem.3^ BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 2. Tracheids.— (a) Carry water and solutes; (b) give strength to the stem. 3. Wood Parenchyma.—(a) Store water and foods; (b) and also conduct them short distances. 4. Wood fibers.—Give strength to the stem. Growth in Thickness of Dicot Stem.—Medullary ray cells give rise to cambium that joins with the cambium in the vascular bundles. Thus there is formed a continuous cambium ring (Fig. 17). At the end of the first year of growth or the beginning of the second, cork cambium is differentiated in the outer cortex. Growth in thickness of the stem consists then in the production and growth of new cells from: (1) cambium of vascular ring, and (2) cork cambium. The cambium cells of the vascular ring may differentiate into xylem, or phloem, or remain cambium. Each cambium cell divides by a wall which is parallel with a tangent to the surface of the stem. If the inner daughter cell resulting from the division becomes a xylem element, the outer usually remains cambium. On the other hand, if the outer daughter cell resulting from the division becomes a phloem element, the inner remains cambium. Hence, by a division of cambium cells of the vascular ring, new xylem is laid down on the outside of the old xylem, and new phloem is laid down on the inside of the old phloem. Not only do the vascular bundles grow in a radial direction, but also somewhat laterally. This lateral growth of existing vascular bundles, together with the formation of new ones between the old ones, brings about a narrowing of the medullary rays, so that in an old stem they appear as mere lines or rays radiating from the pith or medulla. And, furthermore, the wood comes to form quite a solid ring, as does also the phloem. In addition to the increase in stem thickness by the production of more xylem and phloem, the cork cambium cells aid in this process. Cork cambium cells which divide by a wall that is parallel to a tangent of the stem, give rise to cork tissue, and to secondary cortex. Hence, each year, there are produced in the dicot stem:STEMS 37 1. Wood, on outside of old wood. 2. Phloem, on inside of old phloem. 3. Cork, on inside of old cork. 4. Secondary cortex, on outside of old cortex. A two-year old woody dicot stem has the following general structure: 1. Bark, consisting of the following parts in order from outside to inside: Cork, cork cambium, secondary cortex, primary cortex, primary phloem, secondary phloem. 2. Cambium of vascular bundle. 3. Woody consisting of two layers, the youngest toward the outside. 4. Pith. 5. Medullary rays, each ray of one or more rows of thin-walled cells. Monocot Stems.—T h e corn stalk is an excellent type of a monocot stem. In this, as shown in cross-section of the stem in Fig. 20, the vascular bundles (fibers) are scattered through-out the ground tissue. They do not form a definite “ vascular ring” as in dicot stems. Moreover, the vascular bundles of most monocots do not possess cambium, as in dicot stems. Hence, new phloem and xylem are not produced each season, and consequently there are no annular rings formed. Growth of monocot stems results from (1) simple enlargement of cells derived from primary meristem tissue, and in some instances from (2) the formation de novo of vascular bundles from cells that have retained their meristematic power. Annual Rings.—An annual ring, as generally understood, is one year’s growth of wood (xylem). The ring varies in Fig. 20.-r-Cross-section of corn stem; a, epidermis; b, cortex and pericycle; c, ground tissue. {After Stevens.)38 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS width, depending upon the time in the life of the plant it was formed, and upon seasonal climatic conditions. Furthermore, it is known that some trees grow rapidly, producing wide annual rings, while it is a specific character of others to grow slowly, i.e., produce narrow annual rings. There is usually a marked difference in the wood formed in the spring and early summer, and that produced in late summer and fall. In early or so-called “summer wood,” tracheal tubes are large and quite numerous; in late or “autumn wood,” tracheal tubes are smaller and fewer, and tracheids and wood fibers are relatively more abundant. Hence, “autumn wood” has more strength than “summer wood.” It is readily seen that the autumn wood of one year (say 1916) is adjacent to the spring wood of the following year (1917). “Soft wood” is usually one which grows rapidly, and is diffuse porous, that is, tracheal tubes are rather small and uniform in size and evenly distributed throughout the year’s growth. “Hard wood” is usually a comparatively slow-growing wood, and is ring porous, that is, the tracheal tubes of the spring and early summer are large and numerous, while the autumn wood is solid as a consequence of the relatively greater abundance of tracheids and wood fibers. Bark.—The term “bark” as used here includes all that portion of the stem down to the cambium layer. When the bark of a tree is peeled off, there are removed the following layers in order from outside to inside: cork, cork cambium, cortex, pericycle, phloem, and portions of cambium. The cleavage line is the cambium zone. The Work of Stems.—(1) The stems of trees, shrubs, and common herbs are mainly concerned itn the conduction of water and solutes from the soil, and of food materials. The need for a conductive system first arose in the plant kingdom when the food-making organs of the plant became elevated above the soil or water surface. (2) The stem also is a support to the other organs of the plant, and it brings into display the leaves and flowers. The leaves are brought into a position whereSTEMS 39 they may receive the light to advantage, and flowers are placed where their pollen may be disseminated by wind or bees, and seeds may be more easily spread. (3) In addition to conduction and support, stems may store food material, water and various waste products. In our woody perennials, such as the apple or peach, for example, an abundance of food material is stored during the winter in the medullary ray cells, also, in wood parenchyma, and in that portion of the pith adjacent to wood, and sometimes in alt of the pitch cells; portions of the phloem and cortex may also store food. The stems of such plants as the giant cactus and, other cacti, store large quantities of water. Some stems, such as the potato tuber, bulb, corm and rootstock, are heavily loaded with stored food material. (4) Young stems that contain chlorophyll in their outer layers possess the power of manufacturing carbohydrates, just as do green leaves.CHAPTER V LEAVES Development of Leaves.—Leaves appear at the growing point of a stem, as lateral protuberances (Fig. 17) consisting at first of a shapeless mass of cells. We call this group of cells the leaf primordium. By further cell division and differentiation of these few cells the adult leaf arises. In the embryos of seeds the first few leaves are already formed, and even in this early stage may bear some resemblance in shape to the adult leaves. Parts of Leaf.—Most leaves have two distinct parts: blade and petiole (leaf stalk). Some leaves, as those of peas and beans, have two small, leaf-like structures at the base of the petiole which are the stipules (Fig. 21). The petiole is sometimes absent, the blade being mounted directly on the stem. Such a leaf is said to be sessile. Vascular bundles run from the stem out through the petiole into the blade, where they branch to form the network of veins. The veins not only carry water, solutes and food materials, but also form a framework for the softer tissue of the leaf. Kinds of Leaves.—It is possible to classify leaves in many different ways. Common green leaves that we are all familiar with are usually called foliage leaves. They are the chief food-making organs of all ordinary plants. However, there are many leaves that do not possess green coloring matter (chlorophyll) and hence, have no food-making power. As examples of the latter, may be mentioned the small, scale leaves on underground stems, the scales enwrapping the growing point in buds, the bracts in grass inflorescences, and the petals, stamens and carpels of flowers. 40LEAVES 41 We look upon ordinary foliage leaves as the most common, and hence “normal” sorts of leaves. We would regard scale leaves, bracts, bud scales, and flower parts as “modified” leaves. Leaves may function as (1) foodmaking organs (foliage leaves), (2) protective structures (scales), (3) reproductive organs (floral organs), and (4) as storage organs. The fleshy leaves that make up the bulb of onion are good examples of leaves used for storage. Foliage leaves are either parallel-veined or netted-veined. In leaves with parallel venation, there are many veins, about equal in size, running parallel, and joined by inconspicuous veinlets. This type of venation is characteristic of the leaves of grasses, sedges, rushes, lilies and most all other monocotyledonous plants. In leaves with netted venation, which is so well illustrated in leaves of apple, oak, maple, potato, cabbage and other dicotyledonous plants, there are a few prominent veins from which arise numerous minor veins, thus forming quite a conspicuous network. Leaves are often classed as simple fig. 21—a single compound or compound. The apple leaf is an leaf of sweet pea* example of a simple leaf (Fig. 169). In this there is an undivided blade. The bean, pea, carrot or parsnip leaf is compound (Fig. 21). The blade is divided into a number of segments, or leaflets. We may classify leaves as to their arrangement on the stem. Leaf arrangement is the same as bud arrangement, for ordinarily42 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS a bud arises in the axil of each leaf. They may be alternate, opposite or whorled (see page 24). Leaves vary widely in size, shape, character of margin, and base, texture, thickness, nature of epidermal coverings, etc. Some of these variations will be mentioned throughout the pages that follow. Structure of Leaves.—The structure of a leaf is best shown in a cross-section (Fig. 22). The upper epidermis usually consists of a single row of cells. Below it is the palisade layer, composed of one or more rows of cells, the long axes of which are perpendicular to the leaf surface. Below the palisade cells is the spongy parenchyma, varying in thickness, and composed of rather irregularly shaped cells that fit together loosely, thus leaving intercellular spaces (air spaces). The lower epidermis is seldom more than one layer of cells thick. Chloroplastids are abundant in palisade and spongy parenchyma cells, but absent from all epidermal cells except the guard cells of stomata. The outer wall of epidermal cells is normally thicker than radial or inner walls. Cutin, a fatty substance, highly impervious to water, is deposited on the outer wall, to form a layer called the cuticle. A thick cuticle is a common characteristic of leaves growing in arid situations. The same variety will develop a thicker cuticle under arid conditions than when growing where there is ample water. A thick cuticle is a good drought-resistant character. The epidermal cells do not form a continuous layer over the two leaf surfaces, but there are numerous pores or openings, the stomata (singular stoma, a mouth) (Fig. 22). Each stoma is bounded by two modified epidermal cells, differing from ordinary epidermal cells in form, in their ability to change shape, and in the possession of chloroplastids. These are the guard cells. Leaves possess many different kinds of surface peculiarities, such as hairs, scales, wax and resin deposits. These are features which tend to retard water loss from the leaf surface.LEAVES 43 There is the widest variation in leaf structure. That described above is typical of dicot leaves growing in situations with a moderate water supply. Water leaves are thin and have no palisade tissue. Palisade tissue is also absent in the leaves of grasses. The leaves of plants growing in arid situa- Fig. 22.—Diagram showing the structure of a representative leaf. (After Stevens.) tions are usually thick. The increased thickness is commonly due to an increase in the number of rows of palisade cells. Palisade may develop on both upper and lower surfaces. Some leaves have palisade tissue from epidermis to epidermis. The thickness of leaves growing in arid conditions may also be, in part, the result of the development of a very thick cuticle. The Work of Foliage Leaves.—We are all familiar with the injury to a plant that results from defoliation through any cause, or from disease of leaves, or from their meager development. We have learned to associate an abundance of bright green leaves with plant vigor, just as we associate a rosy complexion with health in people. And, with but few exceptions,44 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS we may judge of the health of a plant by its leaf development and color. Carbohydrates are made by green plants only, and only by those cells of green plants that possess chlorophyll. The cells of roots and other underground plant parts, and all those cells of the plant so far removed from the surface as to be beyond the influence of light, do not have chlorophyll, and hence, have no power of making carbohydrates. Other than that in the relatively small amount of green tissue in young stems and in the sepals of flowers, all the carbohydrate of the plant is made in the chlorophyll-bearing cells of leaves. The manufacture of carbohydrate by green tissue is called carbohydrate synthesis or photosynthesis. When we realize that carbohydrates form the basis of all the other more complex foods of the plant body, such as fats, amides and proteins, we see the great importance of a healthy leaf development. In addition to their important work of carbohydrate synthesis, the synthesis of the fats, amino-acids and proteins is carried on to a large extent in leaf cells. We may truly say, then, that leaves are the food-making organs of a plant. Leaves are also the chief transpiring (water-losing) organs of the plant. Practically all of the water that escapes from a plant passes out through the leaves, chiefly through the stomata. When in a healthy growing condition, there is a continuous stream (transpiration stream) of water from the roots to the leaves. The leaves of many succulent plants, such as Agave, Russian thistle, salt wort, stone crop, and others serve as storage places for water. Agave leaves may also store food. The onion bulb is made up of a very short stem bearing numerous, overlapping, fleshy leaves, in which considerable quantities of food are stored. The leaves of the sundeJw (Drosera), and pitcher plants (.Sarracenia and Nepenthes) are highly modified as special organs that catch, digest and absorb insects.CHAPTER VI FLOWERS Parts of Representative Flower.—A representative flower such as shown in Fig. 23 has the following parts taken in order from the outside to the inside: 1. Calyx, made up of sepals, which are green, and enclose the other flower parts in the bud. 2. Corolla, made up of petals, which are usually the colored portions of the flower. 3. Stamens, each made up of a stalk or filament at the tip of which is the anther, bearing pollen grains. 4. Pistil, which has a swollen basal portion, (1) the ovary, (2) a style, slender stalk leading from the ovary, and terminating in (3) a stigma, which is receptive to pollen. Fig. 23.—Flax. A, floral diagram— calyx; co, corolla; s, stamens; p, Within the ovary are the pistil. B, median lengthwise section of 7 , -1 j. flower. C, calyx and corolla removed, young OVUleS, tile bodies wnicn fruit, external view. E, cross-section become seeds. of fruit- All the flower parts mentioned above, in the representative flower, are attached to the end of the flower stalk, the receptacle 454 6 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS or torus. The calyx and corolla taken together constitute the perianth. We shall see that there are many different sorts of flowers in the families of seed plants. They differ widely in size, form, color, and in the shapes of the various parts. Development of the Flower.—The primordia of flower parts arise as protuberances from the young receptacle (Fig. 17). As a rule, the sepals, petals, stamens and carpels appear in the order named, as described in the case of the apple flower on page 356. This order of floral succession is said to be aero petal. Fig. 24.—Cross-section of a mature lily anther. The pairs of pollen chambers unite to form two pollen sacs, filled with pollen grains; s, modified epidermal cells at line of splitting. (From a Text-book of Botany by Coulter, Barnes, and Cowles. Copyright by the American Book Company, Publishers.) Although this is the prevailing order, there are different types. For example, in some mustards the petals are the last to appear, and in some roses the carpel primordia appear before the stamens. Stamens.—Ordinarily, the anther is held upon a filament or stalk. When the filament is absent, the anther is said to be sessile. A cross-section of an immature anther is seen to have four chambers or locules, each with a number of pollen mother cells; each pollen mother cell normally divides to form fourFLOWERS 47 pollen grains. As the anther matures the pairs of locules unite, thus forming two pollen sacs in each anther. Finally, each sac splits open (dehisces) allowing the pollen to escape (Fig. 24). Mature Pollen Grain.—When the pollen grain is mature, it consists of a wall surrounding a protoplasmic mass, the essential parts of which are a tube nucleus and a generative nucleus. Usually at the time of pollen germination the latter divides into two sperm or male nuclei. Pistil.—The pistil usually consists of an ovary, style and stigma. The seeds are borne in the ovary. A cross-section of a simple ovary shows it to have one locule or chamber with one or more ovules attached to the wall. The tissue to which the ovule or ovules are attached is the placenta. A compound ovary (Figs. 23 and 141) usually has two or more compartments, with an ovule-bearing tissue (placenta) in each. We may also speak of the pistil as simple or compound A simple pistil has one carpel, which is in reality a modified leaf bearing one or more seeds. A compound pistil has two or more carpels. When the carpels are separate, as in the strawberry (Fig. 157), the flower is said to be apocarpous; when united, as in asparagus (Fig. no), syncarpous. Ovule.—Fig. 25 shows an ovule just before fertilization. A central mass of tissue, the nucellus, is surrounded by an inner and an outer integument, except for a small opening, the micro-pyle. Within the nucleus is the embryo sac, at this stage consisting of eight nuclei: two synergids, one egg nucleus, three antipodals, and two polar nuclei. They occupy about the relative positions in the embryo sac as shown in Fig. 25. Pollination.—This is a process in which pollen is transferred from an anther to a stigma. Pollen may be transferred from an anther to the stigma in the same flower. This is termed autogamy or close pollination. Or, pollen may be carried from an anther to a stigma of another flower on the same individual plant. This is called geitonogamy. Again, pollen may be transferred from an anther to a stigma of a flower on another individual plant. This is termed xenogamy, or cross-pollination.48 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS Insects, wind and water are the chief agents in the spread of pollen. Fertilization.—Fig. 25 is a diagram of an ovary with a single ovule cut lengthwise. It shows a stage of development of the Germinating Pollen Pig. 25.—The parts of a typical flower in lengthwise section. {From Holman and Robbins, after Sachs.) ovule about at the time when the pollen grain has reached the stigma. As has been said, the mature pollen grain consists of a protoplasmic mass surrounded by a rather thick wall. Three nuclei (Fig. 26) constitute the important structures in the pollen grain. It absorbs water and nutrient materials from the stig-matic surface, and grows by sending out a tube, known as the pollen tube. The tube grows downward through the stigma,FLOWERS 49 sometimes in a tubular passage, or when necessary, secreting enzymes which digest (render soluble) the walls of cells that are in its path, at the same time deriving nourishment from this digested material. As the tube grows, the three nuclei keep pretty close to the tip, the tube nucleus usually in the lead, with the two sperm nuclei (male gametes) following. The tube Fig. 26.—Stages in the germination of the pollen grain and development of the pollen tube. {From Holman and Robbins, after Bonnier and Sablon.) finally reaches the ovule, takes a course through the micropyle and comes into contact with the nucellus. This nucellar tissue is penetrated, and after dissolution of the wall at the tip of the pollen tube, the three nuclei are discharged into the embryo sac. The tube nucleus is reabsorbed. One sperm nucleus unites with the egg nucleus (female gamete) to form the zygote, a nuclear mass which contains both the characters of the plant furnishing the pollen (paternal characters) and those of the plant fertilized (maternal characters). The union of the male gamete (sperm nucleus of pollen tube) with female gamete (egg nucleus of embryo sac) is fertilization. The fertilized embryo nucleus now develops into a young plantBOTANY OF CROP PLANTS SO (embryo). The synergids and antipodals are usually disorganized. In grasses and lilies and many other plants, so-called double fertilization has been observed. One sperm nucleus has been accounted for, as uniting with the embryo nucleus. The other unites with the two polar nuclei of the embryo sac. The body resulting from this triple fusion also carries both maternal and paternal characters. It grows and develops into the endosperm of the seed. Immediately following fertilization, there is a series of changes not only in the ovule which results in a seed, but in the ovary wall as well. Just one pollen tube penetrates the embryo sac to bring about fertilization. Many pollen tubes, even hundreds, may penetrate the style, although comparatively few may function normally. Those which do not, wither and die. We may be sure that ¡every ovule that develops into a seed has been visited by one, and only one, pollen tube. Placentation.—We said that the placenta is the tissue in the ovary to which the one or more ovules are attached. It is traversed by vascular bundles from which branches are given off to the ovules. In currants and gooseberries (Fig. 139) the placentae are on the ovary wall. Such placentation is said to be parietal. In lilies (Fig. no), the placentation is axial, or central, that is, the placentae are on the ovary axis. A third kind of placentation is the free central, in which the ovules are attached to an up-growth of the floral axis in the center of the ovary, which is not connected to the ovary wall by radial partitions. Symmetry of Flower.—A flower such as the apple, cherry or asparagus can be divided into two approximately symmetrical halves by any diameter (Figs. 166 and 172). Such a flower is said to be radially symmetrical, or actinomorphic, or regular. Contrast this symmetry with that in such flowers as the pea or bean (Fig. 181), in which there is but one plane through which the flower can be divided to separate it into two symmetrical halves. Such a flower is said to be bilaterally symmetrical, or zygomorphic, or irregular.FLOWERS 51 Relative Positions of Flower Parts.—-In the gooseberry or currant flower (Fig. 139), for example, the ovary is below the stamens, corolla, and calyx, and is said to be inferior. A flower with an inferior ovary is said to be epigynous (above the gynoecium or carpels). When the calyx, corolla, and stamens are inserted on the receptacle below the ovary, the ovary is superior, and the flower hypogynous (below the gynoecium). The flowers of mustards are hypogynous. There is a third intermediate type of flower, well illustrated by the cherry (Fig. 173), apple (Fig. 167), etc., in which the petals and stamens are inserted on a calyx rim and arise at about the level of the ovary. In such a case the ovary is half-inferior or half -superior, and the flower perigynous (around the gynoecium). Union of Flower Parts.—In the primitive flower type, such as the buttercup, the sepals, petals, stamens and carpels are all separate and distinct. A more or less complete union of the parts of each set of floral leaves may take place. For example, in gooseberries and currants, the sepals are united to form a calyx tube, in the potato flower the petals are united to form a corolla tube, in the cotton flower the stamen filaments are joined, and in many instances-—onions, apple, orange, and others—the carpels are united. The adjectives to describe these various cases are as follows: Sepals Petals.. Stamens. Carpels. . Separate aposepalous apopetalous polydelphous apocarpous United synsepalous sympetalous diadelphous (2 groups) monodelphous (1 group) syncarpous Incomplete Flowers.—The representative flower described in a preceding paragraph had all four floral sets of organs present. However, one or more of these sets may be absent, and in this case, the flower is incomplete. Flowers lacking petals are called apetalous (buckwheat). When both sepals and petals are absent, the flower is naked (willows and cottonwoods). In the majority of flowers, both stamens and pistils, the essential organs of a flower, are present. Such a flower52 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS is said to be perfect or hermaphrodite. Some flowers have but one set of essential organs, either stamens, or a pistil. A flower with stamens only, and no pistil, or a flower cluster (inflorescence) composed of such flowers, is said to be staminate. On the other hand, a flower with a pistil but no stamens, or an inflorescence, composed of such flowers, is said to be pistillate. If staminate and pistillate inflorescences are on different plants, the species is said to be “dioecious .” In some dioecious species (hops), the staminate and pistillate inflorescences are very unlike in appearance, while in other dioecious species (salt-grass, Distichlis), the two unisexual inflorescences are very similar. If staminate and pistillate inflorescences are on the same individual plant, it is said to be “monoecious .” This is the case in corn, in which the “tassel” (staminate inflorescence) and the “ear” (pistillate inflorescence) are very dissimilar in appearance. Inflorescence.—An inflorescence is a flower cluster. Its shape and the arrangement of the flowers in it differ with the kind of plant. There are three general classes of inflorescences: (i) simple, (2) indeterminate or racemose, and (3) determinate or cymose. The simple type is well represented by the calla or tulip, in which one flower terminates the stalk. Mustards and currants have a typical indeterminate or racemose inflorescence. In this, the older flowers are at the base or outside of the flower group and the younger appear in order above them. Moreover, the growth of the inflorescence may continue at the apex. For example, in a cabbage or radish inflorescence, flowers may be opening at the tip^ while at the base pods are partially mature. Racemose types of inflorescences are the true raceme, panicle, corymb, umbel, spike, and head. These will be described when they are met with in the family descriptions that follow. The cymose flower cluster is one in which the older flowers are on the inside, and the younger appear in order toward the outside. The length of a flower shoot is determined by the terminal flower. The inflorescence of chickweeds is a cyme.CHAPTER VII FRUITS, SEED, AND SEEDLINGS Development of the Seed.—We have seen how a male nucleus of the pollen tube unites with the egg or embryo (female) nucleus of the embryo sac. The fertilized egg then starts upon a series of divisions, and by growth and development, the young plant or embryo is formed. It may be partially or totally imbedded in the endosperm. In some seeds (bean), the endosperm is lacking, and the embryo occupies the entire space within the seed coats. The cells of the nucellus are in part absorbed by the developing embryo, and at most the nucellus is represented by a very thin and compressed layer just within the inner integument. The integuments of the ovule become harder, less permeable, and form the seed coats. The micropyle is still evident in the mature seed as a small opening. The embryo or young plant has three main parts: (i) one or two cotyledons; (2) the hypocotyl, which includes all of the embryo below the cotyledons and terminates in the first root or radicle; and (3) the growing point of the shoot, upon which are a few leaves, making up a bud. The parts of a representative mature seed may be summarized as follows: Seed < 1. Seed coats. 2. Nucellus. 3. Endosperm. ¡Growing point of shoot, with leaves (bud). Cotyledon or cotyledons. Hypocotyl, terminating in the young root or radicle. Development of the Fruit.1—The stimulus of fertilization, which is not well'understood, extends its influence not only to the ovule, but to the ovary as well. Coincident with the S354 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS changes resulting in the mature seed, the ovary enlarges, and its walls become changed both physically and chemically. The ovary wall (pericarp) has three distinct layers. Named in order from the outside to the inside, these are the exocarp, mesocarp and endocarp. As the fruit develops the changes that occur in these layers may differ. For example, in the cherry or plum, the exocarp becomes the skin of the fruit, the mesocarp becomes thick and juicy to form the fleshy portion of the fruit, while the endocarp takes on a stony character. Fruit and Seed Distinguished.—A fruit, botanically, is the matured ovary, with its seeds, and any parts of the flower which may be closely associated with it. The fruit contains the seed or seeds. For example, the entire bean pod is a fruit; the “beans” within are the seeds. It is in the case of dry, one-seeded fruits, particularly, that distinction needs to be made between fruit and seed. For example, the buckwheat fruit (achene) or grass fruit (grain) is commonly called a “seed.” But, if development of these is traced and their structure carefully examined, they are seen to be true fruits, with a very thin pericarp (ovary wall) enclosing one seecf. Kinds of Fruits.—No attempt will be made at this place to give a complete classification of fruits. We will describe the different kinds as we meet with them in the discussions of crop plants. Fruits with a dry pericarp, such as the grain, achene, capsule and pod, are designated dry fruits. Dehiscent dry fruits (capsule, pod, follicle) split open at maturity in a definite way permitting the seeds to escape. Indehiscent dry fruits (achene, grain) do not split open at maturity in any definite way. Fruits with a fleshy pericarp, such as the berry, are called fleshy fruits. Germination of Seed.—The seed must have an adequate supply of water, oxygen and heat in order to germinate. The initiatory stages in germination are the absorption of water and the secretion of enzymes in the seed, which render soluble the stored food material necessary to nourish the growing embryo. This food may be stored in the endosperm, as in allFRUITS, SEED, AND SEEDLINGS 55 grains, or in the cotyledons, as in beans and peas. The embryo is dependent upon stored food for its initial growth. The swelling of the seed, due to water absorption and growth of the embryo, ruptures the seed coats, and the young shoot and primary root make their appearance. The cotyledons are brought above ground in some plants (beans, squashes, etc.) and constitute the temporary or seed leaves. They may develop chlorophyll and make food for a while. The true foliage leaves develop, partly at the expense of the food stored in the cotyledons, which gradually dwindle away. In many plants, e.g., all grasses, the cotyledon remains in the soil. In these the first leaves are true foliage leaves. As soon as the first roots are established, making it possible for the plant to absorb water and mineral nutrients from the soil, and a few leaves are formed, the young plant is capable of making its own food and living an independent life. It has been tided through its early stages of development by food stored in the seed. Generally speaking, large seeds of any given species produce more vigorous seedlings than small ones, and this is probably correlated with a greater abundance of stored food in the former.CHAPTER VIII THE CLASSIFICATION AND NAMING OF PLANTS That subject which deals with the arrangement of plants into groups, based upon their structure and form, is designated Systematic Botany. From the earliest times, man has attempted to classify the large and varied assemblage of plants which he has found on the earth. There have been many systems of classification, some “artificial,” some “natural.” An artificial system of grouping plants may use purely arbitrary bases; it may be convenient, but fail to express the natural affinities of plants. For example, in an artificial system, we might choose to put all those plants with red flowers into one group, and those with blue flowers into another class, and so on, thus basing our classification on flower color. Or, we might put trees into one group, shrubs into another, and herbs into still another, thus basing the grouping on size and growth habit. Obviously, we would throw together plants which have no natural relationships, and in some cases, separate those which are naturally allied. An artificial system would not take into account the evolutionary tendencies in the plant world. It is agreed that one system of classification is better than another if it more accurately expresses the natural affinities and the evolutionary tendencies of the organisms dealt with. In the early history of systematic botany, the systems of classification were largely artificial. As the knowledge of plants increased, one system supplanted another, and in most cases was an improvement over the old one. One of the first natural systems of classifying plants (and animals) was that of Linnaeus. The first edition of his notable work, Systema Naturae, was published in 1735. There follow the systems of De Jussieu (1789), De Candolle (1819), Eichler (1883), Bentham and Hooker (1826-1883), and Engler and 56THE CLASSIFICATION AND NAMING OF PLANTS 57 Prantl (1890-1896). Two recent systems are those of Bessey (1907), and of Schaffner (1911). Reproductive versus Vegetative Organs in Classification. In all higher plants, reproductive and vegetative organs differ markedly from each other. Reproductive tissues are less influenced by environmental conditions than are vegetative tissues. There may be little resemblance between the vegetative portions of two species, although their reproductive structures may be very similar. For example, the strawberry and raspberry have quite different growth form, and their vegetative organs are quite dissimilar, yet the flowers of the two are constructed on the same general plan. On the other hand, two plants with very dissimilar reproductive structures, i.e., having little natural relationship, may resemble each other very closely in their general vegetative appearance. These conditions show that, although vegetative structures may be modified to a great degree under diverse environmental influences, these same influences do not. modify, to an equal extent, the reproductive organs. Hence, on account of this greater stability of the reproductive structures of a plant, these are of relatively great value in showing actual relationships, and are of prime importance in classification. GROUPS OF PLANTS A survey of the plant kingdom shows it to be composed of a great variety of plants, differing in size, in structure, in habitat, and in method of living. The “thallus plants” (Thallophytes) include the simplest organisms. This group is divided into two large subdivisions, the Algm and Fungi. The Algae include the green scums so frequently observed upon the surface of pools, stagnant ponds, reservoirs, ditches and streams. They are also commonly found in tanks and water troughs, and, in such places may render the water objectionable to stock, especially when decay sets in. The brown and red “sea weeds” are also Algae. The Fungi are a large group of plants, probably the best known58 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS being the bacteria, the molds of bread, fruit, and cheese, the rusts and smuts of the cereals, the toadstools and mushrooms, the mildews, and the fungi causing such well-known diseases as blight of potato, alfalfa leaf spot, apple scab, wilt of cucurbit, etc. The “moss plants” (Bryophytes) include the liverworts, peat mosses, black mosses, and common mosses. They are a group of comparatively slight economic importance. The “fern plants” (Pteridophytes) are represented by the true ferns, and closely allied plants such as the horsetails or scouring rushes, and club mosses. Like the preceding groups, fern plants do not produce seed but reproduce in a much simpler fashion, by spores. The highest and most complex group is the “seed plants” (Spermatophytes). It includes the Gymnospermes (pines, spruces, firs, hemlocks, cedars, junipers and other cone-bearing plants) and the Angiospermes (higher seed plants or flowering plants). All the common crop plants, of field, orchard, and garden belong to the Angiospermæ. In the Gymnospermæ the seeds are exposed, while in Angiospermæ they are enclosed in a case, the ovary wall. Angiospermous plants fall into two groups (subclass): (i) Monocotyledones, in which the seeds have one cotyledon, the flower parts are in threes, the leaves are parallel-veined, and the vascular bundles are scattered throughout the pith (examples: cereals, onions, asparagus, lilies) ; (2) Dicotylédones, in which thé seeds have two cotyledons, the flower parts are in fours, or fives, the leaves are netted-veined, and the vascular bundles are in the form of a cylinder about the pith (examples: buckwheat, beet, apple, cherry, mustard, cotton, melon, potato). Each of these subclasses is further subdivided. A complete classification of some plant, e.g., common alfalfa, will give the principal subdivisions: Spermatophyta, Angiospermæ, Dicotylédones,THE CLASSIFICATION AND NAMING OF PLANTS 59 Other Rosales, Family Leguminosæ, Genus Medicago, Species Medicago sativa. The order ending is usually “ales” Orders are subdivided into families. The family ending is commonly “ aceæ” or “ce” Families are split up into genera, and genera into species. The number of families, genera, and species may be large or small. THE PLANT KINGDOM Thallophyta—“Thallus plants.” Sub-division i.—Algæ. Class i—Cyanophyceæ—blue-green algæ. Class 2—Chlorophyceæ—green algæ. Class 3—Phæophyceæ—brown algæ. Class 4—Rhodophyceæ—red algæ. Sub-division 2.—Fungi. Class 1—Bacteria. Class 2—Myxomycètes—slime fungi. Class 3—Phy corny ce tes—algal fungi. Class 4—Ascomycetes—sac fungi. Class s—Basidiomycetes—club fungi. Bryophyta—“Moss plants.” Class 1—Hepaticæ—liverworts. Class 2—Musci—mosses. Pteridophyta—“Fern plants.” Class 1—Filicineæ—true ferns. Class 2—Equisetineæ—horsetails. Class 3—Lycopodineæ—club mosses and related plants. Spermatophyta—“Seed plants.” Class 1—Gymnospermæ—conifers and related plants. Class 2—Angiospermæ—higher flowering plants. Sub-class I-—Dicotylédones—dicotyledons. Sub-class 2—Monocotyledones^—monocotyledons.6o BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS PLANT NOMENCLATURE Scientific Name.—The system of nomenclature in use by all biologists today is the so-called binomial system. In this, the scientific name of each plant (and animal) is composed of two words. For example, the scientific name of the common garden bean is Phaseolus vulgaris L. The first word, Phase-olas, is the name of the genus. {pi. genera), or generic name; the second, vulgaris, is the name of the species (pi. species) or specific name. The letter “L” following the scientific name of the common garden bean is the abbreviation for Linnaeus. Placed in this position after the name of the plant, it signifies that this species was first named and described by Linnaeus. This description may be found in published form. It is the practice of those engaged in the systematic study of plants and animals to record accurately the description, in some recognized scientific periodical, or in a monograph, of any new species they may find. When such is done, the one who names and describes the new plant affixes thereto his name, in full, if short, but usually abbreviated. In some instances, two abbreviations occur after, a scientific name, for example, Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv. This illustrates a case in which a species has been transferred from one genus to another. Linnaeus named the common barnyard grass Panicum crus-galli L. In his revision, Beauvois transferred the common barnyard grass to the genus Echinochloa still retaining the specific name, crus-galli. Nomenclature rules state that when a species is transferred in this manner from one genus to another, the original author (in this case, Linnaeus) must always be cited in parenthesis, followed by the author (in this case, Beauvois) of the new binomial. Botanical varieties or subspecies are often printed as trinomials, for example, the bush variety of Phaseolus vulgaris is written Phaseolus vulgaris nanus ox Phaseolus vulgaris var. nanus. Agricultural “varieties” are designated by common names, for example, in beans, there are such varietal names as Early Bountiful, Black Valentine, Giant Stringless, Green-pod, etc.THE CLASSIEICATION AND NAMING OF PLANTS 61 Scientific names are in Latin. This is probably the most universal language, which fact was recognized by Linnaeus, and hence he adopted it in his system of nomenclature. The species and genus agree in gender. For example, Brassica rap a (turnip), Triticum aestivum (common wheat), and Rubus villosus (northern dewberry). Descriptive Nature of Specific Names.—Specific names are commonly descriptive. They may be descriptive of (i) some plant character or habit, (2) habitat, or (3) distribution; and, in some instances (4) the species may bear the name of an individual. By far the largest proportion of specific names is descriptive of some striking habit or character of the plant. For example, the trailing or procumbent Trifolium (clover) is Trifolium repens (1repens, creeping); the sweet clover with white flowers is Melilotus alba {alba, white); the narrow-leafed crab-apple is Malus angustifolia {angustus, narrow—folium, leaf). In Vitis riparia, the streamside grape, riparia is descriptive of this species’ habitat. The common black-cap raspberry is Rubus occidentalis; here the specific name means “western.” Again, in Vaccinium canadense, the Canada blueberry, the specific name indicates geographical distribution. The sys-tematist frequently uses the name of an individual for the specific name. This may be done as a token of friendship, or recognition of distinction, or to indicate the finder of the new form. For example, Prunus besseyi, is after the well-known botanist, Charles Bessey. The i ending is the Latin genitive, signifying “of Bessey.” Scientific Name versus Common Name.—There are distinct advantages connected with the knowledge and use of scientific names. Often the same species has many common names. Again, several distinct species often may go by the same common name. The use of one scientific name will do away with much misunderstanding as to what plant is actually referred to.Ô2 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS General References Bailey, L. H.: The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture. The Macmillan Co., 1914. : Manual of Cultivated Plants. The Macmillan Co., 1925. Bâillon, H.: Histoire des plantes. Paris, 1894. Bentham, G., and Hooker, J. D.: Genera Plantarum. London, 1862-1883. Britton and Brown: An Illustrated Flora of the Northern States and Canada. Scribners, New York, 1913. Card, Fred W. : Bush-fruits. The Macmillan Co., 1909. Corbett, L. C.: Garden Farming. Ginn & Co., 1913. Coulter, J. M., Barnes, C. R., and Cowles, H. C.: à Textbook of Botany. American Book Co., 1911. De Candolle, Alphonse: The Origin of Cultivated Plants. D. Appleton & Co., 1892. Engler and Prantl: Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Hedrick, W. P.: Sturtevant’s Notes on Edible Plants. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. 27th Ann. Rept. Vol. 2, Pt. 2, 1919. Hitchcock, A. S.: Methods of Descriptive Systematic Botany. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1925. Holman, R. M., and Robbins, W. W.: A Textbook of General Botany. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Second Edition, 1927. Hunt, T. F.: Forage and Fiber Crops in America. Orange Judd Co., 1908. Hutchinson, J.: The Families of Flowering Plants. Macmillan and Co., 1926. Knuth, Paul: Handbook of Flower Pollination. Translation by J. R. Ainsworth Davis. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1906. Montgomery, E. G.: Productive Farm Crops. Lippincott Co., 1916. Percival, John: Agricultural Botany. Henry Holt & Co., 1905. Piper, Charles V.: Forage Plants and Their Culture. The Macmillan Co., 1914- Pool, Raymond J. : Flowers and Flowering Plants. McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1929. Shepperd, J. H.: Root Systems of Field Crops. N. D. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 64: 525-536,1905- Strasburger, E., Noll, F., Schenck, H., and Schimper, A. F. W.: A Textbook of Botany. Macmillan Co., 1912. Swingle, Deane B.: A Textbook of Systematic Botany. McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1928. Ten Eyck, A. M.: The Roots of Plants. Kans. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 127: 199-252, 1904. Vilmorin, M. M.: The Vegetable Garden. John Murray, London, 1905. Weaver, J. E.: Root Development of Field Crops. McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1926. -------, Jean, F. C., and Crist, J. W.: Development and Activities of Roots of Crop Plants. Carnegie Inst, of Wash. Pub. 316: 1-117, 1922. ------and Bruner, W. E.: Root Development of Vegetable Crops. McGraw- Hill Book Co , 1927. Wossidlq, Paul: Leitfaden der Botanik. Berlin, 1911.PART II CHAPTER IX* PALMACEAE (Palm Family) The palm family contains about 1,100 species in approximately 130 genera. The botany of the group is still imperfectly understood owing to the fact that palms are largely confined to tropical regions, and to the difficulty in securing good herbarium specimens. While only a few species are native to the warmer portions of the temperature zones, many representatives of the family are familiar through their extensive use as ornamentals. The importance of palm products in world agriculture is steadily increasing. For example, the coconut palm {Cocos nucifera) in addition to providing food and shelter for millions of insular and maritime peoples in the tropics, furnishes about 500,000 tons of oil annually for consumption in the north temperate zone. The date palm {Phoenix dactylifera) occupies a corresponding position in the life of the Arabic peoples of the Old World and supplies more than 100 million pounds of food annually to Europe and America. Within a quarter of a century the oil palm {Elaeis guineensis) has been planted largely as a cultivated crop in the East Indies and tropical Africa, and now yields about 200,000 tons of oil to European commerce. The Phoenix sylvestris has long been a source of sugar in India. In the single district of Jessore near Calcutta there are about 5,000,000 palms of this species cultivated on some thirty square miles of land and there are large natural groves and extensive plantations in other parts of the country. It is estimated that there are ten or twenty other palms through- * Contributed by Mr. Roy W. Nixon, Associate Horticulturist, U. S. Dept. Agriculture. 6364 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS out the tropics the sap of which could be utilized in the same way. Description.—Most of the species of this monocotyledonous family are characterized by a tall woody stem which bears a crown of leaves. Some are short and shrubby, while a few are vine-like in habit. True branching occurs only in a few species, although some bear offshoots near the base of the Fig. 27."A Deglet Noor Date Garden in full bearing. (15 vrs.). stem. The leaves are of two general types—palmate and pinnate, and, usually, are large, often surpassing in size those of all other plants. The palms, together with the related Cyclanthaceae, are characterized by a remarkable development of their leaves which are formed by the splitting of an originally simple embryonic leaf-blade. The inflorescence is either a simple or compound spike or panicle, commonly called a spadix, as it is usually enclosed in a spathe, which is often of enormous size; frequently each branchlet is subtended individually by a bract. There may be a single giant flower cluster, more often several, or many. The flowers are sessile or stipitate, sometimes hermaphroditic, but usually unisexual and either dioecious or monoecious, and frequently occupy different parts of the samePALMA CE AE 65 inflorescence. The flowers are regular, with parts in threes or multiples. The palms are almost entirely wind-pollinated, self pollination usually being prevented by protandry where staminate and pistillate flowers occur on the same inflorescence. The fruit, usually, is a berry or a drupe, often with fibrous pericarp, or otherwise modified. PHOENIX DACTYLIFERA (The Date Palm) Habit of Plant and Ste m.—T he date palm attains an ultimate height of 70 to 100 feet. If allowed to remain the old leaf bases Fig. 28.—A young Deglet Noor Palm ^ith offshoots, which are tied up so as not to interfere with cultivation and also to let light into the center of the palm. with their fibrous sheaths encircling the cylindrical stem may persist for many years after the leaves themselves have been removed. Axillary offshoots which occur chiefly near the base of the stem are characteristic. Roots.—Numerous adventitious roots, from Y to Y inch in diameter arise from the base of the stem and penetrate the soil to depths of 20 feet or more. From these roots branch the66 BOTANY OT CROP PLANTS smaller feeder roots which develop in zones of optimum moisture and fertility. Leaves.—The leaves are large, io to 20 ft. in length, and pinnate. The pinnae are 10 to 40 inches long, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, and folded lengthwise with the edges turned upward. On a mature palm each leaf has from 100 to 250 leaflets including, in the lower portion, a number of spines, which are morphological reductions of the pinnae. The life of a leaf is from three to seven years. There is no normal abscission of the leaves, which with age, and the upward growth of the bud, slowly droop down and when dead hang indefinitely, although they are, of course, removed under cultivation. Inflorescence.—The inflorescence is enclosed in a large, leathery spathe and emerges from the axils of leaves produced the previous year. It is a branched spadix composed of 2 5 to 100 or more spikes 6 to 36 inches in length. A large inflorescence may contain eight or ten thousand flowers. Flowers.—The flowers are dioecious or of separate sexes borne on different palms. They are small, coriaceous, and waxy-white. The pistillate or female flowers are rounded-triangular with three carpels, each with a curved, sessile stigma. The carpels are partly, sometimes almost completely, enclosed by the closely adhering perianth composed of 3 connate sepals and 3 imbricate petals. The staminate or male flowers are more showy with larger, less imbricated, petals extending beyond the cupular calyx. There are 6 stamens. Hermaphroditic flowers occasionally occur in the staminate inflorescence, but they are usually sterile and only in very rare instances develop normal seeds. Fruit.—The fruit of the date is a one-seeded berry. Its development is characteristic. After pollination one of the carpels rapidly enlarges and suppresses the other two which soon dry up to inconspicuous bracts. An enlargement of one carpel may occur without pollination or there may be a slight growth of all three, but such parthenocarpic fruit develops very slowly, if at all. Inferior edible dates do occasionally developPALMACEAE 67 without fertilization and hence without seeds. The color of the carpel, which is white in the freshly opened flower, becomes green after several days exposure and retains this color until the fruit has reached almost its maximum size. It then becomes, according to variety, either red or yellow or an inter- Pig. 29.—Staminate (left) and pistillate (right) inflorescences of date palm just emerging from the spathes. mediate combination with some r.ed on a yellow background. After a month or more the final ripening begins and the color changes to a shade varying from light straw or amber to a deep purple, almost black. Metaxenia or the Influence of Pollen on the Fruit.—In corn, wheat and many other plants it has long been known that pollen68 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS I>,9niiiiiiH^i H|§ ^Sllillllillfe,. ^■ ■M__ YSSliSlrSYilfl' ivn 4Np -'SS^SaS^' 4g^g§' FUi ' Jl| isn» WMBIffB V f||Y||| ■■H ■w—L |§^Hh| K : ■■ ^JHl Fig. 30.—Date flowers. (Natural size.) Left: staminate flowers; right: pistillate flowers.PALMACEAE 69 may affect the embryo and endosperm of the seed as indicated by size, shape and other characteristics. In recent years it has been found that date pollen may influence not only the size and shape of the resulting seed but also the size and the time of ripening of the fruit itself by as much as two weeks or even more. As the fleshy pericarp represents tissue of the mother plant this influence goes beyond the sphere of xenia, a term limited to the effect of the male parent on embryo and endosperm, both of which are fertilized by the two generative nuclei, and has been designated “metaxenia. ” This has been demonstrated by several years of field tests to be a factor that must be taken into account in the cultural practices of date growing in the Southwest. Types of Dates.—Dates may be divided into three general classes or types according to texture—soft, dry and semi-dry. The division is somewhat arbitrary as texture is affected more or less by climatic conditions and methods of handling. Halawy, the leading export variety of Southern Iraq and now being grown to some extent in the Southwest, is an example of the first type. Thoory, a rare variety from Algeria which has been planted on a limited scale in Southern California, is one of the best of the second type, also known as “bread” dates. Deglet Noor, a choice variety from Algeria and Tunisia, represents the third type and is now the leading commercial variety in Southern California. Deglet Noor is further distinguished by the fact that it is one of a few varieties which contain in the ripe fruit a relatively large proportion of cane sugar. In nearly all other varieties the cane sugar, present in the earlier stages, is largely inverted by the time the fruit is mature. Seeds and Germination—The seeds make up from 5 to 15 per cent, of the weight of the fruit. They are composed chiefly of endosperm and have a longitudinal groove or furrow on the ventral side and a relatively minute embryo on the dorsal side. Germination occurs in two to four weeks. Propagation—Date palms are occasionally grown from seeds, but as about half of the seedlings are male and half female, with7o BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS great individual variation, only a very small percentage are likely to produce fruit of good quality. Varieties can be propagated only by the offshoots which arise chiefly near the base of the stem in the early years of the palm’s life. When the base is in contact with moist soil the offshoot will root while still attached to the parent palm. It can then be detached with a large chisel and planted out. Geographical.—As the species is not known to exist in a wild state the original home of the date palm is uncertain, but it was probably somewhere between Abyssinia and Western Persia since dates were grown long before the dawn of history in arid, irrigable areas within this region. Prolonged summer heat and low humidity are required for successful fruit production although the palm itself will grow in any tropical or subtropical climate. Iraq (Mesopotamia) is the leading date growing country in the world from the standpoint both of number of palms and of export of fruit. The date is also the most important horticultural product in Arabia and the desert areas of North Africa. Where climatic conditions are favorable it occurs as far east as Punjab in India. Date seeds were planted here and there in warmer portions of the Western Hemisphere by Spanish priests from the 16th to the 18th centuries, but offshoots from North Africa and Mesopotamia have been the basis of the newly developed commercial date culture of the Southwest. Offshoots were first successfully imported in small numbers in 1890 and 1891, although large importations were not made until 1900 and during the next three decades. The Production of Dates in the United States.—The areas suitable for commercial date culture in the United States are limited to the irrigable, desert valleys of the extreme Southwest, mostly in California and Arizona with a very small area in extreme Southern Nevada, and with more restricted possibilities in the Lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas. In 1930 about 2400 acres had been planted to dates, of which not less than 80 per cent, was located in the Coachella Valley of California. The crop for 1930 was approximately 3,000,000 lbs., although lessPALMACEAE n than one-third of the total acreage already planted was in commercial bearing. The occasional production of edible fruit of fair quality from seedling palms along the Pacific slope of Southern California, the Gulf Coast, and in South Florida indicates that dates may have some possibilities for home use over a much wider territory than that in which date culture is commercially profitable. Uses.—The date is a staple food among the Arabic peoples and is being used to an increasing extent in Europe and America. The best varieties contain from 60 to 80 per cent, of sugar calculated on the dry weight. In the Old World the palm furnishes the localities where it is grown with material used in building and for ropes, baskets and numerous other articles. From the fermented fruit vinegar and a very strong alcoholic liquor are made. References Albert, D. W.: Propagation of Date Palms from Offshoots. Ariz. Agri. Exp. Sta., Bull. 119: 29-56, 1926. Annett, Harold E.; Lele, Z. K.; and Amin, Bhailal M.: The Date Sugar Industry in India, an Investigation into its Chemistry and Agriculture. Memoir 2, No. 6, Dept, of Agri. of India, 1913. Beccari, Odoardo: Revista monografica delle specie del genere Phoenix. Malesia, 3: 345-429, (Rome), 1890. Brown, T. W.: The Date Palm in Egypt. Ministry of Agriculture, (Cairo). Bull. 43: 1-39, 1924. Caty, René : Les Exigences et les Aptitudes du Dattier. Annales de l’Académie des Sciences Coloniales, 3: 227-293, (Paris) 1929. (Systematic abstract of 300 papers on the date palm listed in bibliography.) de Cillis, Emanuale: Saggio di “ Fenicigrafia libica.” Studi sopra alcune razze di palma da datteri coltivate in Tripolitania. Ministero delle Colonie, Bolletino di Informazioni Economiche, n: 733-819, (Rome) 1923. Dowson, V. H. W.: Dates and Date Cultivation of the ’Iraq. Agricultural Directorate, Ministry of Interior, ’Iraq (Mesopotamia), Memoir III, 1921-1923. Contains date bibliography. Fairchild, David G. : Persian Gulf Dates and Their Introduction into America. U. S. Dept, of Agri, Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. 54: 1-32, 1903. Freeman, G. F.: Ripening Dates by Incubation. Ariz. Agri. Exp. Sta. Bull. 66: 437-456, 1911- Fischer, Theobald: Die Dattelpalme, ihre geographische Verbreitung und culturhistorische Bedeutung. Ergâzungsheft No. 64 zu “Petermann’s Mittheilungen,” Gotha (Justus Perthes) 1881.72 BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS Gatin, C. L.: Les Palmiers, (Paris), 1912. Kaempfer, Engelbert: Relations botanico-historicas de Palma dactylifera in Perside crescente. Amoenitatum Exoticarum, fase. IV, Lemgoviae, 1712. Kearney, Thomas H. : Date Varieties and Date Culture in Tunis. U. S. Dept, of Agri., Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. 92: i-no, 1906. Màson, S. C.: Botanical Characters of the Leaves of the Date Palm used in Distinguishing Cultivated Varieties. U. S. Dept, of Agri. Bull. 223: 1-28, 1915- Dates of Egypt and Sudan. U. S. Dept, of Agri. Bull. 271: 1-40, 1915. The Saidy Date of Egypt. A variety of the first rank adapted to commercial culture in the United States. U. S. Dept, of Agri., Bull. 1125: 1-36, 1923. Date* Culture in Egypt and the Sudan. U. S. Dept, of Agri. Bull. 1457: 1-70, 1927. Milne, D.: The Date Palm and its Cultivation in the Punjab, (Lyallpur) 1918. Nixon, Roy W.: The Direct Effect of Pollen on the Fruit of the Date Palm. Journ. of Agri. Res ,36, 2: 97-128, 1928. The Immediate Influence of Pollen in Determining the Size and Time of Ripening of the Fruit of the Date Palm. Journ. of Heredity, 19: 241-255, 1928. Popenoe, Paul B. : Date Growing in the Old and New Worlds. Altadena, 1913. Reports of the Annual Date Growers’ Institutes, Coachella Valley Farm Center, Coachella, California, yearly since 1924. Surcouf, J. M. R.: Recherches sur la biologie du Phoenix dactylifera, Bulletin de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de l’Afrique du Nord, 13: 262-312, (Alger) 1922. Swingle, Walter T.: The Date Palm and Its Culture, in Yearbook of U. S. Dept, of Agri, for 1900; 453-490, 1901. The Date Palm and Its Utilization in the Southwestern States. U. S. Dept of Agri., Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. 53: 1-55, 1904. Metaxenia in the Date Palm. Journ. of Heredity, 19: 257-268, 1928. Toumey", J. W.: The Date Palm. Ariz. Agri. Exp. Sta. (Tucson), Bull. 29: 100-150, 1898. Vinson, A. E.: Chemistry and Ripening of the Date. Ariz. Agri. Exp. Sta Bull. 66: 403-435, 1911.CHAPTER X GRAMINEiE (POACEAE), GRASS FAMILY No family of plants is of greater economic importance than the grass family. It has several thousand species, among which are the “grains” such as wheat, oats, barley, corn, rice, and others) and the meadow, pasture and range grasses. The grasses grown for “grain” were the first plants to be cultivated by the human race. Members of this family are widely distributed over the surface of the earth, from tropical to polar regions and from low to very high altitudes. In many parts of the world, grasses form a dominant part of the plant covering. Examples of extensive grass associations are meadows, steppes, and savannahs. Meadows are moist grass lands and may occur in all climates. Steppes are dry grass lands. The Old World steppes of Russia, Hungary, Roumania, and Spain, the plains of the Western United States, and the pampas of South America are excellent examples. Savannahs are dry grass lands with scattered trees. The best examples of these are the llanos of Venezuela, and the patanas of Ceylon. Most grasses are low, erect herbs. A few, such as the bamboos, are shrubs or trees. Bamboo has a woody stem which may reach a height of ioo feet or more. Some grasses are trailing, one or more being reported as climbing over trees ioo feet high. Others, like rice cut grass (.Homalocenchrus) are feeble climbers or support themselves by means of numerous hooked prickles on their leaves. Many of our common pasture and meadow grasses, and all the cereals, complete their life period in one season. Such plants are said to be annual. In cool climates, certain grasses behave as winter annuals, living through the winter as small plants and sending up flower stalks the following spring. 7374 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS So-called “winter” or “fall grasses” behave in this manner. A number of grasses, such as the pernicious quack grass (Agro-pyron repens), lawn grass (Poa pratensis), and others, are perennial, i.e., with a course of life extending over three or more seasons. Roots.—The root system of grasses is fibrous, that is, composed of numerous slender roots of about equal diameter. No grasses, at maturity, possess a tap-root system, as that of radish, dandelion, beet, and others. In these there is a strong leading central root. In most grasses, many of the primary roots, those that arise directly from the seed, are temporary, dying after the permanent roots are able to support the plant. However, workers have found that the single seminal root of corn and sorghums functions in the plant during its entire life, also that in summer wheat, barley and rye, the seminal roots may be active up to the time of harvest. The permanent roots arise from that portion of the stem which extends from the germinating seed to the surface of the ground. These roots are always produced at about the same distance below the surface, regardless of the depth at which the seed is planted (Fig- 5)- Grasses are classed as shallow-rooted plants. However, great variation has been observed in the depth to which the roots penetrate, some extending to depths which cannot be considered as shallow. Roots of buffalo grass (.Buchloe) sometimes go to a depth of 7 feet. Rye roots have been found penetrating to a depth of 6 feet, corn 7 feet, and wheat more than 6 feet. Roots may break through the sheaths (that part of the leaf which is wrapped about the stem) of the first few leaves, or spring freely from underground stems. They may also arise from joints above the ground line, as in corn. If such aerial roots reach the ground they may serve as supporting or “prop” roots. Stems.—General Characteristics.—The stems of grasses are called culms. They are cylindrical (rarely flattened), andGRAMINEvE (pOACE/e) , GRASS FAMILY 7576 BOTANY OF CE.OP PLANTS divided into Sections (:internodes) (Fig. 31) which are usually hollow, but sometimes filled with pith, as in corn. When young, the internodes are solid, but, as the stem enlarges, the central portion is ruptured and a hollow is formed. The nodes (Fig. 31), the enlarged joints between the internodes, are solid. Enlargement of the nodes is due partly to a thickening of the leaf base at each node (Fig. 32) and partly to enlargement of the stem itself. In most grasses, the part of the culm within the sheath remains soft and continues to grow or retain the power of growth after the portion not in the sheath has ceased growth, or lost the ability to grow. The youngest part of each internode is at its base, surrounded by the basal swelling of the leaf sheath (Fig. 32). Each internode has its own growing zone. Lodging.—It is customary to speak of a grass as “lodged” Fig. 32— Barley, a , portion of leaf when its stems are partly or at juncture of leaf and blade; B, stem , lengthwise section, completely bent over. Lodging may be due to mechanical impact such as violent wind, rain or hail storms, or to “the interaction of those hereditary and environmental factors which make for the development of weak stems.” Welton and Morris conclude that a weak stem results when there is a relatively low content of dry matter per unit length of culm. Some grasses lodge more easily than others. In many spring wheats, the adventitious root system descends almost vertically, the individual roots are not highly lignified, and as a result the roots do not have a strong hold on the soil, and are quite easily bent over by winds or rain. It has been cut in median X 2>*.GRAMINEÆ (POACE-ÆTJ, GRASS FAMILY 77 shown than an excessive amount of available nitrates in the soil favors lodging. As it has been demonstrated that the application of nitrate fertilizers to a soil tends to suppress the amount of silicon taken in by the wheat plant, the greater frequency of lodging of plants grown on such a soil has cf the entire panicle is completed in six to seven days. In the spikelet, the lower flower opens first, then the second and third in order. The chief blooming time of oats is tV^m 2:00 to 4:00 p.m. Blooming may continue at slackened speed un(T 7 :oo and 8 :oo p.m. A flower usually remains open from fifty to seventy minutes. Hence cross-pollination is not excluded. Self-pollination is the rule, however, due to the fact that all three anthers seldom project from the flower. In cool or rainy weather, flowers may not open at all. Fertilization, and Maturing of Grain.—Oats and wheat are very similar as to fertilization. The oat grain passes through the milk and waxy stages to maturity, as in wheat. After the resorption of the outer integuments, resorption of the parenchyma layer begins. There is a complete resorption of the chlorophyll layer and the inner epidermis. There seems to be a less marked fusion of pericarp and seed coats than in wheat. The Mature Grain.—The kernel is firmly surrounded by the lemma and palet, except in “naked oats.” The lemma and palet form the “hull” (Fig. 55). The quality of oats is judged largely on the -basis of per cent, hull and kernel. Hull usually forms from 25 to 33 per cent, of grain weight, but may be as low as 20 per cent, or as high as 45 per cent. The percentage of hull in the upper grains of a spikelet is less than that of lower grains. It is also stated that early-ripening sorts have a greater percentage of hull than late-ripening ones. The reports are conflicting concerning the percentage of hull in short plump grains and in long slender ones. Furthermore, there is no constant relation between weight of grain per bushel and per cent, of hull. However, if an oat variety is well adapted to a certain region, the per cent, of hull is quite generally lower than if it is poorly adapted. There are marked differences in the basal and upper grains of a spikelet. The basal grain is the largest and usually bears an awn; the upper ones rarely have awns. A short rachillaAVENA (OATS) 129 (Fig. 55), which bears the second grain, is at the base of the lower kernel. This rachilla varies in length, shape and hairiness in the different oat varieties. The second grain commonly carries no rachilla, or only a fine, thread-like one at the end of which is an immature grain or the mere remnants of a third Fig. 55.—A, mature grain of wild oats (Avena fatua); B, mature grain of cultivated panicle oats (Avena sativa); C, grain of same with “hull” removed; D, cross-section of grain with the “hull.” A, B and C, X 5; D, X 10. flower. The base of the outer grain is blunt, while that of the inner is pointed. The oat kernel (Fig. 55) is elongated and has a hairy surface. As in wheat, the embryo forms a very small portion of the kernel. A cross-section of the grain shows the following coats: (1) lemma; (2) palet, of six to eight cell layers; (3) pericarps a130 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS thin layer of two or three rows of cells: (4) testa, two layers of inner integument; (5) nucellus, one layer; (6) aleurone layer, two rows of cubical cells (sometimes one); (7) starchy endosperm. The starchy endosperm of oats, unlike that of wheat, possesses no gluten, and hence it cannot be made into light bread. In this respect it resembles barley. The double row of aleurone cells also distinguishes the oat grain from the wheat grain. The other grain coats and the embryo are very similar. Germination of Oats.—The cardinal temperatures (maximum, optimum and minimum) for oats are about the same as they are for wheat. The young shoot breaks out at the germ end, grows underneath the lemma, and comes out at the brush end. This method of growth is necessitated by the persistence of the palet and lemma. The primary root, however, ruptures the hull. The coleoptile is closed. The first foliage leaf is rolled. Classification of Oats.—The common oat varieties in the United States fall into three species: Avena sativa, A. orientalis, and A. nuda. The latter two are sometimes given as varieties of A. sativa. Avena sativa (panicle oats).—The common oats belong to this species. In these, the panicles are spreading in all directions (Fig. 53)* A considerable number of forms are recognized. Four main types, based upon character of panicle, were given on page 126. As to color of grain, there are white, yellow, gray (winter oats), brown and black sorts. Some are bearded and some are beardless. Avena orientalis (banner, side, mane, or Tartarian oats).— The panicles of these species have erect branches which are close to the main axis (Fig. 53). The inflorescence is onesided, which character has suggested the common names ascribed to it. There are beardless-white, bearded-white; beardless-yellow, beardless-brown, and bearded-brown (varieties. Avena nuda (naked or hull-less oats).—The grains of this oat fall from the hull when threshed. It may be either a spreading or side type.AVENA (OATS) I3I Other Cultivated Oats.—In addition to the three common species of oats given above, the following species are recognized and cultivated in various parts of the Old World: Avena strigosa (rough oats), A. brevis (short oats), A. byzantina (Mediterranean oats) and A. abyssinica (Abyssinian oats). Avena fatiga (“wild oats”).—The so-called “wild oat” is often found in oat fields, and the “seed” may frequently occur as an impurity in farm seed. The plant has slender stems, which are long, and hence it usually stands above the cultivated oats. It has three flowers to a spikelet, and the awns on the lemmas are strongly bent (Fig. 55). It is distinguished from the common oats by the long reddish-brown hairs at the base of the lemma and on the rachilla, and by the distinct articulation of its grains. In cultivated sorts, there appears occasionally the so-called “false wild oats,” differing in its characteristics both from the cultivated varieties and the true wild oats. It differs from the cultivated varieties in having the long twisted and bent awns. The kernels, however, are similar to those of the cultivated varieties. The following key to the “principal cultivated varieties of oats, together with their basic wild species,” is taken from Etheridge. Kernel loose within the surrounding hull; lemma and glumes alike in texture. Avena nuda. Kernel firmly clasped by the hull; lemma and glumes alike in texture. Upper grains persistent to their rachillas. Avena sterilis. Upper grains easily separated from their rachillas. Lemma extended as teeth or awn points. Lemma with 4 teeth or awn points. Avena abyssinica. Lemma with 2 teeth or awn points. Lemma elongate, lanceolate, with distinct awn points. Avena strigosa. Lemma short, abrupt, blunt, rather toothed than awn-pointed. Avena brevis. Lemma without teeth or awn points. Basilar connections of the grains articulate. Avena fatua. Basilar connections of the grains solidified. Panicles roughly equilateral, spreading. Avena sativa. Panicles unilateral, appressed. Avena sativa orientalis.132 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Origin of Oats.—It is held by a number of workers, that all the varieties belonging to A. sativa, A. orientalis, and A. nuda have originated from A. fatua. Under cultivation, A. fatua has lost the fragility of its articulations, its hairs and, in some instances, its awns. A. strigosa and A. brevis are derived from A. barbata. a species growing wild in the Mediterranean region, Persia, Mesopotamia, west to Atlantic Europe and Great Britain. A. abyssinica is originated from A. wiestii, a species indigenous to North Africa and Arabia. A. byzantina has come from A. sterilis, the so-called “animated” or “fly” oats, a wild form frequent in the Mediterranean region. Trabut has found in this region all forms of Avena sterilis (“sterile” oats), beginning with those that are small and useless and ending with the forms now cultivated there. Algerian oat (.A. algeriensis) is the common cultivated variety of the sterile oat. All the forms of oats derived from A. fatua are characterized by the easy separation of the second flower from the rachilla, which persists above the lower flower. In those forms of oats derived from A. sterilis, on the other hand, the second flower does not separate from the lower flower without carrying away the rachilla at its base. Environmental Relations.—Oats is adapted to a humid, moderately cool climate, such as is found in the region north of the corn belt in the United States. Cool summers favor the ripening of the grain; oats is a better crop than wheat at high latitudes and altitudes. The white and black oats are grown at higher latitudes than red and yellow sorts; the latter are raised in the Southern States, some varieties being sown as winter oats. Practically all of the oats grown in the Northern States is spring-sown. The water requirement of oats is greater than that of any of the other common cereals. It will thrive on soils too wet for corn and in general is better adapted to heavier soils. Uses of Oats.—Large quantities of oats are consumed annually in the form of rolled oats or oatmeal. The grain is also a much valued horse feed, and not infrequently it isAVENA (OATS) 133 fed to poultry. Oats are sometimes grown for pasture, and also cut before reaching maturity as hay. It makes an excellent nurse crop. Oat straw is used as roughage for stock, and as a bedding. The Production of Oats.—As is the case with wheat and corn, the United States also leads all other countries in the production of oats. References Atterberg, A.: Neues System der Hafervarietäten nebst Beschreibung der nordischen Haferformen. Landw. Vers. Stat., 39: 171-204, 1881. Böhmer, C.: Über die Systematik der Hafersorten sowie über einige züchterisch wichtige Eigenschaften der Haferispe. Berlin, 1909, P. Parey. Hafer im Bilde. Fühling’s Landw. Ztg., 609-616, 1911. Broili, J.: Beitrage zur Hafer Morphologie. Jour. Landw., 58: 205-220. 1910. Hafer im Bilde. Arb. Deut. Landw. Gesell. Heft., 194, Berlin, 1911. P. Parey. Cannon, W. A.: A Morphological Study of the Flower and Embryo of the Wild Oat, Avena fatua L. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei. Ser. 3, I, No. 10: 329-364, 1900. Criddle, N.: The So-called White Wild Oats and What They Are. Ottawa Nat., 23: 127, 1909. Wild Oats and False Wild Oats; Their Nature and Distinctive Characters. Canada Dept. Agr. Bull. 7: 1-11, 1912. Denaifee and Sirodot: L’avoine, etc. Paris, 1902, 210 figures, pp. 848. Etheridge, W. C.: A Classification of the Varieties of Cultivated Oats. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 10: 85-172, 1916. Fruwith, C.: Die Haferrispe bei der Beurteilung der Sorten und in der Züchtung. Fühling’s Landw. Ztg., S. 289, 1907. Haselhoee, E.: Vergleichende Untersuchungen deutscher und amerikanischer Haferkorner. Landw. Vers. Stat., 65: 339-349» 1907. Haussknecht, E.: Über die Abstammung des Saathafers. Mitt. Thüring. Bot. Ver. N. F. Heft, 2: 45-49, 1892. Raum, H.: Zur Systematisierung der Hafersorten. Fühling’s Landw. Ztg., 58: 496-501, 1909. Rimpau, W.: Die genetische Entwicklung der verschiedenen Formen unserer Saatgerste. Landw. Jahrb., 21: 699-702, 1892. Schulz, A.: Die Geschichte des Saathafers I und II. Jahrsber. Westfal. Prov. Vers. Wiss. W. Kunst. Munster., 41: 204-217, 1913. Abstammung und Heimat des Saathafers. Mitt. Thuring. Bot. Ver. N. F. Weimar., 31: 6-11, 1914. Tannert, Paul: Entwickelung und Bau von Blüte und Frucht von Avena sativa L. Inaug. Diss. Zurich, 1905.134 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS Thellung, A.: Über die Abstammung, den systematischen Wert und die Kulturgeschichte der Saatliafer-Arten (Avena sativse Coss.) Vrtljschr. Naturf. Gesell. Zürich, 56: 293-350, 1911. Trabut, L.: Origin of Cultivated Oats. (Translation) Jour. Hered., 5: 74-85, 1915- Contribution a l’etude de Porigine des avoines cultivees. Compt. Rend., 149: 227-229, 1909. Vierhapper, F.: Zur Systematik der Gattung Avena. Verhandl. K. K. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wein., 56: 369-370, 1906. Zade: Die Zwischenformen von Flughafer (Avena fatua) und Kulturhafer (Avena sativa). Fühling’s Landw. Ztg., 369-384, 1912.CHAPTER XIII HORDEUM (Barley) Barley is grown as either a summer or winter annual. It has been observed that two-rowed barley (H. distichon), has a distinct tendency toward the perennial habit like rye. Plants that were mowed down in July sent up new sprouts which developed inflorescences the following September, and after removing these, a third set of sprouts was sent up. It has been suggested that our cultivated barleys are derived from a perennial form and that in the course of time this habit has been lost. Roots, Stems, Leaves.—The root system of barley resembles that of oats. The culm has from five to seven joints, sometimes eight, the length of which increases from below upward. Barley does not tiller as abundantly as oats and winter wheat. The leaves resemble those of wheat. The auricles, however, are usually c?te. Vf*' very much pronounced, and may be used as a basis of distinction between the straws (Fig. 32). Inflorescence.—The inflorescence is a cylindrical spike, the shape of which varies slightly in the different barley types. The rachis is strongly compressed. Opposite each point on the rachis where the spikelets stand, there is a sharply defined horizontal cushion (Fig. 56). This distinguishes the barley rachis from that of wheat and rye. Furthermore, the single 135 Fig. 56.—-Rachises of three136 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS joints of the barley rachis are straight, while in wheat and rye they are bent. At each joint of the rachis, there are three spikelets, each one-flowered (Figs. 57 and 58). The lateral spikelets of each triplet are sometimes imperfect, as in two-rowed barley. Each spikelet is on a short branch or rachilla, which is projected Fig. 57.—A, triplet of spikelets of six-rowed barley (Hordeum vulgare hexa-stichon); note that there are three fertile spikelets at the rachis joint; B, triplet of spikelets of two-rowed barley (H. distichon); the two lateral spikelets are sterile; C, single spikelet of hooded barley (H. vulgare trifurcatum). beyond the flower and appears as a bristle (Fig. 59) lying within the groove of the grain. As in wheat, there is no apical spikelet in barley. The groups of spikelets are arranged alternately on the rachis. Spikelet and Flower.—Each spikelet is one-flowered. The glumes are narrow and awn-like, forming an apparent involucre about the spikelets. The lemma is broad, rounded on the back, five-nerved at the apex and bears a long awn with strongly barbed edges. In threshing barley care is taken not to breakHORDEUM (BARLEY) T37 the awn so close that the end of the kernel is exposed, for by so doing, a point of attack for molds is furnished. The palet is about the same length as the lemma, and bears two ridges. The styles are short, and the two lodicules are conspicuous and vary in the different types. Fig. 58.—1, triplet of spikelets of six-rowed barley (Hordeum vulgare hexa-stichon); 2, of hooded barley (H. vulgare trifurcatum); 3, of medium barley H. vulgare intermedium); 4, of two-rowed barley (H. distichon). Nat. size. Opening of Flower and Pollination,—The blooming of a spike begins slightly above the middle and proceeds from this point upward and downward. The middle flowers of a triplet come to maturity earlier than the laterals. The duration of blooming varies. Three to four days is a good average for a single spike, and seven to nine days for all spikes of a plant. The glumes of a flower remain open from twenty to thirty minutes. This period depends upon weather conditions.BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 138 In two-rowed nodding barley, the lateral flowers bloom with open glumes, while the middle ones seldom open. Four-rowed barley almost always blooms with open flowers, both middle and side. In two-rowed erect barley, six-rowed barley and peacock barley, the flowers bloom with closed glumes. It is claimed that, in such cases, the lodicules are too weak to force the glumes apart. In four-rowed barley, in which open flowers are the rule, lodicules are well developed. It would seem, then, that in four-rowed barley and two-rowed nodding barley, there is a possibility of cross-pollination, while in six-rowed, peacock, and two-rowed erect barleys this possibility is excluded. However, very few positive cases of nautral hybridization of barleys have been observed. The reason for this probably is that the styles are short and do not protrude beyond the glumes. Rimpau examined a large number of sorts, and in all, found but eight sure cases of crossing, and these were in four-rowed Fig. 59.—A, barley grain with the . “hull/’ b, with “hull” removed; c, barleys. Self-pollmation is the grain in cross-section. rule, which means that under field conditions there is little danger that a pure strain will become impure through the introduction of characters brought in by the pollen grains of undesirable strains. Blooming in barley begins between 5:30 and 6:00 a.m., increasing in intensity up to 8:00 a.m. Very little blooming occurs in the middle of the day. There is a slight amountHORDEUM (BARLEY) 139 between 3 and 5 o’clock in the afternoon, but by 8 in the evening all blooming has ceased. As in all cereals, blooming is dependent upon the weather. Barleys that normally bloom with open glumes on a day with high temperature and dry atmosphere, may bloom with closed or only slightly open glumes on a cool, moist day. Fertilization and Maturing of Grain.—The immature grain has much the same structure as that of wheat. In barley, however, the chlorophyll-bearing layer consists of two rows of cells. As in wheat, there is an early resorption of the two layers of the outer integument, and of pericarp and nucelar cells. The barley grain passes through the milk-ripe, yellow-ripe, full-ripe, and dead-ripe stages. Mature Grain of Barley.—In hulled barleys, the palet and lemma are firmly attached to the kernel (Fig. 59). In the so-called “naked” or hull-less barley, these scales come loose from the kernel, as in common wheat. .The kernel of naked barley resembles that of wheat. It is, however, pointed at both ends (Fig. 59). The kernels are broadest at the middle, in two-rowed barleys, while in the four-rowed types the kernels from the outer rows of the head are slightly twisted and those from the middle rows are broadest near the tip. In the hulled barleys, a rachilla (“basal bristle”) persists at the base of the grain on the side adjacent to the palet (Fig. 59). The character of this bristle is of some systematic importance. The hull may form from 10 to 25 per cent, of the grain, being greater in six-rowed types than in two-rowed types. Variation in percentage of glumes may depend upon season, soil, grain shape, and perhaps fertilizers. Furthermore, Haberlandt has shown that barleys of northern regions have a smaller percentage of hull than those of southern localities. In a cross-section of the mature grain of hulled barley, the following coats are seen: 1. Lemma and palet, five to seven rows of cells.BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 140 2. Pericarp, consisting of several rows of parenchyma cells and two rows of chlorophyll-bearing cells. 3. Testa two layers of inner integument. 4. Nucellus, one row of cells. 5. Aleurone layer, usually of three (two to four) rows of thick-walled cells. 6. Starchy endosperm. As in rye and wheat, the fruit and seed coats are more weakly developed at the embryo end than in other parts of the grain. The embryo of barley is very similar to that of wheat. It occupies but a small part of the grain. Five to eight secondary rootlets occur. The epiblast is absent in the genus Hordeum. The endosperm varies from mealy to glassy or translucent. Mealiness is the result of a high percentage of starch, while translucency indicates a high percentage of protein. The relative amounts of starch and protein in the different types vary. The two-rowed barleys are used almost exclusively in brewing. There is no gluten in barley grains, and for this reason light bread cannot be made from the flour. Color of Grain—Harlan has made a study of the color of barley grains. He says: “There are two coloring materials in barley: One, anthocyanin, is red in its acid and blue in its alkaline condition; the other, a melanin-like compound, is black. The pigments may occur in the hulls, the pericarp, the aleurone layer, and occasionally in the starch endosperm. The resulting colors of the grain are quite complicated. White denotes the absence of all pigment; a heavy deposit of the melanin-like compound in the hulls results in black; a light deposit, brown. Anthocyanin in the hulls results in a light violet-red. In naked forms the melanin-like compound in the pericarp results in a black kernel; anthocyanin produces a violet one. The acid condition of anthocyanin in the pericarp superimposed upon the alkaline condition in the aleurone layer gives the effect of a purple color, while a blue aleurone beneath a colorless pericarp is blue-gray. White hulls over a blueHORDEUM (BARLEY) 141 aleurone cause the grain to appear bluish or bluish gray. Black hulls over a blue aleurone give, of course, a black appearance. The anthocyanin is always violet in the hulls and in the pericarp, showing that these tissues are in an acid condition, and always blue in the aleurone layer, showing an alkaline condition. The occurrence of anthocyanin in the pericarp of hull-less barleys is more significant than its production in the aleurone layer.” Germination of Barley.—In brewing, much emphasis is placed upon the “germinating energy” of the grain. By this is meant its ability to germinate within a specified time. A high germinating energy is 96 per cent, in seventy-two hours when kept at 64.4° to 68°Fi Much importance is attached to the secretion of enzymes and the conversion of endosperm in the germinating of barley grain. A barley of high diastatic power is preferred; by this is meant the ability to produce an abundance of the starchdissolving enzyme—diastase. Small grains, with a high nitrogen content have a high power of forming the enzymatic secretions. The enzymes secreted during germination are chiefly diastase, cytase, and proteases, and it is quite probable that the epithelial layer of the scutellum is the secreting organ. It has been pointed out by Mann and Harlan that “the greatest secreting area for a given grain is secured with a scutellum extending well over the edges of the adjacent endosperm; the greatest vigor in an epithelial layer of long, narrow cells, the highest condition of efficiency in a well-matured, well-cured grain.” As has been stated, the principal enzyme secreted by the germinating embryo is diastase. It has the specific property of changing starch to sugar. Hence, the reserve starch in the embryo, converted to soluble and diffusible sugar, serves to nourish the young plant. Cytase is a cellulosedissolving enzyme. Protease renders the insoluble proteins soluble. The primary root is the first to appear. This is followed by the secondary ones, and the young shoot. The shoot grows under the lemma and palet to the anterior end of the grain and142 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS there becomes free. The coleoptile then opens and the first foliage leaf appears. In the germination of barley, the young A /V Fig. 6o.—-Diagrams showing the relative position of spikelets in barleys. A, six-rowed (Hordeum vulgare hexastichon); B, four-rowed barley (H. vulgare pallidum); C, two-rowed barley (H. distichon); D, medium barley (H. vulgare intermedium). (After Broili.) leaves become twisted. This is characteristic of barley. The term “acrospire” is sometimes applied to these leaves. The crown roots are formed at a rather constant soil level. If the grain is planted deep, a long internode is formed, such that adventitious roots are produced at the proper level.HORDEUM (BARLEY) 143 Classification of Barleys.—There are four distinct species of cultivated barleys: 1. Hordeum vulgare, the six-rowed barleys, in which there are three fertile spikelets at each node, and all lemmas bear awns or hoods. 2. Hordeum intermedium, medium or hybrid barleys, in which there are three fertile spikelets at each node, but the lemmas of lateral flowers are awnless. 3. Hordeum distichon, two-rowed barleys, in which the lateral flowers are present but sterile. 4. Hordeum dejiciens, two-rowed barleys in which the lateral flowers are rudimentary. There are numerous varieties of each of the above species. Hordeum vulgare (six-rowed barley).—It will be recalled that, in the barleys, there are three one-flowered spikelets at each joint of the rachis. In the dense six-rowed type, every flower of a triplet is fertile. The spikelets are in six distinct rows and stand out equidistant from the rachis. Furthermore, the rows are equal distances from each other about the axis. These points are shown in Fig. 60. The lemmas of all three spikelets are bearded or hooded. The rachis internodes are very short, from 2.1 to 2.7 millimeters long. The kernels from the outer rows are twisted, those from the middle row broadest near the tip, and symmetrical. The “hull” is thick. There are both winter and spring sorts. Six-rowed types are food barleys. Certain varieties of Hordeum vulgare in which the heads are lax are sometimes called “four-rowed barley.” Every spikelet is fertile; the lemmas of all spikelets are bearded or hooded; the “hull” is thick; and there is a high percentage of protein. It differs from six-rowed barley in that the rows of grains are not equal distances from each other about the axis (Fig. 58). The lateral grains of one triplet tend to overlap the lateral grains of the triplet on the opposite side of the rachis. Hence, there will be found often four rows of grains, the central grains of each triplet forming two rows and the overlapping144 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS laterals also forming two rows. Furthermore, in “four-rowed” barley, the rachis internodes are longer (2.8 to 3.5 millimeters) than those in six-rowed barley, and this results in a more loosely arranged spike. A form of “four-rowed” barley, Hordeum vulgare pallidum, is the common barley in northern Europe, Asia, and America. There are both winter and summer forms. Hordeum vulgare trifurcatum is the four-rowed Nepal barley. In this, the lemmas each have three pronged awns which bend back in the form of small horns or hoods (Fig. 58). It is also often called “hooded barley.” There are both naked and hulled barleys. Hordeum vulgare coerulescens is blue barley, H. vulgare nigrum, black barley, and H. vulgare coeleste, the hullless Jerusalem barley. Hordeum intermedium (medium or hybrid barley).—Under this name are included those barleys that are transition forms between the two- and many-rowed types (Fig. 60). In these intermediate forms, only the two middle rows are normally formed, the four lateral ones being beardless and smaller. It is quite probable that the intermedium forms are segregates of the hybrids of certain two-rowed and many-rowed forms. Hordeum distichon (two-rowed barley).—In this, the spikes bear two longitudinal rows of grains. As in six-rowed barley, the spikelets occur in groups of three on opposite sides of the rachis, but in the case of two-rowed barley, the lateral spikelets of each triplet do not mature, only the middle one of each maturing its grain (Figs. 57 and 60). However, the glumes of the lateral spikelets develop normally. The anthers of side spikelets may be either dwarfed or well developed. The kernels of two-rowed barleys are symmetrical and broadest in the middle. The hull is thin. There is a low percentage of protein and a mealy endosperm. There are a number of types of two-rowed barleys, two of the most important being Hordeum distichon palmellay and Hordeum distichon nudum. The former includes, among others, the three subvarieties, zeocriton, erectum and nutans.HORDEUM (BARLEY) 145 Hordeum disUckon zeocriton (peacock or fan barley) (Fig. 61).—The spikes are very dense and short, about 6 centimeters long, broad at the base and narrow at the tip, and with widely spreading beards. Fig. 61.—Spikes of barleys, i, two-rowed nodding barley (Hordeum dis-tichon nutans); 2, medium barley (H. intermedium); 3, four-rowed barley (H. vulgare pallidum); 4, hooded barley (H. vulgare trifurcatum); 5, six-rowed barley (H. vulgare nigrum). Hordeum distichon erectum (erect-eared barley).—In this the heads are erect and broad. On the dorsal side of the grain at the base, there is a characteristic crown furrow, so that in longitudinal section a rounded hump shows (Fig. 62). Rachis146 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS joints are from 2.1 to 2.7 millimeters long. The rachilla is hairy and broadened. Hordeum distichon nutans (bent or nodding barley).—In this the heads hang down when ripe. On the dorsal side of the grain at the base, there is a slight horseshoe-shaped Fig. 62.—Bases of the grains of two-rowed barleys. A, B, nodding barley (Hordeum distichon nutans); C, D, erect-eared barley (H. distichon erectum). (After Newman.) depression. In lengthwise section, the base of the kernel slopes off (Fig. 62). Rachis joints are 2.8 to 3.5 millimeters long. The rachilla is broom-form or very hairy. The noted malt barley, Chevalier, belongs to this type. Hordeum deficiens.—In this barley the lateral flowers are rudimentary. There are both “hulled” and “naked” varieties of this species, and also those with awned or with awnless and with hooded lemmas. Origin of Cultivated Barleys.—-There are two principal opinions regarding the origin of cultivated barleys, that ofHORDEUM (BARLEY) 147 Koernicke and that of Rimpau. Koernicke considers Hordeum spontaneum to be the prototype of all our cultural forms. This wild barley is nearest related to the nutans form of two-rowed barley, being distinguished from the latter by its more fragile rachis, less compressed spike, stronger awns, larger side spike-lets, perennial habit, and its stronger tendency to tiller. The variety nutans first arose from the wild form. From this came erectum, by a shortening of the rachis joints. From erectum, came veocriton by still greater shortening of rachis joints, and an enlargement of the fruit toward the base. From nutans also, there arose the four-rowed barley, by the side spikelets becoming fertile. From erectum and zeocriton, there came six-rowed barleys. Rimpau, on the other hand, considers the six-rowed bearded barley as the prototype of all other barley types. Through a process in which side spikelets become rudimentary, there arose the various four- and two-rowed types. Environmental Relations.—Winter barleys are less resistant to winter cold than either winter wheat or winter rye. Consequently, in the Northern States practically all barley is spring-sown. As a spring-sown crop it has a wide geographical range. It is grown as far as 65° N. latitude in Alaska, and to an altitude of 7,500 feet in the Rocky Mountains. At higher elevations it is grown as a hay, the chief variety being “bald barley.” Barley also does well in many parts of California, where it is the leading cereal crop. Uses of Barley.—Barley has a great variety of uses. Its greatest use is the preparation of malt. The two-rowed barleys have larger and softer grains than six-rowed barleys and therefore are preferred for malting purposes. Smaller quantities are ground into flour from which bread is made. “Pearl barley” (grains with the lemma and palet removed) is used for soups. Barley enters into a few cereal breakfast foods. It is valuable stock feed, especially for hogs, sheep, dairy cows, and poultry. The six-rowed barleys are regarded as valuable sorts for feeding. The hooded varieties, chiefly, are grown as hay.148 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Barley is sometimes grown as a pasture crop, as a nurse crop and as a smother crop. A pasture crop is used for grazing. A nurse crop is a temporary one often planted with a forage plant such as clover or alfalfa in order to secure a greater return from the land the first year, also to inhibit weed growth, and to prevent the blowing or washing of the soil. A smother crop is used to prevent the growth of weeds. The straw of barley is fed, and also serves as a bedding for stock. Malt sprouts and “brewers’ grains” are now and then utilized as stock food. The Brewing Process.—Brewing operations vary considerably in the different countries, and with the character of the product. The brewing materials employed are malt, hops and water. The malt is made from germinating barley, and to this are sometimes added unmalted cereals such as corn, wheat and rice. Malting.—In this process, barley is prepared for brewing purposes. The barley grains are steeped for about forty-eight hours in water, and then spread out on the malting floor. The temperature of the air in the malting room is between 50 and 6o°F. Germination is not allowed to proceed to the point when the young shoot (acrospire) breaks out from under the lemma and palet, but the process is checked by transferring the germinating grain to a kiln where it is kept for about twelve 'hours at a temperature sufficient to thoroughly dry it out. During germination, there is secreted from the epithelial layer of the scutellum a diastase which converts the starch to maltose sugar. Peptase is also secreted by the germinating barley; this enzyme modifies the albuminoids of the malt. Mashing.—The malt, prepared as above, is cleaned, and crushed in a roller mill. It is then mixed with water, and in some cases with unmalted cereals. • The mash is then held at the proper temperature for the action of diastase and peptase, which chemically invert the starch into maltose, maltodextrin and dextrin, and change the insoluble albuminoids to a soluble form.HORDEUM (BARLEY) 149 Boiling the Wort.—The product of the mashing machine is called “wort.” During the boiling process, hops are added. Boiling serves not only to extract desirable products from the hops, but to render harmless certain undesirable constituents. After boiling, the wort is strained into coolers. Fermentation.—Yeast is now added to the wort. This introduction of yeast is called “pitching.” Through the activity of yeast, the sugar in the wort is changed to alcohol and carbon dioxide. The wort has been changed to beer. It is removed from the fermenting vat, stored for a period to allow certain products to settle, and also to permit of after-fermentation, and then clarified, filtered, and packed for the market. References Atterberg, A.: Die Erkennung der Haupt-varietäten der Gerste in den Nordeuropäischen Saat- und Malzgerstan. Landw. Versuchstat., 36: 23-27, 1889. Die Varietäten und Formen der Gerste. Jour. Landw., 47: 1-44, 1899. Brenchley, Winiered E.: Development of the Grain of Barley. Ann. Bot., 26:903-928, 1912. Broili, J.: Über die Unterscheidung der zweizeiligen Gerste-Hordeum dis-tichum-am Korne. Inaug. Diss. Univ. Jena, 1906. Das Gernstenkorn im Bilde. Stuttgart, 1908. Brown, H. T., and Escombe, F.: On the Depletion of the Endosperm of Hordeum Vulgare during Germination. Proc. Roy. Soc. (London), 63: 3-25, 1898. Fruwirth, C.: Das Blühen der Gerste. Fühling’s Landw. Ztg., S. 544, 1906. Harlan, Harry V.: Some Distinctions in Our Cultivated Barleys, with Reference to Their Use in Plant Breeding. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 137, 1-38, 1914. The Identification of Varieties of Barley. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 622: 1-32, ' 1918. Henning, E.: Beobachtungen über das Blühen der Gerste (Schwedisch). Bot. j Notiser., 1905. Hummel, A.: Die botanischen Unterscheidungsmerkmale bei zweizeiliger Gerste. Illus. Landw. Ztg., 830-839, 1909. Johannsen, W.: Entwickelung und Konstitution des Endosperms der Gerste, j Ztschr. Gesam. Brauw., 1905. Kraus, C.: Die Gliederung des Gersten- und Haferhalmes und deren Bezie-j hungen zu den Fruchständen. Beiheft I der Naturwis. Ztsch. für Land-und Forstwirthschaft. München, 1905. Mann, Albert, and Harlan, H. V.: Morphology of the Barley Grain with Reference to its Enzyme-secreting Areas. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull., 183: 1-32, 1915.ISO BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Quante, Hugo: Die Gerste, ihre Botanischen und brautechnischen Eigenschaften und ihre Anbau. Berlin, 1913. Rimpau, W.: Die genetische Entwicklung der verschiedenen Formen unserer Saatgerste. Landw. Jahrb., 21: 699-702, 1892. Schulz, A.: Die Geschichte der Saatgerste. Ztschr. Naturw., 83: 197-233, 1912. Die Abstammung der Saatgerste, Hordeum sativum I-II. Mott. Naturf. Gesell. Halle, 1: 18-27, 1912, Tschermak, E.: Die Blüh- und FruchtbarkeitsVerhältnisse bei Roggen und Gerste und das Auftreten von, Mutterkorn. Fühling’s Landw. Ztg., S. 194, 1906. Voss, A.: Versuch einer neuen Systematik der Saatgerste. Jour. Landw., 33: 271-282, 1885. Wiggans, Roy Glen: A Classification of the Cultivated Varieties of Barley. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 46: 369-456, 1921. Zobi, A., and Mikosch, C.: Die Funktion der Grannen der Gerstenakre Zitsber. Akad. Wiss. (Vienna) Math. Naturw. Kl. 101: Abt. 1, 1033-1060, 1892.CHAPTER XIV SECALE CEREALE (Rye) Rye is an annual. It is reported, however, that rye stubble in a field may sprout after long standing, or that close pasturing for a season may cause it to live through a second winter. This is no doubt a reversion to the perennial habit displayed by the species from which our cultivated rye came. Roots.—Rye throws out a whorl of four primary roots, thus differing from the other cereals. The root system branches profusely in the first foot of soil and extends to a depth of 4 or 6 feet, depending upon the type of soil. It has been shown by Weaver, that “ branching is usually better developed in rye than in wheat or oats, when growing in the same soil type and under the same conditions of moisture. This is one reason why rye is adapted to drier climates than wheat and will thrive on poorer and sandier soils than any of the other cereals.” Stems, Leaves.—As compared with wheat, oats and barley, the stems of rye are tougher, slenderer, and longer. There are commonly five to six, rarely four to seven stem joints. The leaves are similar to those of wheat. The ligule is short and somewhat rounded. The auricles are white, narrow and wither early; sometimes they are absent altogether. Inflorescence.—This is a spike. It is usually somewhat longer than the wheat spike, and is rather uniformly fourrowed. There are from 20 to 30 rachis joints. There is a single spikelet at each joint. All the spikelets, from base to tip, are fertile. The spikes have no terminal spikelet. Spikelet—Each spikelet (Fig. 63) consists of three flowers. The two lateral flowers mature grains, the middle one aborts. The glumes are very narrow; the lemma is broad, keeled, and bears a long, terminal awn; the keel is strongly barbed; the152 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS palet is thin, blunt and two-keeled. The lodicules are small, membranous, and ciliate on the upper margins. There are three stamens, and a single pistil with two feathery stigmas. Opening of the Flower, Pollination and Fertilization.— Rye is the only common cereal, besides corn, that is regularly cross-fertilized. As a rule, these two cereals cannot be selfin vigor and productivity. Brewbaker points out, however, that some selfed strains of rye are uniformly vigorous year after year, while others are uniformly stunted and weak. The reduction in vigor from inbreeding is less in rye than in corn. Apparently, no ill effects result from self-fertilization of barley, wheat and oats. According to some observers, the pollen of rye is impotent on the stigma of the same flower. It is stated that the flower is completely closed within twenty-five to thirty minutes after it begins to open, providing the stigmas receive pollen. In case the stigmas are not dusted, the flowers remain open much longer. Blooming begins between 5:00 and 6:00 a.m. and continues until 9:00 or 11:00 a.m. Then blooming decreases throughout the afternoon, becoming more rapid again in the evening. The first flowers to open are slightly above the middle of the spike. It has been observed that the flowers of rye like those of other cereals can be induced to open by rubbing with the hand, or by other mechanical stimulation. Maturing of Grain, and Mature Grain.—The anatomical structure of the ovary at blooming time is similar to that of fertilized without a reduction Fig. 63.—Rye (Secale cereale). A, a single spikelet at a joint on the rachis; B, grain, external view; C, grain in cross-section. A, X 212; B and C, X 5-SECALE CEREALE (rye) I53 wheat, as are also the changes which take place in the grain during its ripening. The mature grain (Fig. 63) is free from the lemma and palet. It is long, narrow, and usually darker in color than wheat. The cross-section of the mature grain shows layers similar to those in wheat, although different from it in details. Rye protein usually forms about 6 to 12 per cent, of the grain. Gluten is present in the protein, hence, the flour may be made into porous bread. It will be recalled at this point that of the common small cereals, wheat and rye possess gluten, while oats and barley do not. The flour from rye is more starchy than that from wheat. Germination of Rye.—Under favorable conditions, germination will take place in thirty-six to forty-eight hours. By deep seeding, rye may send out roots and tillers at the second, third, or even fourth node. As a result rye can be planted deeper than wheat. The coleoptile is closed; the first leaf is rolled and brownish-red, which color distinguishes the rye seedling from other cereals. Classification, and Origin of Rye.—The cultivated sorts of rye all belong to the one species, Secale cereale. According to Schulz this originated from Secale anatolicum, a species found growing wild today in Syria, Armenia, Persia, Afghanistan, Turkestan, Sungari and the Kirghiz Steppe. Engler-Gilg believes, however that S. cereale originated from S. montanum, a wild species of Southern Europe and Asia. The stem form differs from S. cereale in the fragile rachis, the smaller, narrower fruit, and perennial rootstock. Environmental Relations.—Rye is adapted to colder and drier climates than wheat, and will thrive on poorer soils and more sandy soils than any of the other cereals. Uses of Rye.—Rye flour is made into bread. A few breakfast foods include rye as a minor component. Mixed with barley, or corn, or shorts, or oats, rye grain is fed to stock. In some sections it is grown for hay, or as a pasture crop, and now and then as green manure. The straw finds considerable154 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS use as a stable bedding, as a packing material for nursery stock, as a stuffing for horse collars, and it is also used in the manufacture of paper strawboard, hats, and other coarse straw articles. References Batalin, A.: Das Perennieren des Roggens. Acta. Horti. Petropolitani, n: 299-303, 1890. Also Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brand., 32: 29-32, 1891. Brewbaker, H. E.: Studies of Self-fertilization in Rye. Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 40: 1-40, 1926. Engler-Gilg: Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, p. 128, 1919. Rimpau, W.: Die Selbst Sterilität des Roggens. Landw. Jahrb., 6, 1877. Schulz, August: Die Geschichte des Roggens. Jahresbericht des Westfälischen Provinzial-Vereins für Wissenschaft und Kunst (zu Münster) für 1910-1911, 39: 153-163, 1911. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der kultivierten Getreide und ihrer Geschichte, I. Die Abstammung des Roggens. Zeitschr. Naturw., 84: 339-347? I9I3-Tschermak, E.: Über künstliche Auslösung des Blühen beim Roggen. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell., 22: 445-449, 1904. Das Blühen des Roggens (Secale cereale). Ostrk. Landw. Wchnbl., 1906, p. 163. Die Blüh- und Fruchtbarkeit Verhältnisse bei Roggen und Gerste und das Auftreten von Mutterhorn. Fuhlings Landw. Ztg., 55: 194-199, 1906. Ulrich, C.: Die Bestäubung und Befruchtung des Roggens. Inaug. Diss., Jena, 1902. Vavilov, N. I.: On the Origin of Cultivated Rye. Bull. Applied Botany (Russian) 10: 561-590, 1917. Wittmack, L.: Über die Stammpflanze des gemeinen Roggens, Secale cereale. Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brand., 32: 32-34, 1890.CHAPTER XV ZEA (Corn, Maize) Roots.—Corn is distinctly a summer annual with a fibrous root system. There seems to be no regular number of temporary roots in the groups of corn. Wiggans finds that dent and pop corns have four temporary roots in the largest percentage of cases; that flint and probably sweet corns have one in most cases, and that the soft corns vary greatly in number of temporary roots. Corn generally has been considered a shallow-rooted plant. The contrary is the case. At maturity the roots come to fill the upper 3 feet of soil and, under some conditions, may reach to a depth of 6 or 7 feet (Fig. 64). The depth of planting appears to bear no relation to the depth of rooting, for the first whorl of roots usually forms about 1 inch below the soil surface, no matter how deep the seed is planted. It will be remembered that this is true for the other cereals too. The roots of corn are thrown off in whorls, varying in number from two to ten, one whorl above another. The internodes between whorls are very short. The entire group of whorls constitutes the root crown. Two kinds of roots are developed (Ten Eyck): (a) main vertical roots and (b) main lateral roots. Vertical roots curve out slightly from the crown and go directly downward. The laterals curve downward, as they leave the crown, then extend horizontally for a distance, finally taking a downward course. Laterals that leave the crown at about the soil level slope gradually downward, as indicated above. Midway between the rows of planted grain, about 22 inches from the hill, these laterals are about 4 or 5 inches below the soil level. The laterals may be shallower than given, in heavy soils and wet seasons. The roots of most plants are more superficial in a heavy or wet 155I5<5 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Fig. 64.—Above, “prop roots” of corn (Zea mays). Below root system of corn; the squares are one foot on a side. {From Weaver, in Carnegie Institution of Washington, Pub. No. 316.)ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) IS7 soil than in a light and drier soil. This is quite likely a response to oxygen supply, as well as to moisture supply. The amount of oxygen in the soil decreases as the depth increases. Moreover, the rate of decrease is greater in heavy or wet soils than in light or dry soils. When it is understood that every living root cell derives its oxygen for respiration from the soil air immediately surrounding and that the oxygen does not diffuse to any extent from the aerial parts of the plant down through the stem to the roots, we see the probable explanation of the fact that a shallow root system is peculiar to a heavy or wet soil. In this connection, it should be stated that an important result of tillage is the loosening of the soil so that oxygen may more easily diffuse to the roots of the plant. All main roots give off numerous finer branches and these in turn branch, so that at maturity there is an interlacing mass of roots in the soil. It has been observed that, although the main laterals are several inches below the soil surface, they may send upward finer branches to within Yi inch of the surface. The depth of the corn roots determines the depth of cultivation. If it is so deep as to destroy roots, the yield is decreased. “Prop” or “Brace” Roots.—In addition to the ordinary underground roots, corn develops aerial roots, the so-called “prop” or “brace” roots. These arise in whorls at successive levels above the surface, extending obliquely downward. They are covered with a mucilaginous substance which protects them from drying out. As aerial roots, they are unbranched, but they branch profusely when they strike the soil. They have the role of absorption, then, as well as anchorage. Stem.—Corn is the largest of the common cereals. However, no other cereal varies so in size. There are dwarf forms scarcely 3 feet high, while some are 15 or more feet high. The stem is jointed as in all grasses. The internodes, however, are not hollow, but are filled with a soft pith through which run numerous vascular bundles, the “fibers.” The nodes are solid as in other grasses. The internodes are furrowed on the side next the leaf blade. The corn plant produces “suckers” whichBOTANY OF CROP PLANTS IS« correspond to the “ stools” of wheat, as to their morphology. “ Suckers” are secondary stems or branches arising from the lower nodes. These branches develop their own roots. “ Suckers” of corn are undesirable, for they do not, as a rule, produce ears, although they are heavy soil “feeders.” Leaves.—The leaves are arranged alternately on opposite sides of the stem as in all grasses. They vary in number from 8 to 20. The blade is long and flat; the ligule closely invests the stalk, acting as a rain-guard. Water that runs down the stem and leaf blade is prevented from entering the space between the culm and leaf sheath by this tightly fitting ligule. The corn leaf is thrown into a number of folds along the edges and at the base. This is due to the more rapid growth of the cells at these points. The corn plant is moderately well adapted to dry conditions. An examination of the leaf structure explains this. On the upper surface of the leaf blade, along either side of the midrib, are a number of large wedged-shaped cells; these absorb water readily in moist weather, become turgid, and thus flatten the leaf out. In dry weather, these cells lose their turgor. Hence the leaf rolls up, presenting a smaller evaporating surface. In addition to this adaptation to dry conditions, the cuticle of the lower surface of the leaf is much thickened, and the water requirement of the plant is low as compared with oats, clover, or alfalfa. It has been computed that an average acre of well-adapted corn, grown at the Nebraska Agricultural Experiment Station, has 4 acres of leaf space, counting both sides. Inflorescence.—Ordinarily, corn is monoecious, that is, the stamens and pistils are borne in separate inflorescences on the same plant (Fig. 65). The staminate flowers are in a panicle at the top of the stalk; this inflorescence is known as the “tassel.” The pistillate flowers are borne in a spike which is placed in the axil of a leaf lower down on thè stem. When mature, the pistillate inflorescence is called the “ear.” Staminate Inflorescence (“tassel”).—The rachises of the panicle are long, „slender, and spike-like. One may distinguishZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 159 between the central and lateral spikes of the panicle. In the central spike (Fig. 66), there are usually from four to eleven rows of spikelets, in pairs. Lateral branches usually have only two rows of spikelets in pairs. One spikelet of each pair Fig. 65.—Pistillate and staminate inflorescences of corn (Zea mays). is pedicellate, the other sessile (Fig. 67), or in some cases both may be sessile. The groups of spikelets may overlap. Staminate Spikelet.—Each normal staminate spikelet bears two flowers, each producing three perfect stamens and a rudimentary pistil (Fig. 68). The glumes are seven- to twelve-i6o BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS nerved, and about equal in size. The lemma is three- to fiv > nerved and the palet two-nerved. The two lodicules are fleshy and turncate. The anthers are long. The upper flower of a spikelet matures flrst; its palet is larger than the lemma, while in the lower flower, the lemma is larger Han the palet. Pistillate Inflorescence (“ear”) General Characteristics.-—The ear (Fig. 69) is borne on a short branch, the so-called “shank.” This branch consists of a number of very short internodes with one modified leaf at each node. The blades of the modified leaves have been reduced, the leaf sheaths alone remaining. The collection of leaf sheaths on the shank forms the “husk” of the ear. The pistillate spikelets are arranged in rows along a fleshy axis, the “cob.” What Is the “Ear,” Morphologically ?—There are two theories as to the morphology of the ear of corn. The view of Hackel and of Harshberger is that the ear is the result of a fusion of a number of two-rowed pistillate spikes. Since each spikelet is two-flowered, and the lower abortive, there are often formed the two distinctly paired rows. The cob is said to be formed by the fusion of separate rachises. Opposed to the above theory is that of Montgomery, who holds that the ear brJncho6f'thfstTmL develops “directly from the central spike of nate inflorescence of gome taSSel-like Structure similar to the well- corn (Zea mays). known corn tassel.” His evidence for this belief may be summarized as follows: i. He has found tassels in which a few pistillate flowers were found on the central spike, also tassels in which the central spike had developed into a fair-sized ear of corn.ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 161 2. He observed a case in which the lateral spikes as well as the central one had developed pistillate flowers, forming a number of four-rowed “nubbins” surrounding a central well-developed twelve-rowed ear. 3. The central spike develops pistillate flowers much more readily than -the lateral ones of the tassel. The central spike has the greater number of rows of spikelets. 4. He has observed the development of pistillate flowers from staminate ones. This development is as follows:IÓ2 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS (a) Pedicellate spikelet shortens and becomes sessile; the difference between the two flowers of this becomes greater. (b) The lower glume shortens and thickens. (c) Lemma and palet of upper flower become reduced while the lower flower becomes abortive. Fig. 68.—-Longitudinal (d) Sessile flower becomes pistillate. (e) Both flowers become pistillate. Recently East and Hayes have expressed an opinion very similar to that of Montgomery. Quoting from them, “The ear of maize, then, is a meristic variation produced from the central spike of the tassel of the lateral branches of teosinte or of a teosinte-like plant, and not a fusion of the lateral spikelets.” Montgomery suggests that teosinte and corn had a common ancestor, which was a “large, much-branched grass, each branch being terminated by a tassel-like structure, bearing hermaphrodite flowers.” He says further: “As evolution progressed, the central tassel came to produce only staminate flowers, these being higher and in a better position to fertilize the flowers section of stamina te spikelet of Country Gentleman sweet corn, X 15. G, glume; Pa, palet; An, position of one of the lateral anthers\L, lemma; A, dorsal anther. P, rudimentary pistil; J, joint of rachilla. {After Weatherwax.) on the lower branches. At the same time, the lateral branches came to produce only pistillate flowers, their position not being favorable as pollen producers, while, on the contrary, they were favorably placed to receive pollen. This differentiation in the flowers was accompanied by a shorten- ing of the internodes of the lateral branches until they were entirely enclosed in the leaf sheaths” (the husks). Pistillate Spikelet.—Each normal pistillate spikelet has two flowers, the lower one of which is abortive1 (Figs. 70 and 1 Stewart has noted, in the Country Gentleman variety of corn, that some spikelets bear two well-developed flowers inside each pair of glumes. HeZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 163 71). The palet and lemma of the abortive flower remain, and form a part of the “chaff” on the cob. The spikelet is subtended by two glumes that are shorter than the ovary, very broad and fleshy at the base, thin membranous above and fringed on the edges. The lemma and palet of the fertile flower are short, broad and membranous. In pod corn, glumes, further points out that the irregularity in the arrangement of grains on the ear may be due to the development of the second flower in some of the spike-lets, which tends to throw some of the grains out of line. The same has been noted by Sturtevant and Kempton.BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS 164 '/fSle1 f ’power -lemma of ! fier '2nd glume Fig. 70.-—Pistillate spikelet of corn, much enlarged. (.After Nees.) Fig. 71.—Longitudinal section of pistillate spikelet of Black Mexican sweet corn, X 25. Sti, base of stigma; Sty, style; E, outline of embryo sac; L, lemma; Pa, palet; St, stamen of aborted flower; Sç, stylar canal; Ov, functional ovule; G, glume; Sta, rudimentary stamen; P, pistil of aborted flower; J, joint of rachilla. (After Weatherwax.)ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 165 lemma, and palet attain a considerable size and enclose the grain. The single ovary bears one long style, the corn “silk,” which is forked at the tip. It is well to remember that there is one silk for each grain on the cob. The corn silk is considered to be a compound stigma rather than a style. The silk is indeed receptive to pollen a good portion of its length, possibly all. A hot, dry wind may wither the silks, thus destroying their receptivity to pollen. Fertilization of the ovules consequently does not take place, and the ovules do not mature. At the top of the ovary and near the base of the style is a short pro-tuberance, which has a funnel-shaped depression in its center. This depression marks the position of a former opening in the ovary wall, termed the stylar canal, which becomes closed during development of the ovary. Three small rudimentary stamens have been observed in the fertile flower; the lodicules are absent. The small aborted flower has rudimentary stamens and pistil about equally developed; the lodicules are present. Hermaphroditic Flowers.—Ordinarily in corn the flowers are imperfect, that is either staminate or pistillate. Perfect or hermaphroditic flowers sometimes occur, however. Hermaphroditic flowers are far more common on the tassel than on the ear. East and Hayes record a sterile dwarf mutation which had nothing but hermaphroditic flowers. Hermaphroditic flowers have the stamens reduced. Lodicules are well developed in staminate flowers, reduced in hermaphroditic flowers, and altogether absent in fertile pistillate flowers. Hermaphroditic flowers have been observed on normal types of ears. The plants from these seeds came true to type. The seed was normal in every respect except that it had three fully developed stamens coming from near the base of the ovary. There were also three small stamens in the aborted flower of each pistillate spikelet. The plants were of unusual appearance being 5 feet high, with short internodes and broad leaves. Opening of the Flowers, and Pollination.—Cross-pollination, consequently cross-fertilization, is the rule in corn buti66 BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS self-fertilization frequently occurs. Wind and gravity are the chief factors in pollen dissemination, although bees visit the flowers and are evidently concerned in pollen dispersal; they are relatively of far less importance than wind. In the case of the staminate inflorescence, the first flowers to open are those near the upper part of the central spike; blooming spreads both upward and downward, more rapidly downward. The same order of blooming occurs on the branches of the tassel. The time of pollen shedding depends upon weather conditions. Cold, wet, weather retards or even prevents the shedding of pollen. On the other hand, droughty conditions hasten the shedding of pollen, but delay the appearance of silks. Hence it may happen that under these conditions much of the pollen is scattered before the stigmas are protruded and receptive, and an incomplete filling of the ear results. On sunshiny days, most of the pollen is shed during the forenoon and, in some instances, late in the afternoon of the same day. Individual tassels usually remain in blossom from four to ten days or even more, depending upon the weather. Furthermore, the anther does not shed all its pollen as soon as it opens, but discharges it a little at a time. In investigating a number (59) of varieties of corn as to the time elapsing between the appearance of anthers and appearance of first silks, Gernert finds marked variation. Both dichogamy (maturation of pollen and stigmas at different times) and homogamy (simultaneous maturity of pollen and stigmas) may occur. Furthermore, in dichogamous individuals, protandry (anthers mature first) or protogyny (stigmas mature first) may occur. Out of 2,794 individuals in 59 varieties examined, he found 243 individuals homogamous, 92 protogynous, and 2,459 protandrous. It appears, then, that protandry is the rule in corn. In pro-tandrous individuals, the first appearance of silks occurred from one to twenty-three days after pollen shedding, although the average is two days. Varieties of corn dealt with in the above were pod, pop, flint, dent, soft, and sweet. There isZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 167 record of the discovery of the protogynous habit in a variety of maize introduced from Granada, Spain. Ordinarily, however, dichogamy is seldom pronounced enough to completely exclude self-pollination. Gernert has also made observations as to the number of days intervening between the appearance of tassel and anthers. He finds, out of 3,319 individuals in 57 varieties, that, in the greatest number (514), the anthers appeared nine days after the tassel, and that in more than half of the individuals the first anthers appeared in seven to ten days after the tassels bearing them appeared. Pollen is produced in great quantities. It is estimated that each tassel produces 20,000,000 to 50,000,000 grains of pollen and that for each ovule in dent maize there are about 45,000 pollen grains produced. The size of pollen grains in corn varies. Pollen produced by central spikes is larger than that produced by laterals. It has been observed that in Learning corn the pollen grains from the central spikes were 0.02 millimeter larger on the average than those len srain of corn- {From Hoi- c , i .1 . man and Robbins, after Miller.) from lateral spikes. Of 12 varieties examined, Gernert finds that the average diameter of the pollen grain of corn varies from 0.08 to 0.1 millimeter. They vary in shape from spherical to ellipsoidal. Corn pollen soon shrivels after being shed, but its germinating power is not destroyed by this. However, pollen does not remain viable much longer than twenty-four hours after shedding. Corn “silks” are long and plumose. They bear numerous hairs, which are more numerous near its tips than farther down Fig. 72.—Germinating pol-168 BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS Miller states that “ practically all pollen tubes that function are from pollen grains that fall on the hairs of the silk,” rather than from those which fall directly on the smooth portion of the silk. The first silks to appear on the ear are those from grains slightly above the base. Generally, four or five days intervene between the appearance of lowest and uppermost silks. Hence, it will require four or five days to pollinate all the silks of an ear. Unfavorable climatic conditions, such as cold, wet weather or extremely hot days, may account for the incomplete “ filling out” of ears. The silks are receptive throughout their length. Best results are obtained when silk receives the pollen within a few days after its emergence from the husk. Silk exposed by splitting down the husks proved receptive. Again, fertilization is not prevented when tips of silks are cut off. A large number of pollen tubes start down any given silk, but by the time the ovary cavity is reached, the number is reduced to one. Fertilization, and Development of the Grain.—Just prior to fertilization, the ovary of corn is bent from the perpendicular so that the silk, instead of pointing directly out from the cob, points in a direction longitudinal to the cob. The ovary is on a stalk (rachilla) about 2.5 millimeters long. The ovule almost fills the ovary cavity. It is attached to the wall of the ovary by more than one-third its circumference. The outer integument is complete while the inner covers the entire ovule, except the micropyle. This opening is just above the point of attachment of the lemma. Fertilization may occur in from 26 to 28 hours after pollination. The ovary wall at this time, that is before fertilization, possesses the following coats': 1. Single row of epidermal cells. 2. Many layers of parenchyma tissue, varying somewhat in size. 3. Single layer of inner epidermal cells.ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 169 The presence of a pit “ a short distance from the base of the style, on the posterior side,” has been recorded, which is probably the “stylar canal.” The outer and inner integuments vary in thickness from two to four layers. The very large embryo sac is located at the base of the nucellus. After fertilization, the following changes take place in the maturing grain: 1. Outer integument disappears. 2. Cells of inner integument become flattened, due to pressure from within. 3. The middle and inner cells of pericarp become compacted. 4. Cells of nucellus disappear to a large extent. 5. Hardening of the cell walls of the pericarp. 6. Fusion of pericarp and inner integument. Xenia in Corn.—Xenia is the term applied to the phenomenon in which some character of the male appears at once in the seed. For example, in crossing a strain of corn having yellow endosperm with a strain having white endosperm, the grains produced are all yellow in every case, no matter which is used as the male parent. Xenia is shown only in case the parent having yellow endosperm is used as the male parent. The yellow endosperm character is dominant over white endosperm. Pollen from the plant bearing yellow endosperm will carry this character; pollen from the plant bearing white endosperm will carry the white character. When pollen, bearing the yellow endosperm character, is placed on the stigma of the grain having white endosperm, the pollen tube will discharge into the ovule two male nuclei, each bearing the character for yellow endosperm. One sperm nucleus fuses with the egg nucleus, the other sperm nucleus fuses with the two polar nuclei. The result of this triple fusion (second sperm nucleus and two polar nuclei) is the endosperm. Now, since yellow is dominant, the grain that is formed by this double fertilization will have a yellow endosperm. Thus double fertilization explains the phenomena of zenia. It is of course true that, if170 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Fig. 73.—Mature embryo sac of corn (Zea mays). (After Miller, from Holman & Robbins’ “ Textbook of General BotanyCourtesy of John Wiley fr5 Sons, /wc.)ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 171 in the above, pollen from the white endosperm-bearing plant were used, xenia would not be shown. Xenia, the visible effects of double fertilization, has been found in the following conspicuous cases in corn—each case below, the plant mentioned first is the female: Non-starchy-seeded plants crossed with starchy-seeded plants always give starchiness. Non-yellow endosperm crossed with yellow shows yellow. Non-colored aleurone layer crossed with purple gives purple. Non-colored aleurone layer crossed with red gives red. Variation in the Corn Plant.—There are marked individual differences in the plants of an ordinary field of corn. The plants may vary in height, vigor, leaf production, height of ears on the stalk, shape of ears, composition of kernel, etc. There is a wide range of variation in the number of rows of kernels on the ear. In the flint varieties, Black Mexican Sweet and Golden Bantam Sweet, the characteristic number is eight. Some of the larger sweet and dent varieties will have as many as 24 to 26 rows. The Country Gentleman sweet corn may bear ears with an odd number of rows, which is undoubtedly due to the development occasionally of both flowers of a paired spikelet. Moreover, there is scarcely any other crop plant in which we find more abnormalities or monostrosities than we do in corn. We have mentioned hermaphroditic flowers, both in the tassel and ear as one abnormality; to these we may add branched ears, tassels with a few or many kernels, variegated leaves, and variegated ears, white or yellow seedlings, and dwarf plants. In corn, it is possible for the different kernels of an ear to receive pollen from many different plants, and from its own tassel. Hence, it usually happens that the grains on the same ear have different hereditary characters as shown by their varied progeny. This is well shown in variegated ears. If xenia occurs, the effects of this crossing may be evident the same season. For example, if pollen from dent corn fertilizes some of the ovules on an ear of sweet corn, those ovules appear starchy, while the other grains of the ear of corn, fertilized172 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS with sweet corn pollen are wrinkled. If xenia does not occur, the results of the mixing will not show up until the second year. Hence, ordinarily even though an ear of corn appears uniform, the separate kernels may have different heredity. The only way of testing its purity is to plant the grains and observe their progeny. Of course in this test, case must be taken to prevent strange pollen from blowing in. This is practically accomplished by isolating the test plots. Fig. 74.—Corn (Zea mays). A, median lengthwise section, cut parallel to broad surface, of grain of dent corn; B, cross-section of same through the embryo; C, section as in A of flint corn. Results of Self-fertilization in Corn.—If our ordinary field strains of corn are self-fertilized for several generations the yield is considerably reduced. However, as a result of this inbreeding, we may be sure that all the kernels on an ear have the same hereditary qualities. Furthermore, artificial self-fertilization for five or more successive years results in a strain that is not so complex in its characters, that is, a race which is comparatively uniform and pure. The Mature Grain of Corn.—The mature grain of corn varies considerably in shape (Fig. 74). In most varieties, it is flattened in a plant at right angles to the length of the cob. The broader surface is roughly triangular in outline, being broader above than at the base. The groove indicates theZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 173 position of the embryo. At the “tip” of a mature grain, may still be found, the papery remains (“chaff”) of the palet, lemma, and glumes of the pistillate spikelets. The point of the grain, where it was attached to the cob, is the peduncle of the flower. The opposite indented end of the grain is often marked by a small point which is the remnant of the style. A longitudinal section of the corn grain piarallel with the broad surface will show, with magnification, the following parts. 1. Pericarp, of several layers. 2. Testa, inner integument, of two layers. 3. Nucellar tissue. 4. Aleurone layer, outermost layer of endosperm, a single row of cells. 5. Starchy endosperm. 6. Horny endosperm. 7. Embryo. 8. Tip cap. The pericarp and testa form the hull. It is possible to separate mechanically the starchy endosperm into two parts, the crown starch and tip starch. The following is a fair average of the relative proportions of the divisions of the grain, as given by Hopkins, Smith, and East: Per Cent. Embryo ............ ..... ................ 11. o Tip cap.................................. 1.5 “Hull”....................................... 6.0 Aleurone layer............................8.0 to 14.0 Horny endosperm.............. ............ 45. o Starchy endosperm........................... 25.0 Of course, there is a marked variation in the proportions of these parts, and in their chemical composition. Chemical analysis of the above parts shows that the hull contains less protein (about 4 per cent.) than any other part of the grain. The endosperm is richest in protein, containing 20 to 25 per cent. The horny endosperm contains about 90 per cent, starch and 10 per cent, protein. The starchy endo-174 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS sperm is poor in total amount of protein (5 to 8 per cent.). The germ is rich in oil, being composed of about 35 to 40 per cent, of oil and 19 to 20 per cent, protein. As much as 80 to 85 per cent, of the total oil content of the kernel occurs in the embryo. In high-protein corn kernels, the horny endosperm extends up to and comes into contact with the embryo, the tip starch being entirely separated by it from the crown starch. In low- Fig. 75.—Variation in the shape of corn grains. (After Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 34.) protein corn kernels, the amount of horny endosperm is reduced, tip and crown starch being continuous between it and the embryo. The embryo is much larger in high-oil kernels than in low-oil kernels. Embryo.—In the normal flower, the embryo of corn is on the side of the grain toward the tip of the ear. Inverted grains have been found, however. This inversion is due to the development of the lower flower of the pair in the pistillate spikelet. The embryo has the same structure as that of wheat. On account of its large size, the parts are readily made out. Its structure is best studied in a longitudinal section cut at right angles to the broad surface. The primary root is conspicuous; the two laterals may be recognized as two swollen areas near its base. The scutellum, or single cotyledon, is traversed by aZEA (CORN, MAIZE) I7S vascular system. The hypocotyl is just beneath the plumule, being terminated at its base by the primary root. Color.—Purple, blue, black, and red grains owe their color largely to a pigment located in the sap of aleurone cells. In some grains, there is a red sap in the pericarp. There is an absence of pericarp, aleurone and endosperm colors in white corn. In yellow maize, the coloring matter occurs both in the aleurone layer and in the endosperm. Germination of Corn.—The optimum germinating temperature of corn is somewhat higher than that of the common small cereals. Whereas the latter will germinate at a temperature of melting ice, there is a marked decrease in the germination of corn at a temperature of 450 to So°F., and at 4o°F., it fails to germinate altogether. In germination, the primary root appears first, at the tip of grain; soon the plumule breaks through the pericarp at about the middle of the grain. The young germinating grain consists of a primary root projecting at the peduncle end, and the plumule emerging through a slit in the pericarp at about the middle of the grain, and pointing in the opposite direction. On the sides of the primary root, usually two secondary ones soon appear, making a total of three roots in the primary root system. In the dent corns, four temporary often occur, and often in flint and sweet corns there is but one temporary root. It has been found that the single seminal root of corn and sorghum may function during the life of the plant. In the seedling, there is, as in other cereals, a more or less elongated axis between the base of the coleoptile and the grain. This has been named the mesocotyl by some morphologist. Collins described seedlings of maize grown by the Indian tribes of the southwestern United States, that may develop, under conditions of deep planting, a mesocotyl up to 36 centimeters in length. Classification.—The many different varieties of cultivated corn are all included under the one name, Zea mays L. Sturte-176 BOTANY OF CHOP PLANTS vant divided this species up into “species groups” (subspecies), the most important of which are the following:* 1. Zea tunicata, pod corn. 2. Zea everta, pop corn. 3. Zea indurata, flint corn. 4. Zea indentata, dent corn. 5. Zea amylacea, soft corn. 6. Zea saccharata, sweet corn. 7. Zea amylea-saccharata, starchy sweet corn. Fig. 76.—The six principal types of corn. From left to right, pod corn, pop corn, flint corn, dent corn, soft corn, and sweet corn. (After Montgomery.) Gernert describes a type of corn with branching ears and highly branching tassels, which he considers as a distinct subspecies and for which he suggests the name Zea mays ramosa. Collins describes a new type of Indian corn from China. This has erect leaf blades, some upper leaves arranged in a mono-stichous manner, silks developing inside the leaf sheath, and grains with a peculiar waxy endosperm. Zea canina Watson, the Maiz de Coyote, is a branching plant producing many small ears (2 to 4 inches long) on lateral branches. It has been produced artificially by crossing a common maize and teosinte. * The specific name “mays” is omitted, for convenience.ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 177 It is said to grow wild in Mexico at the present time. Zea mays japónica is an ornamental sort with small, flinty grains. Zea mays hirta is a hairy, South American corn. Zea mays curagua is a form with serrate leaves. The distinguishing characteristics of the seven groups above are shown in the following key: Key to “Species Groups” of Corn Each kernel enclosed in husks (glumes, lemma, palet); the ear is also enclosed in husks; a rare form, considered by some to be the primitive type, Zea tunicata (pod corn). Each kernel naked, not enclosed in pod or husk: Grains with popping properties; popping is due to the turning inside out of the kernel through the explosion of the contained moisture when heat is applied; pericarp is thick and tough; excessive proportion of horny (corneous) endosperm; kernels and ears small, Zea everta (pop corn). Grains without popping properties. No corneous endosperm, hence grains are soft; shaped like flint corn; no indentation; the mummy corns of Peru, Mexico, and southern United States probably belong to this group, Zea amylacea (soft corn). Corneous endosperm present. Grains more or less wrinkled or shrivelled; kernels horny and translucent in appearance. Grains horny throughout, Zea saccharata (sweet corn). Grains with upper half horny and translucent, the lower half starchy, Zea amylea-s aechar ata (starchy sweet corn). Grains not wrinkled, smooth. Starchy endosperm extending to top of kernel; corneous endosperm at sides; shrinkage of starchy endosperm at top of grain causes a drawing in of pericarp and hence the characteristic dent formed (Fig. 69), Zea indentata (dent corn). Starchy endosperm enclosed by the corneous endosperm; hence there is no shrinkage of top of grain and ho dent formed (Fig. 74), Zea indurata (flint corn). Zea amylea-saccharata (starchy sweet corn) is a group of only botanical interest. Some seed of this was found in the San Padro Indian collection by Dr. Palmer and sent to Sturtevant in 1886. This seed was planted at Geneva, New York, but the crop failed and the seed was lost. In Zea saccharata, the power to develop starch grains to maturity has been lost. The starch that is formed remains178 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS small, angular, and does not have the appearance of the typical com starch granule. Sweet corns may be regarded as dent, flint, and pop corns that have lost the power to mature starch normally. Fig. 77.—Teosinte (Euchlaena mexicana). (After Collins and Kempton in Journal of Heredity.) Origin of Maize.—Although maize or Indian corn has been in cultivation since prehistoric times, it is unknown in the wild state. It is generally agreed, however, that it is distinctly of American origin. The nearest known wild relative of maize is aZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 179 Mexican grass, teosinte (Euchlcena mexicana), with which it is known to hybridize (Fig. 77). Harshberger is inclined to believe “that Indian corn is the result of a cross between teosinte and a race or variety of the plant produced by successive cultivation of the wild plant until its characters as a variety or a race have become fixed.” Collins produces evidence to show that maize originated as a hybrid between teosinte and as unknown grass belonging to the tribe Andropogoneae. He believes this grass to be much like the earless varieties of pod corn (Zea tunicata). Montgomery suggests that teosinte and corn had a common ancestor, which was a “large, much-branched grass, each branch being terminated by a tassel-like structure, bearing hermaphrodite flowers.” His views coincide with those of East and Hayes, and Weatherwax. Environmental Relations.—Corn is a native of semi-tropical America. Its range of distribution has been extended widely through culture. A number of varieties will mature grain as far north as southern Canada, and as a green fodder it is raised in still colder regions, where the season is too short to mature the grain. Flint varieties are now grown quite abundantly throughout northern Wisconsin; they are better adapted to cool climates ‘ than dent corn. In general, corn is not a big crop north of the summer isotherm of 69°F. The principal corn belt of the United States is a strip running from eastern Nebraska to western Ohio, the northern limit being southern Wisconsin and Minnesota. This is a region with warm summer days and nights. The chief limiting factor to corn growing in the northern tier of States is cool nights. Reference to page 120 shows that the water requirement of corn stands between that of sorghum and wheat. There is a significant difference in the water requirement of the varieties of corn, indicating that some may be more drought-resistant than others. Corn is being raised with profit on the dry lands of the West.i8o BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS There is a close correlation between the yield of corn and the rainfall for June and July. The critical month is July. Smith says that the most critical ten-day period for corn, in Ohio, is from August i to io, the period following blossoming, when the weather must be wet and moderately cool. In the corn districts west of the 95th meridian, hot winds sometimes prove fatal to corn. These winds are particularly harmful during the critical periods of “tasseling” and “silking.” Corn thrives best in a well-drained, medium loam soil, such as is found in the river bottoms of the Mississippi Valley. It will grow on soils so rich in nitrogen as to cause the lodging of the small grains. Uses of Corn.—No other cereal is put to such a variety of uses as is corn. Some economical use has been found for nearly every part of the plant. There are numerous manufactured corn products and by-products. Corn meal, both yellow and white, is one of the chief forms in which the grain is used as a food for man. Whole meal includes the embryo, and hull removed. Other forms in which corn as a human food is used are: hominy, green corn, canned corn, corn oil, corn flakes, pop corn, starch and glucose. The sweet corn canning industry is a large one. Corn starch from which the protein and mineral matter have been removed by treatment with dilute alkaline solutions gives a flour which is used largely in the preparation of puddings, blanc manges, etc. Corn oil is obtained from the embryo. When freshly prepared, it is pale yellow in color. It is employed in the manufacture of soap, and paints, and when mixed with linseed oil, it has some value as a grinding oil. Corn oil is also sometimes vulcanized into a cheap grade of rubber. Corn Starch.—About 50,000,000 bushels of corn are used annually in the United States in the manufacture of commercial starches, and products derived from them. In the manufacture of corn starch, the corn is steeped from two to four days in warm water containing about 0.2 per cent, ofZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 181 sulphurous acid. Steeping is instituted in large wooden vats holding about 2,000 bushels of corn. When the grains are softened sufficiently, they are lead through a Fuss mill which thoroughly breaks up the grain. The embryos are separated from the rest of the grain material, and removed to another receptacle. The disintegrated grains are freed from the embryos, mixed with water, more finely ground and then shaken through bolting-cloth sieves. Starch and gluten pass through thé sieves, while the coarser materials, such as [fragments of the pericarp, are caught by the sieve. The liquor containing starch and gluten is passed over tables, very slightly inclined, and as the liquid slowly flows down these tables, the starch granules settles, while the lighter particles of gluten are carried off the lower end. The starch is removed from the tables, washed, and kiln-dried. Glucose— The commercial “glucose” is a thick syrup—a product of the partial hydrolysis of starch. The manufacture of corn starch has been described. The “green starch” from the tables is made into a thick cream by mixing with water. This is then passed to converters where the starch is treated with hydrochloric acid to bring about its partial hydrolysis. The converted liquor is blown out of the converters into the neutralizer, where it is treated with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate, which neutralizes the acid, and precipitates the dissolved iron, and coagulates the colloidal albuminoids. The neutral liquor is the filtered, first in bag filters, and then in bone-char filters. From the first bone-char filters, there issues a light liquor. This is evaporated to increase its concentration, and passed on as heavy liquor to the bone-char filter again. The liquor that results from this second filtering is boiled down in vacuum pans, whence it comes as the finished glucose. Pure glucose syrup has little flavor, and but half the sweetness of cane syrup. Maize syrup is mixed with varying quantities of cane syrup and sold as a substitute for golden syrup and molasses. It is the basis of many manufactured jellies and preserved fruits.182 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Grape Sugar.—This is a crude sugar made from starch in a manner very similar to that employed in the manufacture of glucose. However, hydrolysis is more complete, the process of conversion being carried to the point that no dextrin is precipitated when a sample is placed in strong alcohol. Grape sugar appears on the market as a hard, waxy solid. It finds considerable use in the manufacture of sparkling ales; and, also, as a reducing agent in indigo dyeing, and other industries. Artificial Gums.—These are known as dextrins and British gums, and are made from starch. Starch is heated to a temperature varying from 170 to 2jo°C. During this process, the starch may be treated with dilute nitric acid to bring about hydrolysis, although if high temperatures are used, the addition of acid is unnecessary, as the starch itself contains enough acid and water to effect hydrolysis. Dextrins and British gums are used on envelopes and postage stamps, and also in many of the textile industries. Stock Food.—Corn fodder includes the whole plant—stalks, leaves, and ears—and in this form is fed to stock. Corn stover is the stalks of corn from which the ears have been husked; the stalks may be fed in the bundle form or shredded. Fodder is an important silage crop. In the form of silage, it makes a highly nutritious, succulent feed throughout the winter. Silage is a forage prepared by fermenting green, fresh, plants in a specially constructed air-tight receptacle, called a silo. The material to be ensilaged is cut into fine pieces and packed into the silo. Forage crops include, according to common usage, those plants which are grown for their vegetative parts and which are eaten, either in the green or dry state, by herbivorous animals. Some plants, such as sorghums, are grown for their grain and also for their herbage, that is, they are both a cereal and a forage crop. Corn is also both a cereal and a forage crop. The grass family (Gramineae) and the pea family (Leguminosae) furnish the great majority of forage plants. Corn grain and corn bran are important stock foods.ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 183 Other Corn Products.—The pith from the stalks is made into explosives and also employed as a packing material where extreme lightness of weight is required. Corn cobs are still in demand for pipes. A fine grade of charcoal is manufactured from corn cobs. Paper is made from the stalks, and packing for mattresses from the husks. When oil is pressed from the embryos, there is left the corn cake, which may be utilized as a food for stock. Gluten meal, a by-product from starch factories, is also not infrequently fed to stock. Corn is the most economical source of starch for alcohol manufacture in the United States. One ton of corn gives about 90 gallons of 94 per cent, alcohol. References Bohutinsky, Gustav: Entwicklurigsabweichungen beim Mais. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell., 32: 179-188, 1914. Bowman, M. L., and Crossley, B. W.: Corn: Growing, Judging, Breeding, Feeding, Marketing. Waterloo, Iowa, 1911. Burtt, Davy, J.: Botanical Characters of the Maize Plant. Transvaal Agr. Jour., 7: 348-395, I9°9- Incomplete Dichogamy in Zea Mays. Jour. Bot. (London), 47: 180-182, 1909. Maize, Its History, Cultivation, Handling, and Uses. Longmans, Green & Co., 1914. Collins, G. N.: A New Type of Indian Corn from China. U. S Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bui. 161: 1-25, 1909. Apogamy in the Maize Plant. U. S. Nat. Mus. Contrib. Nat. Herbarium, 12: 453-455, 1909- The Origin of Maize. Jour. Washington Acad. Sei., 2: 520-530, 1912. A Variety of Maize with Silks Maturing Before the Tassels. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Cir. 107: 1-11, 1913. A Drought-resisting Adaptation in Seedlings of Hopi Maize. U. S. Dept. Agr. Jour. Agr. Research, 1: 293-302, 1914. Correns, C.: Untersuchungen über die Xenien bei Zea mays. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell., 17: 410-417, 1899. Crozier, A. A.: Silk-seeking Pollen. Bot. Gaz., 13: 242, 1888. East, E. M.: Inheritance of Color in the Aleurone Cells of Maize. Amer. Nat., 46: 363“365, I9I2i A Chronicle of the Tribe of Corn. Pop. Sei. Mo., 82: 225-236, 1913. East, E. M., and Hayes, H. K.: Inheritance in Maize Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 167: 1-142, 1911.184 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Fisher, M. L. : Report of Work in Corn Pollination, I. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., I908. Report of Work in Corn Pollination, II. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 1910. Report of Work in Corn Pollination, III. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 1911. Gager, C. S.: An Occurrence of Glands in the Embryo of Zea Mays. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 34: 125-137, 1907. Gernert, W. B.: Methods in the Artificial Pollination of Corn. Am. Breeders’ Assn., 7: 353-367, I911- A New Subspecies of Zea Mays. Am. Nat., 47: 616-622, 1912. Guignard, L.: La double fécondation dans le mais. Jour. Bot. (Paris), 15: 37-50, 1901. Harshberger, J. W.: Maize: A Botanical and Economie Study. Contrib. Bot. Lab. Univ. Pa., 1: 75-202, 1893. Fertile Crosses of Teosinite and Maize. Gard, and Forest, 9: 522-523, 1896. A Study of the Fertile Hybrids Produced by Crossing Teosinte and Maize. Contrib. Bot. Lab. Pa., 2, 1901. Hopkins, C. G., Smith, L. H., and East, E. M.: The Structure of the Corn Kernel and the Composition of its Different Parts. 111. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 87: 77-112, 1903. Hus, H., and Murdock, A. W.: Inheritance of Fasciation in Zea Mays. Plant World, 14: 88-96, 1911. Kellerman, W. A., and Swingle, W. T.: Preliminary Study of the Receptivity of Corn Silk. 2d Ann. Rept. Kans. Agr. Exp. Sta., 353-355, 1890. Bibliography of Cross-fertilization of Varieties of Corn. 2d Ann. Rept. Kans. Agr. Exp. Sta., 346-353, 1890. Experiments in Cross-fertilization of Corn. 2d Ann. Rept. Kans Agr. Exp. Exp. Sta., 288-344, 1890. Experiments in Crossing Varieties of Corn. 2d Ann. Rept. Kans. Agr. Exp. Sta., 2: 288-334, 1890. Kempton, James H.: Floral Abnormalities in Maize. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 278: 1-16, 1913. Miller, Edwin C.: Comparative Study of the Root Systems and Leaf Areas of Corn and Sorghums. Jour. Agr. Res. 6: 311-332, 1916. Development of the Pistillate Spikelet and Fertilization in Zea Mays L. Journ. Agr. Res., 18: 255-267, 1919. Montgomery, E. G.: What is an Ear of Corn? Pop. Sci. Mo., 68: 55-62, 1906. Perfect Flowers in Maize. Pop. Sci. Mo., 79: 346-349, 1911. The Corn Crops. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1913. Peirson, Henry: Abnormal Development in Maize. Jour. Bot. (London), 49:347-348, 1911- Poindexter, C. C.: The Development of the Spikelet and Grain of Corn. Ohio Nat., 6, 1903. Sargent, Ethel, and Robertson, Agnes: The Anatomy of the Scutellum in Zea Mays. Ann. Bot., 19: 115-123, 1905. Shoesmith, V. M.: The Study of Corn. Kans. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 139: 223-249, 1906. The Study of Corn. Orange Judd Co., 1910.ZEA (CORN, MAIZE) 185 Stewart, Alban: The Pistillate Spikelet in Zea Mays. Science, n.s. 42: 694, 1915- Sturtevant, E. L.: Notes on Maize. Torrey Bot. Bull. 21: 319-343, 1894. Varieties of Corn. U. S. Dept. Agr. Office Expts. Stats. Bull. 57: 1-103, 1899. Weather wax, Paul: Morphology of the Flowers of Zea Mays. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 43: 12 7-144, 1916. The Development of the Spikelets of Zea Mays. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 44: 483-496, 1917- The Evolution of Maize. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 45: 309-342, 1918. The Story of the Maize Plant. The University of Chicago Press, 1923. Webber, H. J.: Xenia, or the Immediate Effect of Pollen in Maize. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Veg. Path, and Veg. Phys., 22: 1-44, 1900.CHAPTER XVI ANDROPOGON SORGHUM (Sorghums1) Habit of Plant, and Roots.—All sorghums are annual plants with a well developed root system. The roots are generally finer and more fibrous than those of maize. The root crowns and laterals show a vigorous growth. Comparative studies show that certain sorghums possess a root system as extensive as that of corn and that they have “ twice as many secondary roots as corn at any stage of its growth.’9 This condition, coupled with the smaller leaf surface of sorghums would appear to account for the comparatively great drought resistance of the sorghums. The roots of all sorghums are tough and wiry. The radicle is the only temporary root developed in sorghums. Soon after germination, the first permanent roots arise from the first node which develops below the soil surface. It has been found that the single seminal root in sorghums may function during the life of the plant. Stems and Leaves.—The culms vary in height from 3 to 15 feet. They are solid; the internodes and leaf sheaths, are about equal in length. Sorghums produce both “suckers” and side branches from buds placed in the axils of the leaves. As many as 10 or 15 suckers may be produced from one plant; they differ from the main stalk in that they are less tall, and mature later. Side branches do not appeal until the main stem is headed out. The heads on these branches are smaller and less productive than those on the main stalk, and they mature much later. The leaves are very similar to those of corn. Inflorescence.—This is a panicle, which, with a few exceptions (e.g.j broom corn), is rather compact. It is called the 1 The term “sorghum” includes all the groups known in the United States as milo, kowliang, shallu, durra, broom corn, and kafir.ANDROPOGON SORGHUM (SORGHUMS) 187 “head.” These heads may vary (Fig. 81) a great deal in shape and color. The axis of the inflorescence is rather angular. The side branches are in apparent whorls, one above the other. The spikelets usually occur in pairs (Fig. 78), although toward the tip of the inflorescence they may occur in threes. Spikelets and Flowers.—It was stated* that the spikelets usually occur in pairs. One is sessile, the other pedicelled. The sessile one is broad, thick, and fertile; the pedicelled Fig. 78.—Sorghum (Andropogon sorghum). A, pair of spikelets; B, grain in section; C, grain, external. X 5- narrow, long, and staminate. Whenever three spikelets are in a group, one is sessile and perfect, and two are pedicelled and staminate; sometimes one of the two stalked spikelets may be perfect. Fertile Spikelet (Fig. 79).—The sessile spikelet has thick, leathery glumes of about equal length. The outer one partially wraps about the inner. The latter is narrower and more gradually tapering at the tip. Within the two glumes of this sessile spikelet, are two flowers; the lower sterile, the upper with both stamens and pistil. The so-called “third glume” of some descriptions is the lemma of the lower, sterile flower.i88 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS Moreover, it is the only remnant of this flower. It encloses the parts of the fertile flower. The lemma of the fertile flower is broad, hairy, and two-cleft at the tip; there arises in the cleft, as a rule, a long awn which projects from the spikelet. The awn may be very short or only represented by a bristle. The palet is frequently absent; when present, it is small and thin. There are two lodicules, which are much broader than Fig. 79.—Spikelet of sorghum (Andropogon sorghum) dissected. Lodicule X 10, all others X 5. long, truncate, fleshy, and usually thickly hairy. Three stamens are present. The sessile, ovate ovary does not bear a tuft of hairs at the tip, such as is found in wheat, oats, rye and barley. The two styles are thread-like and bare for the lower two-thirds of their length, and then spread out into bushy stigmas. Staminate Spikelet.—The stalked spikelet is narrower, and more pointed than the fertile one. It is two-flowered. It isANDROPOGON SORGHUM (SORGHUMS) 189 subtended by two leathery glumes. Immediately within this pair is the lemma of the sterile flower of the spikelet. Then comes the lemma of the staminate flower; it may be short-awned or awnless; the palet of this flower is absent. The lodicules and stamens resemble those of the fertile spikelet. There is no pistil. Opening of Flowers and Pollination.—Flowers do not begin to open on the inflorescence until the latter is entirely out of the leaf sheath. The first flowers to open are those near the tip of the head. Blooming proceeds from the tip downward. As a rule, flowers at the tip of an inflorescence have shed their pollen, and closed, when the lower flowers of the head are just beginning to bloom. Flowers on branches belonging to one whorl are usually in about the same stage of blooming. In nearly all cases, the sessile spikelet of a pair is the first to open. The stalked spikelets may sometimes fail to protrude their stamens. Most of the flowers open in the early morning; there is but a very slight amount of blooming during the day. The stigmas may protrude to a slight extent first (Fig. 80). They are followed by the anthers. When the flower starts to open, the whole process takes place within from ten to fifteen minutes. The spreading of the glumes, and the emergence of anthers and styles may be so rapid in some instances as to be seen with the hand lens. The stamens extend their full length, as a rule, and the anthers swing on long filaments. In some cases, however, the anthers never fully project from between the glumes, but shed their pollen, and dry up, half or one-fourth caught by the glumes. When the anthers are partly out, the stigmas are fully protruded. No sooner are the anthers visible than they begin to dehisce by two narrow slits at the tip only. The stigmas and pollen-shedding anthers may be in contact at time of opening, and since the stigma is receptive at this time, some self-pollination must take place. Pollination between flowers of the same plant is very common. The upper flowers are shedding pollen in abundance, as the receptive stigmas of lower flowers are opening. And, in the light breeze of the190 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS morning, the head is moved enough to shake pollen out. Cross-pollination is also very common. Individual flowers do not, as a rule, remain open longer than the evening of the day Fig 80.—Four stages in the opening of the spikelet of sorghum (Andropogon sorghum). X 5. they open. The brown and withered stamens and stigmas commonly protrude from between the closed glumes. The different types of sorghum cross readily. Fruit.—The mature grain may be entirely or in part enclosed by the “glumes.” It is oval, a little longer than broad, smooth, and tipped with the remains of two style branches. TheANDROPOGON SORGHUM (SORGHUMS) 191 position of the embryo is seen at the base of the grain on one of the fiat surfaces. The point of attachment—an oval, brown area—is found at the base of the grain on the other flat surface. The seed is flattened in the durras, pyriform in some of the sorgos, and globular in kafir, kowliang, and shallu. In some types of sorghum, the pericarp bears starch. The aleurone layer consists of one row of small cells. The starchy endosperm is mealy within and more or less horny without. The color of sorghum grains may be due to pigments in the epidermal and hypodermal cells of the pericarp, or to pigments in the nucellar layer when this structure occurs, or in both of these regions at the same time. As indicated, the nucellar layer is not always present. There are no endosperm or aleurone pigments in sorghums, as there are in corn. Germination of Seed.—As with other cereals, in the germination of sorghum the radicle is the first to appear, and is followed by the plumule. However, as distinguished from the other common cereals, there is but one temporary root developed in sorghum which has a few branch laterals. The first whorl of permanent roots begins to develop within three or four days following the emergence of the plumule, and comes from a node which arises about one-half inch below soil surface. Varieties.—The sorghums are divided into two main divi-visions: (1) saccharine or sweet sorghums, and (2) non-saccharine sorghums. Saccharine sorghums are tall, leafy, and have an abundance of sweet juice, and a light crop of seed. The chief varieties are Amber, Orange, and Sumac. Nonsaccharine sorghums are more stocky, as a rule, contain less juice, and have a heavy crop of seed. Non-saccharine sorghums are divided into three groups; (1) kafir group, including those with erect, long cylindrical heads full of obovate seeds (kafirs, white milo, etc.); (2) durra group, including those with thick, compact, ovate, pendant inflorescences, and large, flattened seeds (yellow milo, durra, feterita); and (3) broom corn group, in which the heads are loose and spreading. Frequently the heads are on recurved stems, called “ goose necks.”BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 192 Key to the Principal Groups op Sorghum1 Pith juicy. Juice abundant and very sweet. Internodes elongated; sheaths scarcely overlapping; leaves 12 to 15 (except in Amber varieties); spikelets elliptic-oval to obovate, 2.5 to 3.5 millimeters wide; seeds reddish brown, Sorgo. Juice scanty, slightly sweet to subacid. Internodes short; sheaths strongly overlapping; leaves 12 to 15; peduncles erect; panicles cylindrical; spikelets obovate, 3 to 4 millimeters wide; lemmas awnless, Kafir. Internodes medium; sheaths scarcely overlapping; leaves 8 to 11; peduncles mostly inclined, often recurved; panicles ovate; spikelets broadly obovate, 4.5 to 6 millimeters wide; lemmas awned, Milo. Pith dry. Panicle lax, 2.5 to 7 decimeters long; peduncles erect; spikelets elliptic-oval or obovate, 2.5 to 3.5 millimeters wide; lemmas awned. Panicle 4 to 7 decimeters long; rachis less than one-fifth as long as the panicle. Panicle umbelliform, the branches greatly elongated, the tips drooping; seeds reddish, included, Broom Corn. Panicle 2 5 to 4 decimeters long; rachis more than two-thirds as long as the panicle. Panicle conical, the branches strongly drooping; glumes at maturity spreading and involute; seeds white or somewhat buff, Shallu. Panicle oval or obovate, the branches spreading; glumes at maturity appressed, not involute; seeds white, brown, or reddish, Kowliang. Panicle compact, 1 to 2.5 decimeters long; peduncles erect or recurved; rachis more than two-thirds as long as the panicle. Spikelets elliptic-oval or obovate, 2.5 to 3.5 millimeters wide; lemmas awned, Kowliang. Spikelets broadly obovate, 4.6 to 6 millimeters wide. Glumes gray or greenish, not wrinkled; densely pubescent; lemmas awned or awnless; seeds strongly flattened, Durr a. Glumes deep brown or black, transversely wrinkled; thinly pubescent; lemmas awned; seeds slightly flattened, Milo. Origin of Sorghums.—There is still some doubt as to the actual prototypes of the cultivated sorghums. Andropogon halepensis (Johnson grass), has been regarded by some as the wild form from which our cultivated sorghums have been derived, but more recent investigations point to A. sorghum and A. halepensis as two distinct botanical species. Whereas, the 1 Taken from Ball.Fig, 8i.—The principal types of sorghum (Andropogon sorghum), i, Amber; 2, orange; 3, sumac; 4, red kafir; 5, pink kafir; 6, blackhull kafir; 7, shallu; 8, milo; 9, white durra; 10, brown durra; 11, brown kowliang; 12, standard broom-corn; 13, dwarf broom-corn, (After Montgomery.) o Go ANDROPOGON SORGHUM (SORGHUMS)194 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS latter is characterized by the present of rootstocks, in A. sorghum, rootstocks are absent. Environmental Relations.—Sorghums are of tropical origin, and are at home in regions with warm, sunshiny summers. The plant will undergo high temperatures. It is sensitive to low temperatures, and consequently cannot be planted as early in the season as the other small cereals. The sorghums are either able to resist or to escape drought. For this reason they have become one of the principal crops on the non-irrigated lands of the West. Their resistance to drought is due largely to their low water requirement, along with their ability to roll the leaves with approaching dry periods, and thus reduce the water-losing surface, and also to their ability to remain alive during a period of drought and quickly resume growth when moisture is available. In this last respect the sorghums differ from corn, for corn is unable to remain in a dormant state for a very long time. The sorghums are not as easily affected by hot winds as corn. This is an important characteristic adapting them to the semi-arid regions. Sorghums will grow on a variety of soils. They are somewhat more resistant to alkali salts than the other grain crops. Uses of Sorghums.—The saccharine or sweet sorghums are grown for syrup and for forage. The juice is extracted from the canes. Sorghum for syrup is cut when the seed is in the late milk or dough stage. The main stalk only is used when a high grade of syrup is desired. This necessitates “stripping” the stems of leaves, head and suckers. Sorghum grown for syrup is usually planted somewhat thinner than that for forage and silage. The leading State in sorghum-syrup production is Tennessee. The non-saccharine sorghums are grown chiefly for their grain, but also for forage. The Chinese and Manchus put the grain sorghums to a great variety of uses. For example, a fermented drink is made from the seed, the heads are used for fuel and brooms, the leaves for fodder and for mats, the stalks for the construction of baskets, fences, building material, laths,ANDROPOGON SORGHUM (SORGHUMS) 195 playthings, posts, thatchings, wind breaks, and window shades, and even the roots and stubble are used as fuel. The broom-corn groups of sorghums are grown for their grain, and certain varieties with long rachi are made into brooms. For this purpose the heads are used. The varieties of broomcorn grown in the United States are divided into three groups—standard, western dwarf, and whisk dwarf. Standard broomcorn usually grows to a heigth of 7 to 15 feet, bearing a brush from 16 to 24 inches long. Important varieties are Evergreen, Black Spanish and California Golden. Western Dwarf usually grows to a height of 4 to 7 feet and bears a brush 15 to 24 inches long. Evergreen Dwarf and Scarborough are prominent varieties. The whisk dwarf type grows to a height of 2 ^ to 4 feet, producing a fine slender brush about 12 to 18 inches in length. The one variety of this type grown in the United States is Japanese Dwarf. Fully two-thirds of the total broomcorn crop of the United States is dwarf broomcorn. It produces a fiber that is finer than that of the tall-growing sort; and, too the head is not so firmly attached to the upper node. This latter character permits the “brush” (inflorescence) to be harvested by pulling. After threshing the grain from the heads, they are cured in sheds or out of doors in ricks. They are then graded and baled, and either stored or shipped directly to the broom factory. The “straws” of a broom are the rachises of the sorghum inflorescence. Oklahoma, Kansas, and Texas, in the order named, are the leading broomcorn States. References Ball, Carleton R.: Saccharine Sorghums for Forage. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 246: 7-18, 1906. Three Much Misrepresented Sorghums. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Cir. 50: 1-14, 1910. The History and Distribution of Sorghum. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 175: 1-63, 1910. Better Grain-sorghum Crops. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 448: 1-36, 1911. The Importance and Improvement of the Grain Sorghums. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 203: 1-45, 1911.196 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS The Grain Sorghums, Immigrant Crops that Have Made Good. U S. Dept. Agr. Yearbook, 1913: 221-238. Cowgill, Horace B.: Some Panicle Characters of Sorgo. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 1386: 1-37, 1926. Graham, R. J. D.: Pollination and Cross-fertilization in the Juar Plant (Andro-pogon sorghum). India Dept. Agr. Mem., Bot. Ser. 8: 201-215, 1916. Hackel, E.: Die kultivirten Sorghum^-Formen und ihre Abstammung. Jahrb. (Engler), 7: 115-126, 1885. Miller, E. C.: Comparative Study of the Root Systems and Leaf Areas of Corn and the Sorghums. Jour. Agr. Res., 6: 311-331, 1916. Piper, C. V.: The Prototype of the Cultivated Sorghums. Jour. Am. Soc. Agron., 7:109-117, 1915. Hartley, Charles P.: Broom Corn. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 174: 1-30, 1903. Rothgeb, B. E.: Dwarf Broom Corns. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 768: 1-16, 1916. Sieglinger, John B.: Temporary Roots of the Sorghums. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron.: 12: 143-145, 1920. Swanson, Arthur F.: Seed-Coat Structures and Inheritance of Seed Color in Sorghums. Jour. Agr. Res. 37: 577-588, 1928. Warburton, C. W.: The Non-saccharine Sorghums. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 288: 1-28, 1907.CHAPTER XVII ORYZA SATIVA (Rice) Roots, Stems, Leaves.—Common cultivated rice is an annual plant, which grows best under swampy or very moist conditions. There are upland varieties produced with irrigation, but the lowland type is the sort almost entirely grown in the United States. The seedling has one seed root. The root system is fibrous; the first, second, and third nodes give rise to adventitious roots. The first whorl or permanent roots is close to ^ inch above the lower end of the culm. It is more shallow in very moist ground than in dry soil. The plant tillers freely, sending up usually four or five hollow stems to a height of 2 to 6 feet. The leaf sheaths are open, and the blades are from 8 to 12 inches long and % to i inch wide. The ligule is long, acute or obtuse, and easily splits into two parts. It is much shorter and more rounded on the upper leaves than on the lower. The auricle is white or green, cartilaginous or membranous, and hairy. Inflorescence and Spikelet.—-The inflorescence is a panicle (Fig. 82). Its branches are either single or in pairs. The spikelet (Fig. 83) is compressed laterally. It is one-flowered. There are two small scale-like or bristle-like glumes, underneath each of which is a very minute, rudimentary glume. The lemma is compressed, parchment-like and five-nerved. The palet is similar to the lemma in size and texture, but is only three-nerved. Both may be awned or awnless. The broadly oval lodicules are small, thick, and fleshy. Rice differs markedly from the other common cereals in having six well-developed and functioning stamens. The ovary is somewhat longer than broad, smooth, and bears two styles, and sometimes a short, rudimentary third one. These three are sometimes grown together at the base. 197BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 198 Pollination and Fertilization.—Rice is normally self-pollinated. In the branches of the inflorescence, usually the terminal flower and one about the middle of the branch open first, followed in order both ways from this middle point. The wSiillil mwwmm g§jllp§ SM§^m 'if » WÊÊÊÊÊm^mm liliill ££££££if®|pll iiiiiÆ wAssaam iiiiiiii^H If 11 llSllfltlSi Fig. 82.—Panicle of rice (Oryza sativa). time of blooming appears to differ with the variety and locality. Akemine (Japan) reports that blooming begins between 9 a.m. and noon and ends about 3 p.m. Van der Stok (Java) states that the greater number of flowers open between 10 a.m. and noon, and none open before 6 a.m. and after 3:30 p.m. Jones (California) finds that over three-fourth of the rice flowersORYZA SATIVA (RICE) 199 observed opened between noon and 2 p.m. Hector (Lower Bengal) reports that in the spring rice flowers begin opening between 7 and 8 a.m. and continue until about 10 a.m., whereas in the fall, opening begins between 9 and 10 a.m. and continues until noon. Laude and Hansel (Texas) find that the great majority of blossoms opened between 11 a.m. and noon, and that there is no blossoming before 8 a.m. or after 4 p.m. The blooming process of any individual flower usually requires from one to two hours. The majority of the panicles complete blooming in six or seven days. The stamens are the first flower parts to appear. After they are extended full length, the lemma and palet open wider, and the stigmas protrude. Usually the stigmas draw Pig. 83-back between the palet and lemma after pollination, although they may remain outside. The anthers are open and the stigma is covered with pollen at the time of -Spikelet of rice (Oryza sativa). opening of the flower. Although self-fertilization is the normal process, cross-fertilization is not altogether precluded. Grain.—The rice grain (caryopsis) is surrounded by the lemma and palet, or palet alone. These two structures form the “hull.” Rice enclosed in the hull is known as “paddy.” Rice from which the hull has been removed is “cleaned rice.” The rice grain (Fig. 84) is smooth, longer than broad, and elliptical in cross-section. There are two longitudinal parallel ridges on each of the flat surfaces. The grain of common rice is shiny and transparent. This appearance is due to the glassy endosperm. Occasionally there are grains that appear dull; in such, the endosperm is starchy on the outside and horny within. Fig. 84.— Kernel of rice (Oryza sativa). e, embryo. X 5.200 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Grains with dull areas here and there are not uncommon. An interesting rice is Oryza glutinosa, the grains of which always appear dull. A cut surface of this rice is described as paraffinlike in appearance. The starch grains behave quite differently from those of common rice. They color yellow-brown with iodine instead of violet. When it is cooked, there is formed a mass the particles of which stick closely together; the single grains do not remain separate. There are rices with grains, when hulled pale green in color, reddish-brown, dark brown, and white with red or dark stripes. In cross-section of the rice grain, the layers are very similar to those in wheat. There is the pericarp of several layers, the testa, the nucellus (perisperm), and the aleurone layer, usually of one row of cells. The embryo is about one-third the length of the fruit. During the milling process, the lemma and palet, the embryo, pericarp, testa, nucellus, and in many cases all or a portion of the aleurone layer are removed. This “scouring process,” in the case of Honduras and Japan rices, removes about io per cent, of the weight of the grain, and a considerable quantity of ash, fat, crude fiber, protein, and pentosans. The color of red rice is located in the outer seed coats. Milling of Rice.—The threshed rice from the field is called “paddy rice.” The grains are enclosed by the glumes, lemma, and palet, which together constitute the “hull.” The hulls are removed by passing the grains between revolving millstones, set apart about two-thirds the length of a rice kernel. The hulls are then removed by a fanning device, and this process followed by the separation of the rough (unhulled) from the clean rice in the “paddy machine.” The next process removes a part of the bran layer (pericarp, testa and nucellus) and most of the embryo. After a separation of the powdery bran from the cleaned rice, the grains are the led into the “pearling cone” where they are scoured. This is followed by a thorough polishing between pieces of pigskin. The grains then receive a coating of glucose and talc, and are ready to be graded and packed for the market.ORYZA SATIVA (RICE) 201 Varieties.—Carleton gives the following provisional arrangement of wild and cultivated rices: 1. Oryza granulata (wild rice). 2. Oryza officinalis (wild rice). 3. Oryza sativa (cultivated rice). (a) utilissima. 1. communis (large-kerneled rice). 2. minuta (small-kerneled rice). (b) glutinosa (glutinous rice). American varieties are comparatively few in number. Three main types are grown: Honduras, Carolina and Japan. The hulls of Honduras and Japan rice are yellowish-brown, those of Carolina rice mostly a golden yellow. Lowland types of rice form, almost exclusively, the sorts grown in this country. Japan rice has smaller grains, a thinner hull, and tillers more than the other types in the United States. Honduras and Carolina belong to the communis group, and Japan to the minuta group. It should be stated here that there is an exceedingly large number of rice varieties. Distribution and Closely Related Species.—There is a great number of Oryza species found growing wild in tropical regions of both hemispheres. The native home of O. sativa is the warm parts of Asia and Africa. Cultivated rice probably originated in eastern Asia. It is of interest to note that based upon the number of human beings which use rice as a staple food, it is the most important food plant in the world. It is said to have been introduced into China 3000 years before Christ. In this country, there are two quite common native plants termed “rice.” These are, Canada rice (.Zizania aquatica), and wild rice {Zizania miliaced). Both are tall aquatic grasses belonging to the same tribe (Oryzeae) as cultivated rice. Both species of Zizania differ from Oryza in having monoecious spikelets. Uses of Rice.—Rice is a food for more human beings than is any other grain. It is the principal food of the densely202 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS populated regions of China, India, and the neighboring islands. The consumption of rice per capita in the United States is steadily increasing. Orientals do not polish their rice, while all the rice that comes on the market in this country has had the hull removed, and has been polished. Rice hulls and rice flour or polish, removed in the milling process, are used as stock food. Rice straw is also used as a food for stock, and in the manufacture of paper, straw hats, straw board, etc. In Japan, a drink called “sake,” similar to beer, is made from rice. Fig. 85.—Harvesting rice in Arkansas. {From Essentials of Geography, Second Book. Copyright 1916, by Albert Perry Brigham and Charles T. McFarlane. American Book Company, Publishers.) Environmental Relations.—Rice has a climatic range similar to that of cotton; it is seldom raised north of that region in which the average summer (June, July, August) temperature is lower than 77°F. It reaches its best development in moist regions. Certain sorts of upland rice are planted, cultivated and harvested like oats. But, most of the rice is raised on low delta or alluvial lands that will permit of inundation. In lowland rice culture, flooding of the field is usually resorted to in order to hasten germination; after the plants have attained a height of several inches, from 3 to 6 inches of water are turnedORYZA SATIVA (RICE) 203 on to the field and kept there continuously for twenty, thirty, or more days, depending upon the region. The water is renewed occasionally to prevent it from becoming stagnant. It is drained off just prior to the ripening of the grain. References Akemine, M.: On the Flowers and Flowering of O. sativa. Agric. Gaz. Nogyo-Sekai, 1910-11. Copeland, E. B.: Rice. Macmillan Co., Inc., 1924. Graham, R. J. D.: Preliminary Note on the Classification of Rice in the Central Provinces'. Mem. Dept. Agr. in India, Bot. ser. 6, No. 7: 209-230, 1913.204 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Hector, P. G.: Notes on Pollination and Cross-fertilization in the Common Rice Plant, Oryza sativa, Mem. Dept. Agr. in India, Bot. ser. VI, i: i-io, 1913* Jones, J. W.: Observations on the Time of Blooming of Rice Flowers. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron., 16: 665-669, 1924. Kikkawa, S.: On the Classification of Cultivated Rice. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, Coll. Agr. Bull. Ill, No. 2, n-108, 1912. Lande, H. H. and R. H. Stansel: Time and Rate of Blooming in Rice. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron., 19: 781-787, 1927. Pope, M. N.: The Mode of Pollination in Some Farm Crops. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron., 8: 209-227, 1916. Van der Stok, J. E.: Experiments with Rice and Secondary Crops. Mended. Dept. Landb., Dutch East Indies, 1910.CHAPTER XVIII MILLET The term millet does not refer to a definite botanical group (species, genus, or tribe) of plants. Originally it applied to certain species of grasses belonging to the genera Chcctochloa (iSetaria), Panicum and Echinochloa, which are still spoken of as the “true millets.” Agriculturally speaking, the word “millet” embraces a number of annual cereal and forage grasses which have comparatively small seeds, abundant foliage, and a fibrous root system. They are raised in Europe and the United States for forage purposes and in a number of Asiatic and African countries for human food as well. Most of these millets belong to the four genera Chcctochloa, Echinochloa, Panicum, and Pennisetum, of the tribe Panicese. Ragi or finger millet (Eleusine corcacana) belongs to the tribe Chlorideae. It is grown in India to quite an extent as a cereal but has never attained favor in the United States. Key to Principal Economic' Types (Species) of Millet and Some Closely Related Common Weed Grasses1 Inflorescence paniculate; no involucre below the individual spikelets. Inflorescence a raceme of short spikes; empty glumes awned or awn-pointed, Echinochloa (Barnyard millets and wild barnyard grass). Awns long; spikelets white. E. crusgalli (common barnyard grass). Awns short; spikelets brown, E. frumentacea (Japanese barnyard millet). Inflorescence a crooping panicle; empty glumes not awned, Panicum miliaceum (proso or broom-corn millet). Inflorescence spicate; involucre of bristles below each spikelet. Grain enclosed in lemma and palet (the hull) at maturity; spike loose, Chceto-chloa (foxtail millet and foxtail grass). Panicle usually i centimeter thick or less; bristles commonly green; spikelets about 2 millimeters long, C. viridis (green foxtail). 1 After Frear. 205206 BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS Panicle usually i to 3 centimeters thick; bristles usually purple; spikelets, 2.5 to 3 millimeters long, C. iialica (foxtail millets). Grain globose, forcing open the hull as it matures, and falling free when threshed; spike dense, Pennisetum glaucum (pearl millet). PENNISETUM GLAUCUM (Pearl Millet) Stem.—The plants are erect, and from 3 to 8 feet tall. The culms are cylindrical and pithy; the upper internodes are smooth, the upper nodes either smooth or short-hairy. Leaf.—The leaf sheaths are open and hairy; the ligule is short and fimbriated; the leaf blade is lanceolate, long-pointed, and long*hairy especially on the upper side. Inflorescence.—This is a close cylindrical spike (Fig. 87), 6 to 14 inches long and % to 1 inch thick. The main axis is stiff and thick-hairy. The side branches are hairy, 7 to 8 millimeters long, and bear each one to three (commonly two) spikelets, which are surrounded by a cluster of bristles. These bristles fall with the spikelets at maturity. Spikelet and Flower.—The lower glume is short, broader than long, and turncate; the inner glume is longer, about one-half the length of the spikelet, oval, and three- to four-nerved. Each spikelet has two flowers, the lower staminate, the upper perfect. The lemma of the lower staminate flower is oval, and three- to four-nerved; the palet is small, sometimes entirely lacking, the stamens three in number, and lodicules absent. The staminate flower in the spikelet often has both palet and stamens lacking, and in some instances the spikelet has but one flower, the staminate one being entirely lacking. In some few instances, spikelets contain two perfect flowers. The lemma of the fertile flower is oval pointed, and five- to six-nerved; the palet is oval, rounded above, pointed, and thin-membranous; lodicules are absent; there are three stamens; the ovary is obovate, smooth and with two style branches. Pollination.—Pearl millet is regularly cross-pollinated. The flowers near the middle of the inflorescence are the first to open. The stigmas of perfect flowers first appear between theMILLET 207 closed glumes, then the stamens, which are in turn followed by the appearance of staminate flowers. Mature Gram.—The kernel is 3 to 4 millimeters long, reaching the length of the glumes, obovate, somewhat flattened on the sides, and smooth. One layer of aleurone cells is present. Fig. 87.—Millets, i, Common; 2, Hungarian; 3, Siberian; 4, Golden Wonder; 5, Japanese Barnyard; 6, German; 7, Pearl. The kernel is easily separated, as a rule, from the lemma and palet. Varieties.—There is considerable variation in length and thickness of the inflorescence, color of inflorescence, and color of grain. No varietal classification has been made. Pearl millet is sometimes sold under the name of “Pencilaria” (Penicillaria) or Mand’s Wonder Forage Plant. There are many common names for Pearl millet, some of which are cattail millet, African millet, Indian millet, Egyptian millet, horse millet, and Japan millet.208 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Origin.—The wild form from which pearl millet has come is unknown. It is probable that tropical Africa is its native home. PANICUM MILIACEUM (Proso, Hog or Broom-corn Millet) Stem.—The plants are erect, sometimes decumbent at the base, and often reach a height of 3 to 3^ feet. Branches frequently arise from the basal nodes, and they may bear inflorescences. The culms are cylindrical, and rough-hairy or smooth below the nodes. Leaf. (Fig. 88).—The leaf sheaths are open. They are covered with very small protuberances (papillae) from each of which arises a stiff hair; at the sheath nodes the hairs are shorter and not mounted upon papillae. The ligule is short, thick, and fimbriated, and the auricles are lacking. The leaf blade is linear lanceolate, and hairy, especially upon the upper surface. Inflorescence.—This is a rather dense panicle (Fig. 89), 4 to 10 inches long; the erect or ascending branches are somewhat angles and rough with short hairs that point forwards. In some varieties, the branches of the panicle spread to all sides, in others they are more or less compressed and one-sided, while in a few varieties, the panicle is much compressed, thick, and erect. Spikelet and Flower.—The spikelets are oval in shape and 4/,/2 to s mm. long. The lowermost glume is broad, pointed, five- to seven-nerved, and about one-half the length of the spikelet; the second glumeis the length of the spikelet and bears 13 nerves. Within the second (longer) glume is the lemma of a sterile flower; this lemma is slightly shorter than the glume Fig. 88.—Leaf of proso millet (Panicum milia-cecum). X 2.MILLET 209 surrounding it, and encloses a very small palet. Above this sterile flower, is a perfect one. The lemma of this is parchmentlike, broad, and seven-nerved; it encloses the three-nerved palet. The two lodicules are fleshy, smooth, and somewhat Pig. 89.—Inflorescence of proso millet (Panicum miliaceum). broader than long. Stamens are three in number. There are two plumose style branches. Pollination.—This millet is quite regularly cross-pollinated; however, self-pollination is not excluded. Mature Grain.—The kernel is firmly surrounded by the indurated, shining lemma and palet. The whole grain measures about 3 millimeters in length and 2 millimeters in width. The kernel itself is broadly oval, smooth, white, and does not possess210 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS a groove or furrow as does wheat. The position of the embryo is indicated by a shallow broad marking about one-half the length of the kernel. The wall of the kernel is thin. There is one row of small, flat aleurone cells surrounding the starchy endosperm. Varieties.—Koernicke recognizes three main types of broom-corn millet. These are as follows: 1. Panicum miliaceum ejjusum.—-Panicle broad, the branches spreading to all sides. 2. Panicum miliaceum contractum.—Panicle less spreading than preceding, one-sided. 3. Panicum miliaceum comp actum.—-Panicle compact, thick, and erect. Origin.—The native home of Panicum miliaceum is not known. The plant has been cultivated in Europe and Asia from the earliest times. CH^TOCHLOA ITALICA (Foxtail Millets) Stem.—The plants are erect and from 2 to 5 feet tall. The culms are cylindrical; they may branch near the base, but such branches seldom produce flowers and fruit. Leaf.-—The leaf sheaths are open, and smooth or hairy. The ligule is short, thick, and fimbriated; auricles%are absent. The leaf blades are long, broad, and taper to a sharp point. Inflorescence.—The spikes (Fig. 87) are 4 to 9 inches long, and 3^2 to 2 inches thick. The chief axis of the inflorescence and the short side branches are hairy. On the short lateral branches, there occur bristles (Fig. 90) subtending the spikelets. These bristles bear short hairs that point forward. There is evidence that they are abortive branches. It has been noted that varieties apparently without bristles, occasionally bear spikelets with bristles. Spikelets and Flower.—The spikelets are elliptical, and usually shorter than the bristles, which subtend them. Each spikelet (Fig. 91) has two flowers, the lower sterile, the upperMILLET 211 with both stamens and pistil. The lowermost glume is oval, pointed, three-nerved, and about one-third the length of the spikelet. The second glume is five-nerved, and slightly shorter than the spikelet; it surrounds the lemma of the sterile flower. The lemma of the fertile flower is broad-oval, and five-nerved; the palet is about the same length as its lemma. Both lemma and palet of the fertile flower are smooth, shining, hardened structures. The lodicules are fleshy. There are three stamens. The ovary is long-oval and smooth; its style has two long branches, with the rudiment of a third. Pollination. — Cross-pollination is the rule; self-pollination occasionally occurs. Mature Grain (Fig. 92).— The lemma and palet enclose the mature kernel. The grain is oval, shining, 2 to 2% millimeters long and i34 to millimeters wide. The kernel is broad-oval, smooth, and white; it does not have a groove or furrow. The position of the embryo is indicated by a mark which is about one-half the length of the kernel. The pericarp is thin. There is a single row of small, flat cells in the aleurone layer. Types and Varieties of Foxtail Millet— Koernicke recognizes two main groups of cultivated millets belonging to the species Chcetochloa italica: Fig. 90.—Spikelet of foxtail millet (Chaetochloa italica). X 15.212 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS i. Chcetochloa italica maximum.—Heads long, open, and drooping. This group has two subdivisions: (i) varieties with Fig. 91.—Dissected spikelet of common millet (Chaetochloa italica). X 10. Fig. 92.—A, grain of foxtail millet (Chaetochloa italica) with lemma and palet attached; B, grain of same, embryo side with “hull” removed; C, grain of same, side opposite the embryo; D and E, grains of pearl millet (Pennisetum spicatum). X 10. short bristles, and (2) varieties with long bristles. Here would be included Aino millet, German millet, Golden Wonder millet, and Siberian millet.MILLET 213 2. Chwtochloa, italica moharium.—Heads short* thick, erect, or drooping but very slightly. This group also has two subdivisions: short-bristle and long-bristle varieties. Here belongs Hungarian millet. Key to Principal Types oe Foxtail Millets (Celetochloa italica)1 Heads small, uniform, compact, seeds yellowish to black with usually a large percentage very dark; bears brown or purple, Hungarian Millet. Heads large, more or less open; seeds more or less bunched. Heads long, slender, very open, lax, drooping; seed groups very distinct, Aino Millet. Heads shorter and plumper, bushy, erect or slightly drooping; seed groups indistinct. Seeds yellow. Profusely bearded; medium large heads. Heads large, seeds small, seed groups more distinct, German Millet. Heads small, seeds large, seed groups less distinct, Common Millet. Sparingly bearded; heads very large, Golden Wonder Millet. Seeds red or pink/ Siberian Millet. Origin of Foxtail Millet.—The stem form of the foxtail millets is Ch&tochloa viridis, the green foxtail. It differs from the cultivated forms in that its fruit falls from the infloresence when mature. Chcetochloa viridis is a native of the Old World. It is now found in waste places in North America from Texas to Quebec. ECHINOCHLOA CRUSGALLI (Barnyard Grass or Barnyard Millet) Habit, Stems, Leaves.—This grass is an annual, 2 to 4 feet tall; the culms often branch at the base. The leaves are ^ to 2 feet long, 34 to 1 inch wide, and have smooth, glabrous sheaths and smooth or scabrous blades. Inflorescence, Spikelet, Flowers, and Fruit.—The inflorescence is a panicle made up from five to fifteen sessile, erect or ascending branches; the lower branches may be spreading or reflexed. The spikelets are ovate, green or purple, and densely crowded in two to four rows on one side of the rachis. Each spikelet has two flowers: a lower staminate, and an upper 1 After Frear.214 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS perfect. Within the two empty glumes is the lemma of the staminate flower; then follow the lemma and palet of the perfect flower, both of which are hard and parchment-like in texture. The lemma of the staminate flower is awned, that of the perfect flower abruptly pointed. There are three stamens, and two pulmose stigmas. The kernel is firmly surrounded by the hardened lemma and palet. Distribution.—Barnyard grass is a native of Europe. It is now widely distributed as a weed in cultivated soil and in waste places. ECHINOCHLOA FRUMENTACEA (Japanese Barnyard Millet) In general characters, Japanese barnyard millet corresponds very closely to common barnyard millet, except that in the main, it has a more nearly erect habit, more turgid seeds, is awnless, or has very short awns, and is brown or purplish in color. It is known as Sanwa millet in India, and “billion-dollar grass” in the United States. It probably originated from common barnyard millet {E. crusgalli). Environmental Relations.—The millets require environmental conditions similar to those favoring sorghums. They are sensitive to cold, and hence must be planted after all danger from frost is over. The water requirement of millets, as a group, is less than that of sorghums. Hence they are among our most drought-resistant crops, and on this account, have been cultivated extensively on the Great Plains, from Kansas to Dakota. Uses of Millets.—The millets are grown as a hay crop, for pasturage purposes, and for the seeds, which are most commonly fed to poultry. Millet is a quick-growing crop, and is ready to cut for hay in from six to ten weeks after seeding. The foxtail millets are more valuable for hay than the proso group. The latter is most frequently grown for the grain. References Ball, Carleton, R.: Pearl millet (Pennisetum spicatum). U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 168: 1-16, 1903.CHAPTER XIX PHLEUM PRATENSE (Timothy) Habits.—Common timothy is a plant ranging in height from i}i to 5 feet. Evans describes the timothy “plant” as being “composed of all of the growing shoots which have developed either from a seed or from the detached vegetative part of another plant. In a plant several years old there may be a number of closely associated shoots or groups of shoots which have no vital connection with one another, but which, nevertheless, represent branches which have originated from the same primary shoot.” Timothy is not a perennial in the same sense that a tree is perennial. In timothy each season new stems, with new roots, develop from buds. These new buds arise at or near the base of the shoots after these have matured seed. Root.—There is usually but one seminal root on the timothy seedling. Subsequent roots arise chiefly from nodes of the proaxis. The root system of timothy is shallow, seldom extending to a depth greater than 3 feet. The roots are not perennial; their period of growth may be restricted to one season or more commonlv it extends Fig. 93.—Diagrammatic drawing of a timothy shoot bearing a head. The relative positions of the parts composing the stem or axis are indicated. A to B, proaxis; B to C, haplocorm; C to D, culm; D to E, rachis. (Courtesy of Morgan TV. Evans, U.S.D.A. Bulletin #1450.)2l6 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS through part of one season and through part of all of the following season. Stems.—As in most grasses, there are two sorts of shoots in timothy: those that produce an inflorescence and those that Fig. 94.—The proaxix (D to E) of a branch shoot which developed several months earlier from a bud in the upper part of the proaxis (A to B) of the primary shoot. Haplocorm of primary shoot extends from B to C; that of lateral shoot not yet developed. Several buds (B on proaxis of the primary shoot which did not develop. Terminal bud of lateral shown at E. (Courtesy of Morgan W. Evans, U.S.D.A. Bulletin #1450.) are sterile. The stem of the sterile shoot is shorter and slenderer than that of the fertile shoot; also it may continue its growth longer during the late summer and fall, and the number of elongated internodes and leaves becomes larger. There arePHLETJM PRATENSE (TIMOTHY) 217 a number of factors which affect the relative number and proportion of each kind of shoot. Chief of these factors are: age of the meadow, available space in which the plants may develop, quality of the soil, and variety. Figure 94 shows diagrammatically the gross structure of a fertile shoot. The proaxis, that part of the stem below the first elongated internode, is usually composed of 10 to 15 or more nodes and short internodes bearing a leaf at each node. These leaves become dry by the time the inflorescence is developed. The entire proaxis is but a fraction of an inch long. Roots develop from the nodes of the proaxis. Just above the proaxis is the haplocorm, a bulb-like or corn-like swollen portion of the axis, composed from one to three swollen internodes. The haplocorm is a solid structure which develops on practically all timothy shoots which become elongated at the normal time during late spring. The haplocorm is not essential to vegetative reproduction of timothy, although it may serve in part as a food reserve. The number of elongated internodes in a fertile shoot varies from five to eight. Sterile shoots are relatively much shorter than fertile ones. But they have a greater number of elongated internodes and leaves than fertile shoots. The growth of fertile shoots may continue until it is checked by cold weather. Under proper conditions the tips of sterile shoots, covered with soil, will take root, thus bringing about vegetative reproduction. A fertile shoot may develop vegetatively from a sterile shoot, or vice versa. Leaf.—The leaves are flat, and three to eight per stem; the upper sheaths are long, usually exceeding the internodes, and slightly inflated; the ligule is rounded. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The inflorescence is cylindrical and spicate; although it is often called a spike, it is in reality a contracted panicle. The spikelets are one-flowered. Each spikelet is subtended by two membranous, compressed glumes which aie ciliate on the margins (Fig. 95), truncate at the tip and aT.,^ed; the lemma is much shorter and broader than the2l8 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS glumes, thin, truncate, and finely toothed at the apex; the palet is narrow and thin. Stamens and three in number. There are two distinct styles with plumose stigmas. The whole process of blooming and dehiscence of anthers takes place in about one and one-half hours. In blooming, the anthers are the first to emerge, but the anthers of any flower do not shed their pollen until the stigmas of that flower have been exposed for some time. It has been observed that the number of days Fig. 95.—Timothy (Phleum pratense). A, single spikelet; B, spikelet with glumes removed; C, pistil. the individual heads remain in bloom varies from six to sixteen. The upper third of the head blooms first. The time of blooming is from about midnight until about sunrise. The egg-shaped grain is enclosed by the lemma and palet. Timothy is usually cross-pollinated, although the flowers are not wholly self-sterile. It is customary to cut timothy while it is in bloom or just past bloom, for at this time the yield of dry matter is greater than at any other stage of maturity. This is due to the loss of leaves and the movement of food materials to the roots which follow the blooming period. Germination and the Seedling.—Under natural conditions a large proportion of the seeds germinate during late summer,PHLEUM PRATENSE (TIMOTHY) 219 the plants continuing growth the following season, the midsummer of which the plant flowers and matures seed. The root sheath or coleorhiza is the first embryo structure to expand, and this is followed by the plumule enclosed in the coleoptile. Then the primary seminal root breaks through the root sheath. As a rule there is but one seminal root, although there is some-times a second. Adventitious roots soon develop from the nodes at the base of the primary shoot. The mesocotyl varies in length with the depth of sowing. Figure 96 shows a timothy seedling as it appears several days following germination. Environmental Relations.— Timothy thrives best in a moist and cool climate; it is not grown south of the 36o latitude, except at high elevations. It is unable to endure hot, dry summers, such as exist in the Great Plains and intermountain areas. It is an important crop at high altitudes in the Rocky Closely Related Species.—There are about 10 species of Phleum occurring in the Temperate Zones of both hemispheres. Phleum pratense L.} is a native of northern Asia and Europe, but now grows wild throughout the humid sections of southern Canada and northern United States. Mountain timothy {Phleum alpinum L., a native of North America,) is common in meadows from Labrador to Alaska, in the mountains of both the East and the West, also Europe, Asia, and temperate South America. The inflorescences are much shorter than those of common timothy, the awn is about one-half the length of the outer glume, and the upper leaf sheath is inflated. Mountains, where it is usually mixed with Alsike clover. Fig. 96.—Timothy seedling (enlarged) : A to E, seminal root or of Morgan W. Evans, U.S.D.A. Bulletin #1450.) is present.220 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS References Clark, Charles F.: Variation and Correlation in Timothy. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 279: 1-350, 1910. Observations on the Blooming of Timothy. Plant World, 14: 131-136, 1911. Evans, Morgan, W.: The Flowering Habits of Timothy. Amer. Jour. Agr. 8: 299-309, 1916. The Life History of Timothy. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 1450: 1-55, 1927. Oakley, R. A., and Evans, Morgan, W.: Rooting Stems in Timothy. Jour. Agr. Res., 21: 173-178, 1921. Webber, H. J.: The Production of New and Improved Varieties of Timothy U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 313: 339-381, 1912.CHAPTER XX SACCHARUM OFFICINARUM (Sugar Cane) Sugar cane is a tall, perennial plant, resembling corn and the sorghums in general habit. The root system is fibrous and rather shallow. Stems.—The stem is of the usual grass type—divided into a number of joints. The cylindrical, solid culm is 8 to 15 feet high, and 1 to 2 inches in diameter. There are sometimes as many as 60 to 80 nodes. The jointed stem is prolonged into the ground, and the roots arise from the lowermost nodes. This stem arises from the rootstock of the previous year, or, under artificial conditions, from the planted portion of a cane. The buds are found, as usual, in the leaf axils. They are better developed in the lower leaf axils than in the upper. Around the culm, at the bud, are several rows of “dots;” roots arise from these dots when the cane is planted, or when in any way it is brought into contact with the soil. Sugar cane “suckers” readily. The plant is propagated commercially entirely from stems. The whole stalk may be used or only the lower parts of the stools, the so-called “ratoons.” Leaves.—There is a single, broad, clasping leaf at each node. Inflorescence, Flowers, Fruit.—The inflorescence is a loose panicle, 1 foot or more in length, with numerous branches. The spikelets are arranged in a racemose fashion on slender branches. They occur in pairs, one of which is pedicellate, the other sessile. There are two glumes at the base of the spikelet. Each spikelet is two-flowered; the lower one is sterile and consists of a palet; the upper is fertile and has a lemma and palet, two minute lodicules, one to three stamens, and a single ovary with two stigmas. There is a tuft of long, silky hairs at the base of each spikelet. The grain is small, silky, and of low vitality. 221222 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Mature grains are seldom produced in cultivated plants and pollen is often infertile. However, sugar cane has been successfully propagated by seed, and cross-pollination has been accomplished. Fig. 97.—Mill where sugar cane is crushed. {From Essentials of Geography, Second Book. Copyright, 1916, by Albert Perry Brigham and Charles T. McFar-lane. American Book Company, Publishers.) Geographical.—Saccharum officinarum is a native of the tropics. It is now grown as a crop through our Southern States and in many other warm regions. It is not a success north of the latitude of 330. The roots are unable to stand a temperature much lower than is°F. Sugar from Sugar Cane.—The canes, stripped of their leaves, are first shredded by revolving spiked cylinders, and then passed between three different sets of rollers, which crush out the juice. About 75 per cent, of the juice is pressed out by the first set of rollers. Between the first and second set ofSACCHARUM OEFICINARUM (SUGAR CANE) 223 rollers, the canes are sprayed with the heated juice from the third set. About io per cent, of the total amount of juice is removed by the second set of rollers. Before reaching the last set of rollers, the crushed material is sprayed with hot water; in this process about 5 per cent, of the total juice is removed. The crushed canes, known as “bagasse/’ are utilized as a fuel to run the mill. The juice that flows from the rollers is turbid, due to the impurities which it contains. It is strained, and then milk of lime is added. The limed juice is heated with steam. The impurities unite with the lime, and appear as scum on top or as a sediment at the bottom of the purified juice. The clear juice is run into vacuum evaporators, where it is concentrated to the desired point. The concentrated juice is then pumped into tanks, where crystallization is brought about. The grain of the sugar is under the control of the one who has the crystallizing pans in charge. A high temperature in the vacuum pans favors the formation of hardgrained sugar; while a low temperature and high vacuum produce a “soft sugar.” The mixture of molasses and sugar crystals is termed “massecuite.” They are separated by centrifugal action. The sugar crystals are then dried, and packed for shipment. By-products of Manufacture.—Cane molasses from the manufacture of white and high-grade yellow sugars is used for baking purposes and as a table syrup. Poorer grades are employed in rum and alcohol manufacture, and in stock feeding. Mention has been made of the fact that the stalks from which the juice has been removed are used as a fuel to run the mill. The refuse that accumulates in the purification process is used as a fertilizer. It is rich in phosphorus and potash. References Cowgill, H. B.: Cross-pollination of Sugar Cane. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron , 10:302-306, 1918. Hines, C. W.: A Study of the Root System of the Sugar Cane and Its Application to the Production of Ratoon Crops. The Philippine Agr Rev., 10: 151-161, 1917.CHAPTER XXI LILIACEÆ (Lily Family) Representatives of the lily family are found all over the world, although they are best developed in drier parts of the temperate zone. The family is by no means of as great economic importance as the grass family. A number of representatives are cultivated as vegetables, the principal ones being onions and asparagus. Yucca, lily (Lilium), hyacinth and tulip are chief among those cultivated as ornamentals. Habit, Roots.—Most members of the family are fleshy herbs from bulbs or rhizomes. Some species of Aloe and Dracœna, however, are shrubs or small trees. In herbaceous forms, the roots are mostly fibrous and shallow, sometimes fleshy and extending to considerable depths in the soil. Stems.—Both underground and aerial stems are borne. Underground stems in the family are either rhizomes or bulbs. The character of rhizomes has been described (page 28). Bulbs are fleshy stems with a very short, usually conical stem upon which are many fleshy, overlapping leaves (Fig. 16). Bulbs, like rootstocks or rhizomes, are storage organs. They are made use of in vegetative propagation. The aerial stems may be leafy or free of leaves for a long distance. In Yucca— the soapweed or Spanish bayonet—of the semi-arid sections of the country, the base of the aerial stem is persistent from year to year. Leaves.—The leaves are mostly linear, seldom divided or toothed, and not divided into petiole and blade. Inflorescence and Flowers.—There are a number of different types of inflorescences in the family. The flowers are often single or solitary, as in the lilies; or racemose, as in the soapweed and hyacinths; or umbellate, as in onion. TheLILIACEÆ (LILY FAMILY) 225 umbellate or umbel-like type of inflorescence consists of many flower stalks of about equal length arising near together on the Outer whorl of stamens Fig. 98.—Method of flower opening and anther dehiscence in the onion. A, flower bud just before anthesis. B, perianth expanding and inner whorl of stamens elongating. C, just before dehiscence of inner whorl of stamens. D, inner whorl of stamens has dehisced and the outer whorl has elongated. E, both whorls of stamens have dehisced. {From, Jones & Rosa’s “ Truck Crop Plants Courtesy of McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.) stem; the outside flowers open first, the inside last, that is, the order of opening is centripetal. This is the order of opening in all racemose types of inflorescences. The perianth consists of226 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS six separate segments, in two whorls of three each, which are very similar in size, shape and color. The stamens are attached to the receptacle or to the perianth. The anthers are usually large and conspicuous. The superior ovary is three-celled, has one style and a three-lobed stigma. Fruit and Seeds.—The fruit is a capsule or berry. The capsule is a dry, splitting (dehiscent) fruit with several united carpels. When the carpels split down the middle line as they do in lilies, the dehiscence is said to be loculicidal. It is distinguished from septicidal dehiscence of capsules, in which the carpels open along the line of their union, as in rhododendron, and from poricidal dehiscence in which the carpels open by pores, as in the poppy. The berry is a fleshy fruit possessing several to many seeds which are more or less imbedded in the fleshy ovary wall (pericarp). The seeds always possess abundant endosperm, which encloses embryo. Considerable quantities of oil occur in the endosperm. ALLIUM To this genus belong chives, garlic, leek, onion, shallot and Welsh onion. They are herbs with a characteristic alliaceous odor, which is due to the presence of allyl sulphide. Roots.—The root system is fibrous and very shallow. The roots arise from the reduced stem, forming a fibrous tuft. Stems.—With but few exceptions, species of the genus Allium bear bulbs. In chives (.Allium scheenoprasum), the bulbs are very small (Fig. 99), and in Welsh onion (.Allium fistulosum) and leek (.Allium porrum), they are nearly always absent (Figs. 99 and 100). In the common onion (.Allium cepa), they are large and well developed. Examination of the mature bulb of the common onion shows it to be made up of the much thickened bases of leaves, attached to a comparatively small, conical stem (Fig. 16). This is best seen in a median, longitudinal section. From a terminal bud on this small, underground stem, there is sent up a long hollow or solid, leaflessLILIACEiE (LILY FAMILY) 227 stem (Fig. 101) (scape) bearing an inflorescence at the top, which in this case is an umbel. Lateral buds are sometimes borne in the axils of the leaves, and these may also, develop into flower shoots. Fig. 99.—A, Welsh onion (Allium fistulosum); B, chive (Allium schcenoprasum). Leaf.—The first foliage leaf emerges from a slit in the cotyledon. All leaves are very thick and fleshy, and overlapping. There is no petiole. The oldest leaves are on the228 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS outside of the bulb, while the younger appear toward the inside. In a longitudinal section of the bulb, it will be noted that these younger leaves, coming from within, are higher on the compressed stem than the older (Fig. 16). The edible portion of the common onion, and of some other species, is the fleshy bases of leaves. In some species, as leek and shallot, the leaves are used as a seasoning in food. The leaves may be either flat or cylindrical (terete), and are sometimes hollow. Onions have been known to bear buds (epiphyllous buds) on their leaves. Fig. ioo.—Leek (Allium porrum). Inflorescence (Fig. 102).—The numerous flowers are in simple, terminal umbels. The umbel is subtended by a spathe, consisting of two (rarely three) papery bracts. The spathe encloses the entire umbel in the bud. The pedicels are long and slender. There is great variation in the number of flowers in an individual umbel: there may be fewer than a hundred and as many as a thousand. One would expect that in the umbellate type of inflorescence (indeterminate type) the oldest flowers would be at the base and the youngest at the top of the floralLILIACEiE (LILY TAMILy) 229 axis. However, in the onion, adjacent flowers may be in quite different stages of development; young ones may occur at the base, and the old ones at the top. Flower.—The flowers (Fig. 98) are regular and perfect. The perianth consists of six distinct segments which are very similar as to size, shape and color. The six stamens are inserted Fig. ioi.—A, base of stem of common onion (Allium cepa) showing hollow leaves cut across; B, cross-section of hollow stem of same; C; base of stem of leek (Allium porrum) showing flattened solid leaves; D, cross-section of solid stem of same. on the bases of the perianth segments. Alternate filaments are usually dilated at the base, and the anthers are oblong, and opening inward (dehiscing inward). The single, superior ovary is imperfectly three-loculed and bears a single filiform style, which may be more or less indistinctly three-cleft at the apex. There is no resting stage in the flower buds of onion, as230 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS in most woody flowering plants, but the floral axis gives rise to flower primordia shortly after the mother bulb starts active growth in the spring of the year. Pollination.—Species of Allium are insect pollinated. The anthers of the flower usually mature before the stigma, although the reverse is sometimes the case. The inner circle of stamens Fig. 102.—Umbel of onion (Allium cepa). is the first to shed pollen. The style does not attain its maximum length, and the stigma does not become receptive until several days after, anthesis. It is of interest to note that the anthers of any whorl do not open simultaneously, but rather in succession, the interval depending upon the temperature and relative humidity. Since the onion is largely insect pollinated, when bulbs of different varieties are planted for seed production, these varieties should be quite a distance apart. Fruit.—This is a three-celled, membranaceous capsule with loculicidal dehiscence. Two seeds, black in color, are usually borne in each locule of the capsule. The seeds (Fig. 103)LILIACEÆ (LILY FAMILY) 231 are convex on one side and almost flat on the other, and possess a large quantity of oil stored in the copious endosperm. The embryo is cylindrical and curved. Germination of Seed, and the Seedling.—At the beginning of germination, the primary root is forced out by the growth of Fig. 103.—Germination and growth of onion seedling (Redrawn from Anderson). {From Jones & Rosa's “Truck Crop Plants” Courtesy of McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.) the curved end of the embryo (Fig. 103). The curved end of the embryo, the cotyledon, comes out of the ground in the form of a closed loop. The tip of the cotyledon remains attached to the endosperm and seed coat. When the soil is loose, the endosperm and seed coat may be pulled from the ground, but in232 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS case it is compact, they remain beneath the ground. The cotyledon absorbs nourishment from the endosperm. When this is used up, the cotyledon tip withers and becomes detached from the seed coat. At the base of the cotyledon, where it joins the hypocotyl, there early appears a longitudinal slit; Fig. 104.—A, B, side and top view of almost mature ovary of onion. C, dehisced capsule with seed. D, dehisced capsule with seed shed. {From Jones & Rosa’s “ Truck Crop Plants,” Courtesy of McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.) through this, the first foliage leaf emerges. The cotyledon later disappears entirely. Geographical.—There are about 250 species of the genus Allium, the majority of which occur in boreal America, Mexico and northern Europe. A number are also found in Abyssinia and extratropical Asia. The cultivated onions require cool,LILIACEiE (LILY FAMILY) 233 moist weather during the early stages of their development, but ripen better if the weather is drier. Key to Principal Cultivated Species of Genus Allium Leaves flat and solid (Fig. 101). Leaves keeled, very narrow, Allium sativum (garlic). Leaves keeled, very broad, Allium porrum (leek). Leaves cylindrical and hollow (Fig. 101). Plants forming a dense clump with very small bulbs, Allium schcenoprasum (cive or chives). Plants not forming dense clumps; bulbs of considerable size. Leaves short, awl-shaped; bulbs in clusters (Fig. 99), Allium ascolonicum (shallot). Leaves long, rather broad; bulbs not in clusters. Bulbs very distinct, generally large (Fig. 16), Allium cepa (common onion). Bulbs not distinct, usually a mere swelling at base of plant (Fig. 99). Allium fistulosum, (Welsh onion, ciboule). ALLIUM SATIVUM (Garlic) Garlic is a perennial herb, the root system of which resembles that of onion. The bulbs are composed of several small, elongated, egg-shaped bulbils, called “ cloves,” all of which are enclosed by a whitish skin (Fig. 105). There are often as many as ten or more bulbils in a single bulb. The scape is from 1 to 2 feet high, round, and possesses alternate, broad-linear, solid flat leaves. The spherical umbels bear many bulblets among the small, long-stemmed flowers. Seeds and bulblets are borne in the same head. In propagation, the cloves are used more commonly than seeds. Garlic is a native of southern Europe. Both the cloves and leaves are used in seasoning salads and soups. ALLIUM PORRUM (Leek) Leek is a very robust biennial plant. The root system of a mature plant may have from 50 to 100 or more main roots, many of which may extend to a depth of 14 to 21 inches. The root system of leek spreads more widely than that of onion. The234 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS bulbs are small. The tall scape is solid and bears broad, solid, keeled leaves (Fig. ioi). Leek is a native of the Mediterranean region. The edible portions of the plant are the bases of stems and leaves. The stems are blanched and eaten the same as asparagus or as common onions. The leaves are used to season soups, salads and stews. Important varieties are Large American Flag, Musselburgh, Large Rouen and Monstrous Caratan. ALLIUM SCH ŒNOPRASUM (Chives or Cives) Chives (Fig. 99) are hardy perennials bearing small, white, narrowly ovoid, clustered bulbs with membranous coats. The scape is stout and up to 2 feet high. The leaves are linear, terete, and hollow, 7 or 8 inches in length and borne in dense tufts. The rose-colored flowers are in dense, globular umbels. Although the plant flowers profusely, it seldom produces seeds. It is propagated by division of the tufts of bulbs. Chives are natives of Europe, Asia and North America. In this country, they grow wild from New Brunswick to Alaska, south to Maine, northern New York, Michigan, Wyoming and Washington. The young leaves are used in the seasoning of soups, omelets, and stews. The plants are also used, ornamentally, in garden borders. Fig 105.—Bulb of garlic (Allium sativum). X ALLIUM ASCOLONICUM Shallot) This is a perennial herb with small, oblong-pointed bulbs about 1 inch in diameter and 2 inches long (Fig. 106). The bulbs are borne in clusters, but unlike garlic, are not surrounded by aLILIACE^E (LILY FAMILY) 235 thin membrane. The leaves are short, cylindrical and hollow. The compact umbels bear lilac or reddish flowers. ALLIUM FISTULOSUM (Welsh Onion or Ciboule) This is an annual or biennial with long, fibrous roots. No bulbs are produced, mere swellings occurring at the base of the plant (Fig. 99). The leaves are long, rather broad and hollow. It seeds well. The plant has been found wild about the Altai Mountains and Lake Baical in Siberia. It is not known how the plant got its name “ Welsh Onion.” The leaves are used as a seasoning in stews, soups and salads. ALLIUM CEPA (Onion) Description.—The common onion is a biennial with large bulbs, that are usually single. The scape is 2 to 3 feet tall,236 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS smooth, and somewhat enlarged near the middle. The leaves, are long, broad, cylindrical and hollow (Fig. 101). History.—The common onion is at present not found in a wild state. Its cultivation dates back to the earliest times in the history of India, Egypt, and China. It was used by Egyptians as a sacrificial offering. By 1390, the onion was Fig. 107.—Top onions. quite extensively used in Europe. The earliest colonists brought the onion with them to America. Types of Onions.—The varieties of common onions differ quite widely as to manner of propagation, quality, shape, color and size of bulbs, and time of maturity. L. H. Bailey proposes a classification as follows: 1. Propagated by division (Allium cepa var. multiplicans). Potato onions. Multipliers. 2. Propagated by inflorescence bulblets or “tops” (Fig. 107) (.Allium cepa var. bulb el lifer a). Top onions. Tree onions. Egyptian onions.LILIACEiE (lily family) 237 3. Propagated by seeds {Allium cepa). (These are also propagated by “sets,” which are small bulbs grown from seed and arrested in their development.) Skin of mature bulb silvery white. 1. Globe onions (Southport White Globe) (Fig. 108). 2. Flat onions (Fig. 108). (a) Bulbs large (White Italian Tripoli, White Bermuda. (b) Bulbs small (Queen). Skin of mature bulb colored. 1. Globe onions (Southport Yellow Globe, Southport Red Globe, Yellow Globe Danvers). 2. Flat Onions. (а) Bulbs deep and distinctly red (Red Wethersfield, Red Bermuda). (б) Bulbs indifferent in color, light red (California Early Red), yellowish or straw-colored (White Bermuda). Fig. 108.—Two common types of onions based upon shape of bulb. A, globe type; B, flat type. The “multiplier” onions have compound bulbs (Fig. 109), copper-yellow in color, with rather thick skin and mild flavor. When large bulbs are planted, they segregate into a number of bulbs, and each produces six to twelve stalks. The potato onion is a hardy “multiplier,” sometimes called English multiplier. The principal use of the “multiplier” group is in the production of “bunchers” for the early market. There are both white and yellow “multipliers.” In “top” “tree” and “Egyptian” onions, clusters of bulblete are produced at the top of the scape. Some primordia develop into flowers and others into bulblets. In some cases, all the238 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS primordia may develop into bulblets, and again, almost all may develop into flowers, some of which may produce fertile seed. Bulblets may be produced in separate clusters one above the other on the same stalk. They may germinate while still attached to the inflorescence. It is not clearly known what is the cause of bulblet formation in the inflorescence. Egyptian onions are often called “perennial tree onions.” They are valued for fall planting in the North to produce early spring “bunchers.” They are a hardy type. Fig. 109.—Cross-section of a multiplier onion bulb. (After Bailey.) Foreign and Domestic Onions.—There is a rather sharp distinction between “foreign” and “domestic” types of onions. The foreign types include Bermuda, Spanish and Italian onions. As compared with American types, they are larger, less hardy, the flesh is more tender and mild, but they do not keep as well. Seed of the Bermuda onion is produced successfully only in Teneriffe, one of the Canary Islands, off the west coast of Africa. Attempts to grow seed in the United States have given comparatively poor results. The Prizetaker is our best example of a Spanish onion. Important varieties of Italian onions are the Barletta, White Italian Tripoli, White Rocco, and Giant Gibraltar. There are numerous varieties of American onions, well-known ones being as follows: Red Wethersfield, Southport Globe (white, yellow and red), Danvers, White Portugal, Silver-skin and Strasburg. ‘LILIACEiE (LILY FAMILY) 239 Composition of Onions.—Different varieties of onions vary as to flavor and composition. The foreign types are milder than American types. The flavor is usually more pronounced in bulbs than in leaves or other parts of the plant. The flavor and odor of onions is due to an oil-like organic compound of sulphur, allyl sulphide. The compound is volatile to a high degree, and is broken down by heat; consequently the onion is milder when cooked than when raw. As a rule, white varieties are milder than yellow and red kinds, although there are exceptions to this. Uses of Onions.—Onions are most commonly used as a vegetable, but in many instances for flavoring purposes. White varieties such as Queen and Silverskin are often used for pickling. The Egyptian (perennial tree onion) and multipliers are valued for the production of bunchers. It is considered that the allyl sulphide in onions stimulates the flow of digestive juices and hence they are often recommended for those having a tendency to constipation. Again, on account of the small amount of starch and sugar they contain, onions are made a part of the diet of invalids who are not allowed starchy foods. ASPARAGUS Generic Description.—Members of the genus Asparagus are all perennial plants with rather fleshy roots and short rootstocks. From the latter, rise branching aerial stems, which are sometimes annual, as in the common edible asparagus (A. officinalis), or perennial as in A. laricinus, one of the ornamental asparagi. The stems are erect or climbing, in some instances (A. falcatus) reaching a distance of 2 5 feet or more. The small leaf-like structures along the stem, the so-called “leaves,.” are in reality modified stems (cladophylls) (Fig. no). They may be slender, as in common asparagus, or broad, as in Smilax. They are arranged in clusters or whorls in the axils of the true leaves. The true leaves (Fig. no) are scales or spines, usually very small. They subtend the branches. The flowers are solitary, in small umbels or racemes and arise in the axils240 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS of the scales or fascicles of cladophylls. Each flower is mounted on a very slender jointed pedicel. The perianth consists of six similar segments which are separate or slightly united at the base. They are persistent in the fruit. Stamens are six in number and inserted at the bases of the perianth segments; the Fig. iio.—Garden asparagus (Asparagus officinalis). A, pistillate flower; B, staminate flower; C, mature fruit; D, section of fruit; E and F, portions of the plant showing method of branching, position of flowers and leaves. filaments are distinct and filiform, and the anthers are ovate or oblong, with introrse dehiscence. The superior ovary is sessile, three-lobed, with a short, slender style and three short, recurved stigmas. The fruit (Fig. no) is a globose berry with two seeds (sometimes more), in each of the three locules. The seeds are subglobose, often dark in color. The embryo is cylindrical. Economic Importance of Genus.—The genus Asparagus contains about 150 species distributed throughout temperateLILIACEiE (LILY TAMILy) 241 and tropical parts of the Old World. There are numerous ornamental species, the most common being Asparagus medeo-loides (smilax), A. plumosus (the plumy asparagus), a climbing plant used for decorative purposes and often called “asparagus fern,” and A. sprengeri, another “asparagus fern,” much used for planting in hanging baskets. The only edible species of any consequence is Asparagus officinalis, the common garden asparagus. ' ASPARAGUS OFFICINALIS (Asparagus) The common garden asparagus is a much-branched perennial herb reaching a height of 3 to 7 feet. Roots.—There are two kinds of roots in asparagus (1) fleshy, storage roots, and (2) thin, fibrous, absorptive roots. The fleshy roots are produced in large numbers from the sides and under surface of the rootstock. Many of the individual storage roots, in a plant 8 or 9 years old, may extend to a depth of 6 or 8 feet and laterally to a distance of 8 or 10 feet. The great mass of storage roots, however, is confined to the surface three feet. Many storage roots, at least in mild climates, continue their growth at the apex year after year, leaving a definite scar which marks the limits of consecutive season’s growth. However, many of the older fleshy roots die each year, and new ones are produced. The new fleshy roots which grow each year arise at a point on the rootstock somewhat above the older ones, which habit of growth accounts for the so-called “lifting of the plants.” The thin, absorptive roots are for the most part lateral outgrowth of the fleshy roots. Stems.—Asparagus bears both subterranean and aerial stems. , The underground stems are rootstocks. They are much thickened, branched, and rather woody. The rootstock or “crown” makes an annual growth of 1 to 3 inches. Its extension is chiefly horizontal, taking place at one or both ends. The rootstocks send up aerial shoots (Fig. 113). These at first are thick and fleshy (“spears”) and form the edible242 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS portion of the plant. The scales borne oi> these fleshy shoots are true leaves. At length, the stems become much branched. Fig. iii.—Asparagus plant (Asparagus officinalis) at the end of the first season’s growth, from seed. The filiform cladophylls (Fig. no) are mostly clustered in the axils of the minute scales. They perform the function of leaves^as is evidenced by their green color.LILIACEÆ (LILY FAMILY) 243 From the time of seeding, it is usually three or four years before the rootstock is vigorous enough to allow cuttings to be made. However, good crops have been produced two years after seeding. The plant may be propagated by division of the rootstocks, but the common method is by seeding. Leaf.—The true leaves (Fig. no) are minute scales subtending the whorls of cladophylls. They do not perform leaf functions. Flowers.—The flowers are small, drooping, greenish-yellow and usually solitary, but sometimes in twos or more at the nodes. Each flower is borne on a short, slender jointed pedicel Fig. i i 2.—Root system of a one-year old asparagus plant (Asparagus officinalis). (Fig. 114). The perianth is campanulate (bell-shaped), about 6 millimeters long, the segments being linear and obtuse. The stamens are shorter than the perianth lobes.' The single ovary has a short style, a three-lobed stigma and three locules. Common asparagus is dioecious—staminate and pistillate flowers are borne on different plants. Hermaphroditic flowers sometimes occur, however. The staminate flowers (Fig. no) are slightly larger than pistillate ones. Staminate flowers bear six well-developed stamens and a very short, rudimentary244 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS pistil. Pistillate flowers (Fig. no) have six rudimentary stamens and a single well-developed pistil. Such flowers are practically unisexual. Pollination.—Common asparagus is almost entirely insect-pollinated. The nectaries are small and concealed at the base of the perianth. Staminate flowers are first to open. Fruit.—This is a red, spherical berry (Fig. iio) with three cells, each of which usually contains two seeds. The perianth Fig. i 13.—Garden asparagus (Asparagus officinalis). A, young shoot or “spear;” B, thick, fibrous roots and young shoots arising from “crown.” is persistent in the fruit. The dark, somewhat triangular seeds run about fifty to a gram. They preserve their germinating power for four or five years, and may even retain their vitality when soaked in water for a year. In California, the plants may produce fruits the first year from seed, but in many other sections, the plants do not begin to produce seed until they are two years old. It is held that the best seed comes from the lower branches of the plant. The asparagus seed has a small, cylindrical embryo surrounded by a considerable quantity of hard, corneous endosperm. The cells of the endospermULIACE^E (LILY FAMILY) 245 have thick, pitted walls of hemicellulose, and are rich in stored fats. Secondary Sex Characters in Asparagus.—There are significant differences between staminate and pistillate aspara- Fig. 114.—Garden asparagus (Asparagus officinalis). Portion of pistillate plant in fruit, on left; and of staminate plant in flower, on right. gus plants which are expressed in yields of spears. Staminate plants as compared with pistillate plants produce (a) a greater average number of stalks per plant, (b) a greater average weight of green tops per plant, (c) and a greater yield of spears per acre. Whereas staminate plants outyield pistillate, edible246 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS spears from pistillate plants are, on the average, larger than the staminate spears. Geographical.—Common asparagus grows wild in Europe and Asia and has escaped from cultivation in this country, often occurring as a weed in fields and along roadsides. The plant has been under cultivation for over 2,000 years. It is cultivated under a wide range of temperature conditions. Types and Varieties.—Two sorts of asparagus are sold on the market, green asparagus and blanched asparagus. Green asparagus has a more delicate flavor and is quite generally considered the more desirable. Blanched asparagus has a much thicker stalk than the green sort. It must be understood that these two market types of asparagus are simply the result of cultural methods, and may be produced from the same variety. To produce etiolated or blanched asparagus, the plants are banked or ridged up with soil, so that they must make an additional growth of 4 to 10 inches before they come to light. The shoots that develop in the soil are, of course, whitish. The number of American varieties of asparagus is small. The most common of these are Conover’s Colossal, Palmetto, Martha Washington, Mary Washington, Barr’s Mammoth, Eclipse and Columbian Mammoth White. The Palmetto is grown most in the south, and is well-known on account of its resistance to asparagus rust (.Puccinia asparagi). Martha Washington and Mary Washington varieties are also rust resistant. Uses.—Asparagus has become one of the most popular of the perennial vegetable crops. Many home gardens have an asparagus bed. The commercial acreage, however, is limited to a few states, the principal ones being California, New Jersey, Illinois, South Carolina, Georgia and Massachusetts. The Delta section of northern California is the leading asparagus district of the United States, from which both green and canned asparagus is shipped in car load lots. As a rule the tender shoots are eaten fresh, but large quantities are also canned each year. The principal canning factories are located in CaliforniaLILIACE^E (LILY TAMILy) 247 and on Long Island, New York. A method has been devised by which the soft pulp of the asparagus plant is separated from the fiber and canned in the form of a thick paste. In European countries, particularly, asparagus is dried. In this form it keeps indefinitely. References Bailey, L. H.: Preliminary Synopsis of Onions and Some of Their Allies. Rep. of Prof, of Hort. and Landsc. Gard., 26th Ann. Rept. State Bd. Agr. Mich., 94-98, 1887. Goee, E. S.: Onion. 6th Ann. Rept. N. Y. State Agr. Exp. Sta., 190-214, 1887. Green, W. J.: Asparagus. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 9 vol. 3 (second series), 241-244, 1890. Gross, A. R.: American Onions. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci„ 115-132, 1901. Jones, H. A. and W. W. Robbins: The Asparagus Industry in California. Univ. of Calif. Exp. Sta. Bull. 446: 1-105, 1928. Robbins, W. W. and H. A. Jones: Secondary Sex Characters in Asparagus officinalis. Hilgardia 1: 193-202, 1925. Sideris, Christos P.: Observations on the Development of the Root System of Allium cepaL. Amer. Jour. Bot. 12: 255-258, 1925.CHAPTER XXII MORACEAE (Mulberry Family) The mulberry family has about 925 species in 55 genera, occurring in tropical and temperate regions of both hemispheres. It possesses a number of plants of considerable economic importance. Several Asiatic species of the genus Ficus yield a sap from which rubber is made. Ficus carica is our cultivated fig. The India rubber plant oi greenhouses and in homes is Ficus elastica. Artocarpus communis is the well-known breadfruit of the tropics. Toxylon pomiferum is the osage orange, a tree whose wood is valuable for wheels, posts and other small articles; it is also planted fox ornament. The paper mulberry (.Papyrus papyrifera), is a native of Asia. Its bark is of value in paper-making. Other genera of importance are Morus (mulberry), Humulus (hop), and Cannabis (hemp). Description.—Members of this family are trees, shrubs, or herbs with a milky sap. The buds may be naked or scaly. The leaves are petioled (stalked), stipule-bearing, and borne oppositely or alternately on the stem. The flowers are in ament-like spikes or heads on stalks which arise in the axils of leaves. An ament is a spike-like inflorescence each flower of which is subtended by a conspicuous bract. The flowers may be monoecious or dioecious. In the staminate flower, the calyx is three- to six-lobed or parted, the petals are absent, and the stamens are one to four, inserted at the base of the calyx. The filaments are thread-like, and erect or indexed in the bud. In the pistillate flower, the calyx consists of three to five partly united sepals. The single superior ovary is one- to two-celled and bears one to two styles. The fruit is drupe-like in mulberries, an achene in hops and hemp, and a synconium in figs. 248MORACEÆ (MULBERRY FAMILY) 249 Key to Principal Genera Trees or shrubs. Flowers not in a receptacle; buds scaly, Morus (mulberry). Flowers inside of a hollow receptacle; buds naked, Ficus (fig.) Herbs Erect herbs, Cannabis (hemp). Twining herbs, Humulus (hop). MORUS (Mulberry) Habit of Plant, Stems.—Mulberries are trees or shrubs with milky sap and scaly bark. The branches are slender and cylindrical. The winter buds are scaly. Leaves.—The leaves are conduplicate (Fig. 115) in the bud, alternate, serrate, three-nerved, often deeply lobed, and deciduous. The stipules fall soon after development. The Fig. ir5.—Three principal types of vernation. leaves on one shoot may be relatively entire, while those on another may be moderately or deeply and irregularly lobed. Inflorescences.—The flowers appear rather early in the season in the axils of the lower leaves. The staminate and pistillate inflorescences may be on different branches of the same tree (monoecious or on different trees (dioecious). The staminate inflorescences are long, cylindrical catkins. They soon fall. The calyx of the staminate flowers is deeply divided into four rounded lobes. The three or four stamens are inserted at the base of the calyx, beneath the rudimentary pistil. The filaments are thread-like, indexed in the bud and uncoil like a spring at the moment of another dehiscence. The two-celled anthers open lengthwise and shed their pollen toward the inside of the flower (introrse dehiscence).250 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS The pistillate inflorescences are short, dense catkins. The flowers in these have a deeply four-lobed calyx, the two outer lobes being the broader. All the calyx lobes are persistent, become fleshy, and enclose the ovary in the fruit. The sessile ovary possesses one cell, and a single style divided almost to the base into two very slender, hairy stigmas. Both staminate and pistillate inflorescences develop from buds which are borne laterally. When the bud unfolds it produces a leafy shoot in the leaf axil of which the inflorescences arise. Fruit.—Each ovary develops into a nutlet bearing remnants of the styles at the tip and enclosed by the thickened, juicy calyx lobes. There is a single seed within each fruit. However, the mulberry “fruit” as commonly understood, is not a single drupe-like structure, as given above, but an aggregate of these, i.e., an entire pistillate flower cluster. The single fruits are very much crowded together, making up a collection, which commonly goes by the name “mulberry.” Other “Mulberries.”—The so-called paper mulberry (Papyrus papyrifera), a native of eastern Asia and now planted for ornament in many parts of eastern and southern United States, may be easily distinguished from the true mulberries (Moms) by its non-edible globular fruit and the occurrence of its pistillate flowers in heads. In some sections of the country, the “flowering raspberry” (.Rubus odoratus) is confused with and often called a “mulberry.” It is true that the fruit of this has some resemblance to a mulberry “fruit,” but instead of bearing its single drupe-like fruits along an axis, the true drupes of the raspberry are borne on a receptacle. The “fruit” of the mulberry is a collection of one-seeded fruits developed from a number of separate flowers in a dense inflorescence, while the raspberry “fruit” represents the matured ovaries of a number of pistils belonging to a single flower. Geographical.—The genus Moms is a native of eastern North America, higher altitudes in Mexico, Central America, Western South America, Asia, Japan, and the Indian Archipelago.MORACE^E (MULBERRY FAMILY) 2SI Key to Principal Species of Genus Morus Leaves smooth beneath, sometimes slightly hairy on the veins. Fruit white or pinkish; leaves becoming light green above, Morus alba (white mulberry). Fruit black; leaves becoming dark green and shining above, Morus nigra (black mulberry). Leaves hairy beneath; fruit red or purplish, Morus rubra (red mulberry). MORUS ALBA (White Mulberry) Description.—This is a low-branched tree, sometimes reaching a diameter of 2 feet. The slender, round twigs are at first hairy, later becoming light grayish brown. The leaves are light green, with prominent whitish veins, and variously lobed or divided. The staminate inflorescences are 1 to 2 centimeters long, slender and drooping. The pistillate ones are from to 1 centimeter long. The fruit is white or pinkish in color, 1 to 2 centimeters long, and poor in quality. Geographical.—The white mulberry is a native of Asia, probably of China. It has spread throughout Europe and has also become naturalized in eastern United States. Types and Varieties.—Economic Importance.—There are a number of types and varieties of the white mulberry. According to L. H. Bailey, the following are forms or offshoots of Morus alba: Morus alba var. tartarica (Russian mulberry) and Morus alba var. venosa. The Russian mulberry is a very hardy, low, bushy tree with small fruit which varies in color from white to red and almost black. It is an important windbreak and shelter-belt tree in the Great Plains. Teas’ weeping mulberry is an ornamental variety of the Russian. Morus alba var. venosa (M. nervosa) is an ornamental curiosity bearing jagged leaves with white, prominent veins. Morus multicaulis (M. alba var. multicaulis) was introduced into America in 1826 and, for a while, gave a great impetus to the attempts to grow silkworms. It is a small tree with rough, long-pointed leaves. The chief horticultural varieties of the white mulberry are: New American, Trowbridge, Thorburn and Downing. The252 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Downing is supposed to be a variety of M. multicaulis. However, the so-called Dowing of most nurserymen is the New American. Early Attempts in the United States to Grow Silk,—The white mulberry has been cultivated from the earliest times, chiefly for feeding the silkworm. In 1621, mulberries were introduced into Virginia by the London Company with a view of establishing the silk industry in the New World. Early attempts to grow silk were made not only in Virginia but in Carolina, Georgia and Connecticut. After the Revolution, early in the 19th century, silk culture was again agitated. There existed what has been called “ The Morus multicaulis mania” This species was introduced into America in 1826, and since it was thought to be the source of the renowned Chinese silk, soon gained wide fame here. The “ craze” died down in about 1836, and since that time, there has been little effort to grow silk in North America upon a commercial scale. Uses.—As has been said, the white mulberry is the one upon which silkworms are raised. In the Old World the wood of the white mulberry is used for various purposes. The roots furnish a yellow dyestuff. In western Asia the fruit is ground into a meal for food. MORUS NIGRA (Black Mulberry) Description.—The black mulberry often attains a height of 40 to 60 feet and a diameter of 1 to 2 feet. The numerous branches are slender, slightly hairy at first, but later become smooth and brownish gray. The leaves are dark, dull green, large, pointed at the apex, rounded or heart-shaped at the base, and the teeth rather small and close together. The staminate inflorescences are 1 to 2 centimeters long. The pistillate inflorescences are from 5 to 8 millimeters long. The fruit is black, 1 to 2 centimeters long and has a deep red juice. Geographical.—Morus nigra is a native of Asia, probably of Persia. It has become naturalized in various parts of Europe and in the United States. In this country, it occurs in the Southern States and on the Pacific coast.MORACEiE (MULBERRY FAMILY) 253 Varieties.—The black mulberry has always been the principal fruit-bearing mulberry in Europe and, in an early day, in America, but it is less tender than out native red mulberry (Moms rubra), and hence has been replaced by the latter, especially in the north. The Black Persian variety of the Southern States and California belongs to this species. Uses.—Over central and eastern Asia the black mulberry is a common and rather valuable fruit, and large quantities are dried. The wood is used like that of the white mulberry. The juice of the ripe fruit has medicinal value. The fruit of all mulberries is relished by hogs and poultry, and it is the practice in some localities to plant mulberry trees along fences enclosing pastures or poultry yards. MORUS RUBRA (Red Mulberry) Description.—This is the largest of the mulberry trees, reaching a height of 60 feet and a diameter of 5 to 7 feet. The twigs are slender, dark green, with a reddish tinge, but finally become dark brown. The leaves are large, those on young shoots deeply lobed, and with oblique and rounded sinuses, in the bases of which there are no teeth; they are rounded or heart-shaped at the base, singly or doubly toothed or three-lobed, and with a rough upper surface and a soft lower surface. The staminate inflorescences are slender and cylindric. The pistillate inflorescences are much shorter than the staminate ones. The fruit is bright red, becoming nearly black, sweet and juicy, and about x centimeter long. Geographical.—The red mulberry is a native of North America It grows from Massachusetts to southern Ontario, Michigan, and southeastern Nebraska, eastern Kansas and southward to Florida and Texas. It is most abundant and reaches its largest size in the Central States. Varieties .and Uses.—There are a number of varieties of the red mulberry, all of which are more hardy than those of the black mulberry. The principal horticultural varieties are Hicks, Johnson and Stubbs. The wood is used for posts254 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS and fencing, but finds its greatest usefulness in the making of shoe lasts, churns and cooperage material. HUMULUS (Hop) HUMULUS LUPULUS (Common Hop) Root.—The root system of the common hop plant is large as- compared with above ground parts. This holds true in both young and old plants. The roots extend to considerable depths in the soil and also spread horizontally in the surface layers. They give rise to a fine network of small rootlets. Older roots become covered with a reddish-brown bark. Stems.—The common hop is a perennial, herbaceous, climbing plant from an underground stem, a rootstock. These rootstocks may become quite woody. They are commonly used for propagation. Cuttings from them readily form numerous adventitious roots. Hop plants send out, near the ground line, “ runners” which extend several feet. These are cut into pieces, possessing two or more buds, and used for propagation. They are known in hop culture as “roots.” However, they are stems and not true roots. The aerial stems, commonly known as “bines,” die back to the ground in the fall. The lower portion of each stalk (“bine”), below ground, does not die, but forms an addition to the root-stock. The above ground stems are herbaceous, hollow andMORACE^ (MULBERRY FAMILY) 255 angular, and vary in color from pale green to purplish red or green streaked with purple. They have a twining habit, always winding about the support clockwise (Fig. 116). The angle of the support determines, to a degree, the manner and rate of growth. The most rapid and uniform growth is made, and the longest internodes produced, when the supports are vertical. The “ bines” are assisted in their climbing and clinging to supports by the presence of hooked, retrorse hairs on each of the six edges of the stems, and on the petioles and leaf veins. The main stems bear opposite lateral branches. These reach theij: greatest length near the middle of the main stem. They bear the pistillate inflorescences (hops), and hence it is important that they be formed in abundance. Leaves.—The hop leaves are opposite, broad, palmately veined, and three- to-five-toothed (Fig. 116). In palmately veined leaves there are several main veins which radiate from the leaf base. The stipules are broad, those of opposite leaves being united. Inflorescences.—Hops are commonly dioecious, rarely monoecious. Hermaphroditism in hops has been noted. Some have held that injury is the cause of this abnormality. This theory has been refuted by Stockberger as a result of a number of experiments in which the plants were cut back, or pruned, or the tap root removed or portions of the crown removed. All of them failed to develop the abnormality (hermaphroditism). Hop plants of this type arise independently of injury. They transmit the abnormality to their progeny when propagated vegetatively. It is held that perfect flowers appear only in pistillate inflorescences. Staminate inflorescences (Fig. 117, B) are paniculate, and grow from the axils of the main shoot or from the axils of lateral ones. Pistillate inflorescences (Fig. 117, A) are spike-like in appearance. They are the “hops’’ of commerce and are often spoken of as “burrs” or “strobiles.” These are mostly borne in lateral branches from the main stem; they arise in the axils of the leaves.256 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS I The pistillate inflorescence has a central, hairy axis (Fig. 17, C) upon which are arranged a number of very short Fig. i i 7.—Hop (Humulus lupulus). A, portion of plant showing pistillate inflorescences; iB, staminate inflorescence; C, rachis of pistillate inflorescence (“hop”). lateral branches or axes. At the base of each short lateral branch, or axis, is a pair of bract-like structures. These are in reality stipules belonging to leaves which, normally, doHORACES (MULBERRY EAMILY) 257 not develop. Each of the lateral branches bears four pistillate flowers. Below each flower is a single bracteole (small bract). Hence, examination of a single lateral axis or branch shows it to be made up of the following parts, from below upwards: (1) two bract-like stipules; (2) bracteole and first flower; (3) bracteole and second flower; (4) bracteole and third flower; (5) bracteole and fourth flower. Flowers.—The staminate flowers (Fig. 118, A) measure about 6 millimeters in diameter. They have a five-parted stigmas bract-like stipule ■bracteole -ovary _perianth Fig. 118.—Hop (Humulus lupulus). A, single staminate flower; B, two pistillate flowers with bracteoles and bract-like stipule. (B after_ Wossidlo.) calyx, no corolla, and five stamens opposite the calyx lobes. Each pistillate flower (Fig. 118, B) is subtended by a single bracteole (Fig. 118, A) that partially encloses it at maturity. It has a single ovary surrounded by a cup-shaped perianth. There is one style with two long stigmas, which are covered their full length with papillae. Pollination, Fertilization, and Development of the “Hops.”—The long, brush-like stigmas adapt the plant to wind pollination. When the pistillate inflorescences are young, the stigmas protrude from between the small “ bracts”258 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS and become vety conspicuous. Only the basal bracts of the inflorescence are to be seen. As soon as fertilization has taken place the stigmhs (“brush”) drop off and the “ bracts” rapidly increase in size. The necessity iot fertilization to secure the best development of the “hop” has been determined by a number of observers. The hops will only develop properly when a certain number of bracteoles bear seeds. If the young pistillate inflorescences (“burrs”) are enclosed in paper bags to prevent fertilization, no seeds result, and the hops are poorly developed. It is true that the bracteoles develop to some extent without fertilization of the ovules, but the bracteoles connected with normal seeds are much larger and a brighter yellow than those bearing rudimentary seeds. Furthermore, hops, not fertilized, remain in blossom longer than those fertilized. Howard has shown that hops artificially pollinated start to grow out at once, while those not pollinated at all begin their growth seven to ten days later. He shows that fertilization stimulates growth, hastens ripening, improves the color and increases the mold-resisting power of the plant. It has been shown that, in England at least, seeded hops bearing an average of 9.5 seeds per hop, contained 15 per cent, resin and produced 147 pounds of resin per acre, while seedless hops contained 17.2 per cent, of resin and produced 92 pounds of resin per acre. It is true that there are certain disadvantages connected with growing seeded hops. Extra space is needed for growing staminate plants, and there is also a possibility that the soil is more quickly exhausted by seeded hops than by seedless ones. The Mature Fruit.—The fruit (Fig. 119) is a small achene surrounded by the persistent cup-shaped perianth. The single seed within has a curved embryo about which is a small amount of endosperm. Lupulin Glands.—In the mature hop, the outer surface of the bracteoles, the perianth, and, to a less extent, the bases of the bract-like stipules are covered with yellow pollen-like grains, the so-called “hop-meal” or “lupulin” (Fig. 119).moraceJe (mulberry family) 259 Each yeilow grain is a cup-shaped, multicellular, glandular hair filled with a resinous secretion. It is an outgrowth of an epidermal cell and consists of a short stalk and a cup of one layer of cells. Each cell has a rather thick cuticle. The secretion of the cells collects just beneath the cuticle, raising the latter up until finally the cup-shaped depression is filled with the secretion which remains covered by the cuticle itself. In immature hops, the lupulin glands are bright yellow and transparent. In mature hops, they are a paler yellow and somewhat opaque. The commercial value of hops depends entirely upon the amount and quality of the “hop-meal.” It constitutes from 15 to 32 per cent, by weight of the hop. Geographical.—The hop grows wild in England, the northern part of the continent of Europe and in Asia as far as lus). A, bracteole; B, immature eastern Siberia and south to Persia; it ^Pulin «la“d: C’ same in section; also grows wild in North America, across in section. (B-E after Percival.) . the continent westward to New Mexico and British America. It requires a moist, cool climate to attain its best development. Oregon, California, New York, and Washington are the leading States in the commercial production of hops. . ~ Fig. 119.—Hop (Humulus lupu- Closely Related Species.—Humulus japonicus, the Japanese hop, is. grown as an ornamental plant. It is an annual; its pistillate inflorescence does not enlarge into a “hop.” Along streams from Wyoming to Utah, New Mexico and Arizona, there is a hop (.Humulus lupulus neomexicanus) which is distinguished from the LInnaean species by its more deeply divided leaves and more sharply acuminate bracts. ^ '260 botany of crop plants Varieties.—There are a number of varieties of hops, based upon length and color of vines, size, shape and color of hop, shape of bracteoles and stipular bracts, aroma, lupulin content and time of ripening. In California the chief variety is Large Gray American. Common New York varieties are English Cluster, Cluster, Pompey, Humphrey Seedling and Canada. Composition.—The composition of the strobiles or hops is of great importance, for they possess the valuable constituents of the plant, most of which reside in the lupulin glands. There are four principal active ingredients in the “lupulin,” as follows: 1. Essential oil. 2. Non-resinous bitter principle. 3. Resins. 4. Tannin. Hop oil is volatile and gives the hop its characteristic aroma. The amount of essential oil in hops varies from 0.2 to 0.8 per cent. The non-resinous bitter principle of the hop is probably the alkaloid, lupuline. Of the resins in the lupulin glands, two principal ones have been identified, a hard and a soft resin. The hard resin has a slight bitter taste and little or no antiseptic power in the beer wort. The soft resins are much more bitter, imparting this taste to the beer wort; they also prevent the growth of bacteria in the wort and thus have a preservative effect. The total resin content of hops varies from 10 to 18 per cent. Hop tannin makes up about 4 to 5 per cent, of the hop. It is thought by some that it serves to precipitate the albuminous material from beer wort. Uses of Hops.—In some European localities, young hop sprouts are used as an early spring vegetable. The most tender sprouts are those which have been covered with soil during the winter. Before the days of yeast cakes, yeast for bread-making was made by cultivating wild yeast in a decoction of hops and water. Some of the material obtained was mixed with theM0RACE2E (MULBERRY EAMILy) 261 dough. The various constituents extracted from the hops add flavor to the bread, and also have antiseptic properties. The most important use of hops, however, is in the brewing process. Preparatory to their use in the breweries, the hops are taken through a curing process in which they are kiln-dried, and then subjected to the fumes of burning sulphur. ‘ ‘ Sulphuring” bleaches the hops, and acts as a preservative. After the sweet beer wort is made in the brewing process, it is boiled with hops. In this process, among other effects, the flavor of the wort is improved by the extraction of the active ingredients in the hops. The essential oil of the lupulin glands imparts an aroma to the beer, the non-resinous bitter principle and the resins give to the hopped wort a slightly bitter taste, and the tannin probably serves to precipitate albuminous substances. Moreover, the malic and citric acids in the hops tends to increase the acidity of the wort, and the ash adds to its mineral composition. FICUS (Fig) Habit, Roots, Stems.—Members of this genus are trees, shrubs or woody climbers (lianas). A number of species are parasitic on other trees. A parasite is an organism which secures its food material from another living organism. A complete parasite has no power of making its own food as do those plants which possess chlorophyll. The Golden Fig {Ficus aurea) begins life as an epiphyte; the seed germinates in the crevices of other trees; the aerial roots that are first produced take root when they strike the soil, and hence become trunk-like. Aerial roots may be sent down from branches, take root and also form trunks. The banyan tree {Ficus benghalensis) also starts its life on the bough of a tree, receiving all its nutriment from substances available on the bark. Hence in its early life the banyan is an epiphyte. When once rooted in the soil, the plant becomes independent. In the East Indies, the banyan is “ universally known as an immense living columned hall, consisting of a flat expanded canopy of leaves2Ó2 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS and numerous stem-like prop roots growing down from the boughs” (Schimper’s Plant Geography). Leaves.—The leaves are alternate, sometimes opposite, thick, leathery and deciduous or persistent. In the Buddhists’ sacred Peepul tree {Ficus religiosa), a plant of tropical rain forests, the leaves have a long “dripping point,” by means of which rain water is soon drained off. The stipules are inter-petiolar and early deciduous. Inflorescence.—The flowers occur within an enlarged, fleshy, hollow receptacle (Fig. 120) which is commonly borne FiG. 120.—Pollination of the fig (Ficus carica). A, medium lengthwise section of a syconium containing fertile pistillate flowers; note the female fig wasp near the orifice, also another one which is inside. B, similar section of syconium showing gall flowers. {After Kerner.) in the axils of leaves. Staminate and pistillate flowers may be borne in the same receptacle or in different receptacles. Some tropical figs are cauliflorus, that is, the receptacle with its numerous small flowers is borne on main stems or branches. This is a rather unusual condition; in our common woody plants, the flowers and fruit are borne on young twigs only. Staminate flowers have a two- to six-parted perianth (sometimes none), and one to three stamens with united filaments. In the staminate flowers, there is no indication of am ovary. Pistillate flowers have a two- to six-parted perianth (sometimes none), a single one-celled ovary and single style. . TheMORACEiE (MULBERRY EAMILY) 263 small nutlets are enclosed in the thick, succulent receptacle, forming a fruit known as a syconium (“fig”). Geographical Distribution, and Economic Importance.— There are about 600 species of the genus Ficus very widely distributed throughout the American tropics, southern Asia and the islands of the Pacific. Two species, F. aurea and F. brevifolia, are native to peninsular Florida and the Keys, while F. carica has been introduced into southern California and a number of Gulf States. As compared with other genera in the family Moracese, Ficus is by far of the greatest economic importance. The most important species is Ficus carica, the common fig of commerce. Staminate forms of Ficus palmata and Ficus pseudocarica are being grown to a small extent commercially in California for the production of pollen. FICUS CARICA (Common Fig)* Habit of Plant, and Stem.—The common fig is a shrub or small tree, seldom reaching a height of more than 25 feet. The main trunk of the tree is short. It branches rather irregularly, forming a round head. The gray or reddish bark is smooth and fits closely to the wood. The twigs are stout and thick, at first somewhat hairy but later becoming smooth and grayish-green in color. The fig is propagated mainly from stem cuttings. Leaves.—These are thick and leathery and from 5 to 15 centimeters long. The general outline of the leaf is usually oval, sometimes about circular. The leaf base is truncate or slightly heart-shaped. There are five to seven deep lobes, which are entire, coarsely toothed or slightly lobed; each lobe is blunt at the tip. The leaves are light green, rough and hairy on the upper side, paler and hairy on the under side; leaf venation is prominent. Inflorescence, and Flowers.-—The numerous small flowers line the inner wall of a hollow receptacle (Fig. 120), except * The following discussion of common fig was prepared with the valued assistance of Prof. I. J. Condit.264 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS near the small opening (“eye”) at the apex where there are scales or small leaves. Fundamentally, there are but two types of unisexual flowers in receptacles of Ficus carica, namely, pistillate and staminate. Hermaphrodite or perfect flowers with either stamens or pistils rudimentary are sometimes found but no perfect flowers have yet been reported. The following outline, prepared by Condit, indicates the relationships of the various groups of figs on the basis of type of flower contained in the receptacle. 1. Staminate flowers; found only in receptacles bearing short-styled flowers. 2. Pistillate flowers; found in all figs. A. Style twice as long as or considerably longer than the ovary. x. Flowers requiring pollination to make fruit set. Smyrna type. Lob. Injir. 2. Brebas parthenocarpic; second crop figs of Smyrna type. White San Pedro type. 3. Flowers not requiring pollination; fruit parthenocarpic. Common type. Mission. a. Flowers phenospermic, seedy. Mission. b. Flowers non-phenospermic, practically seedless. Kadota. B. Style about as long as or only slightly longer than the ovary. Flowers gall-like; ovary commonly containing larvae of Blastophaga— Caprijig type. 1. Brebas becoming pulpy and edible at maturity, Cordelia. 2. Figs generally dry and inedible. a. Mamme or winter crop. Stamens few or wanting. Season— November to April. b. Profichi or spring crop. Stamens numerous. Season—April to June. c. Mammoni or summer crop. Stamens few or wanting. Season Aug. 15 to frost. Staminate Flowers.—These occur only in receptacles which bear short-styled pistillate flowers, that is in figs of the Caprifig type. They are abundant at the apical end of figs of the profichi crop but scarce or lacking in figs of the mammoni and mamme crops. Each staminate flower (Fig. 121) usually has a four-lobed perianth which is shorter than the stamens. The stamens vary from one to five; four is the ordinary number.MORACE^E (MULBERRY FAMILY) 265 Pistillate Flowers.—As will be seen from the foregoing outline, there are typically two kinds of pistillate flowers: long-styled and short-styled. In long-styled pistillate flowers the style is usually two to three times as long as the ovary. In short-styled pistillate flowers the style is usually of about the same length as the ovary or only slightly longer. The edible figs belong to the group Pig. 121.—Flowers of fig (Ficus carica). A, long-styled pistillate flower; B, staminate flower; C, gall produced form a short-styled pistillate flower; D, fig wasp escaping from a gall; E, short-styled pistillate flower. (A to D after Kerner; E after Solms-Laubach.) which has long-styled flowers. As shown in the outline, this group is sub-divided into three general classes, as follows: (i) figs of the Smyrna type; (2) figs of the White San Pedro type; and (3) figs of the common type. The long-styled pistillate flowers have a three-to-five lobed perianth, which is rather fleshy. The single, superior ovary bears a bent style, often divided into two unequal stigmatic lobes. Fig receptacles bearing short-styled pistillate flowers belong to the group known as caprifigs. The ovary of these flowers,, sometimes spoken of as gall flowers, harbors the eggs and larvae of the fig wasp (.Blastophaga psenes). It must not be thought that gall flowers are true pistillate flowers modified by266 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS the fig wasp; they exist independent of the wasp; the wasps select them for the deposit of their eggs. The perianth of gall flowers is smaller than that in long-styled flowers, the style is short; the embryo is imperfect and the stigmas do not possess receptive papillae. Pollination,—The common edible fig comes to maturity without pollination, artificial or otherwise. In other types of figs all or at least one of the crops require the visitation of the fig wasp in order that the fruit form properly. The close dependence of certain figs upon this insect has been a topic of great interest to students of botany. Pollination in the caprifig will be considered first. Crops of Fruit in Caprifigs.—In the wild fig (caprifig) there are three crops of fruit in a year. These are as follows: Spring Crop (Profichi).—The figs of this crop appear in March, mainly on new wood. They bear both staminate flowers and gall flowers. When the figs are about one-fourth grown, female wasps enter and deposit their eggs in the gall flowers. In about two months the eggs hatch out, the perfect wasps emerge, and the females, covered with pollen, come from the fig and seek other figs in which to deposit their eggs. By this time (June and July) the summer crop of figs is about one-fourth grown. Summer Crop (Mammoni).-—The fruits of this crop possess gall flowers but only a few, if any, staminate flowers. The female wasps which emerge from the profichi crop in June enter the eye or ostiolum of the mammoni figs, push their way into the interior, and deposit their eggs in the gall flowers which line the receptacle. Many, if not most, of the gall flowers are probably pollinated and fertilized at the time of oviposition but the development of the larva of blastophaga prevents the development of seed. Fertile seeds develop from gall flowers uninhabited by larvae. In hot, interior valleys mature female wasps emerge from mammoni figs the middle of August and enter other small figs on the same tree in order to oviposit. There is in some varieties of caprifigs a more or less continuousMORACEÆ (MULBERRY EAMILy) 267 crop of mammoni figs from August until frost, during which both figs and wasps can be found in all stages. Winter Crop (Mamme).—The receptacles of mamme figs contain very few, if any, staminate flowers but numerous gall flowers. Mamme figs can be regarded simply as belated mammoni figs which remain on the tree during the winter and harbor the larvae of blastophagas. They mature in early April when figs of the profichi crop are receptive to the wasps. Ordinarily only those caprifigs which harbor blastophagas remain on the tree. Caprification.—Common figs develop fruit parthenocarpic-ally, that is, without fertilization of the flowers. Smyrna figs, however, require the stimulus of pollination and fertilization of the flowers in order to set and mature fruit. It has been found necessary, theréfore, in order to grow Smyrna figs to resort to artificial fertilization. The artificial process of fertilization as applied to figs is termed caprification. In this horticultural process a number of caprifigs of the profichi crop are suspended on the branches of the Smyrna tree. The female blastophagas which hatch from the eggs in the gall flowers of the profichi become covered with pollen as they emerge from the figs. In search of a place to lay . their eggs, they go to the partly mature figs of Smyrna. They enter the orifice of the fig and scatter pollen on the stigmas, and fertilization of the ovules ensues. The pistillate flowers of the Smyrna fig, unlike the gall flowers, have styles of such a length that the wasps are unable to lay their eggs in the proper place. Consequently, the wasps emerge from the fruit or perish inside and their bodies are absorbed by the growing cells. In California, caprification of Smyrna figs is accomplished early in June in the hotter sections and later in that month, or even in July, in cooler districts. Figs of the common type can probably all be pollinated and fertilized and are generally thus improved in quality. The superiority of Smyrna and of other caprified figs is due to the nutty flavor of the fertile seeds.268 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Effects of Caprification.—Most caprifigs when uninhabited by the blastophaga turn yellow and drop. Some uncaprified figs of the profichi crop of certain varieties such as Roeding No. i, are practically indistinguishable from the caprified figs on the same branch. While such figs contain pollen they are worthless and called “ blanks” by growers since there are no wasps present to transfer the pollen. Caprifigs containing blastophagas can usually be recognized from the exterior by their firmer character, the common presence of a pruinose bloom on the surface, and by their larger size. There are two general classes of caprifigs based on the color of the stalks of the gall flowers following caprification, viz., white and purple. White fleshed caprifigs include the following varieties: Stanford, Markarian, and most of the Maslin seedlings. Purple or violet fleshed varieties are Roeding i, 2, 3, and 4, Milco, and Samson. The Mature Fruit.—The “fruit” of fig (Fig. 120) is termed a syconium. This is a pear shaped receptacle on a very short stalk; the nutlets (true fruits), when present, are imbedded on the inside of the fleshy receptacle walls. At the apex of the fig, is the “eye” or orifice of the receptacle. The “neck” and “cheeks” (sides) of the fruit are marked by a number of ribs. The fruits vary widely as to size, form, neck, stalk, ribs, eye, color of skin, color of pulp, seeds, quality and growth. Geographical.—Ficus carica is considered to be a native of southern Arabia. Some one or more of its different types are now grown in most of the tropical and subtropical countries. The first figs brought into the United States were a common edible type and were introduced into California by the Franciscan order of Mission Fathers. The Magnolia is a common fig being grown extensively in Texas, while the Celeste and other varieties are common throughout the South. Fig culture in the cooler sections of the United States is very limited, and special care needs to be taken there to prevent the trees from winter-killing. Closely Related Species in the United States.—In Florida, there are two native figs (F. aurea and F. brevifolia) which are distinguished from the common figs by their entire, smooth leaves, and small inedible fruit.MORACE.E (MULBERRY FAMILY) 269 Types of Figs.—The following types of figs may be distinguished : 1. Common Figs.—Most varieties of the common type of fig produce two crops, the fruits of which do not require pollination to stimulate development. Figs of the first crop, known as brebas, occur on old wood. They are usually larger and more watery than figs of the second crop, and are mostly consumed fresh. Second-crop figs are borne in the axils of leaves on current growth. Varieties differ considerably in quality of fruit produced by the main crop, some being rich in sugar and suitable for drying while others are consumed locally or shipped fresh to distant markets. Examples are: Mission, Kadota, Adriatic, Brown Turkey. 2. Smyrna Figs.—Figs of the Smyrna type require the stimulus of pollination and fertilization of the flowers to make the fruit set and mature. Smyrna figs are the predominating commercial type in Asia Minor, Greece, Algeria, the Algarve of Portugal, and parts of California. Such figs produced in Smyrna have long been the standard of fig quality in world markets. Variety examples are: Lob Injir, Bardajic, Kassaba, Calimyrna (California Smyrna, same as Lob Injir). 3. White San Pedro Figs.—First crop figs develop by par-thenocarpy, that is, without pollination or fertilization, while second crop figs drop unless caprified. This type is of little consequence commercially. Examples are White San Pedro, and Gentile. 4. Caprifigs.—This is considered to be the original type of fig from'which all the above have come. They grow wild in southern Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Caprifigs are of no value commercially except to make it possible to produce Smyrna figs. The practice of growing caprifig trees on cheaper and warmer foothill lands rather than in a fruit producing orchard is, therefore, both expedient and justifiable. The so-called Cordelia fig is simply an edible caprifig which is becoming parthenocarpic in character.270 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Uses of Figs.—Figs, both fresh and dried, form a staple article of food for the common people especially in western Asia, southern Europe and northern Africa. It is there the “poor man’s food.” Smyrna, Greece, Italy, Spain, Portugal and Algeria, produce immense quantities of dried figs for export purposes besides those used locally. Lower grades are often shipped to Austria for baking and grinding into fig coffee. The shipping of fresh figs from California to large cities of the eastern United States is increasing, 134 full carloads having been sent in 1929. The canning of figs in Texas and California has promoted the planting of extensive acreages of certain varieties for that purpose. Dried figs find their greatest outlet in the baking trade, for fig newtons, fig bars, pastries, etc., although large quantities are used in fancy packs for holiday trade. The laxative properties of figs are due not only to the bulk of fiber and seeds but also to the fruit acids contained in the juice. The medicinal quality of certain fig preparations is due to the senna added rather than to the content of figs. CANNABIS SATIVA (Hemp)* Description.—The common hemp is a stout, erect, branching annual, 5 to 15 feet high. The main stem is hollow and produces a few branches near the top. The leaves are alternate above and opposite below. They are compound, digitate, with five to eleven linear-lanceolate, pointed and serrate leaflets. Hemp is dioecious. The staminate inflorescences (Fig. 122, A) are in axillary, narrow and loose panicles, the pistillate in erect, leafy spikes, also axillary. The staminate flower is borne on a slender pedicel subtended by a bracteole; it has five distinct sepals and five short stamens. IL&ch.' pistillate flower (Fig. 122, B) is subtended by a leafy bract, and possesses 1 Unfortunately, the name “hemp,” has come to be applied to the fiber of a number of different plants, which has led to some confusion. For example, abaca is called “Manila hemp,” sisal is called “sisal hemp,” henequen, “Mauritius hemp,” jute “Calcutta hemp,” and Phormium is called “New Zealand hemp.” It should be understood that but one species of plant, namely Cannabis sativaf is correctly called “hemp,” and the fiber of which is known as “hemp.”MORACE^E (MULBERRY FAMILY) 271 a single, thin, entire calyx segment, wrapped about the ovary. The ovary has two thread-like feathery stigmas. Hemp is wind-pollinated. The ovary matures into an ovoid, hard achene. The curved embryo is imbedded in a fleshy endosperm. The fruits of hemp are much larger and heavier when grown in a moist habitat than when grown in a dry one. Geographical.—The native home of common hemp is central and western Asia. It has spread, as a result of cultivation, throughout Europe, Asia and America. In many places, it has escaped from cultivation and become a rather troublesome weed. Varieties.—N early all hemp grown in this country is of Chinese. origin. The Japanese hemp is identical, or very similar, to Chinese hemp. European varieties (Piedmont, Neapolitan, Hungarian, and Russian), often termed Smyrna types, differ from the Chinese and Japanese ones in that the plants are shorter, the growth is more compact, the seeds are in denser clusters and earlier in maturing, hemp fiber comes from Italy. The Hemp Industry in the United States.—Since about the year 1906, there has been a slight decline in the domestic production of hemp. This falling off has been due to the difficulty of obtaining laborers to do the work of retting, break- Fig. 122.—Hemp (Cannabis sativa). A, branch of staminate plant; B, single The best quality of pistillate flower. (B after Wossidlo.)272 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS ing, and preparing the fibers for the market; to the lack of development of labor-saving machinery; to the fact that greater profits are derived from raising other crops in hemp-growing regions; and to the greater use of other fibers in the manufacture of products formerly made of hemp. Kentucky began to raise hemp in 1775, and that State now leads in hemp production. Kentucky now furnishes the seed for nearly all of the hemp grown for fibers in the United States; the hemp from this State is mostly of Chinese origin. The chief hemp-growing States are Kentucky, California, Nebraska, Indiana, New York, and Wisconsin. Preparation of Hemp for Market .—Harvesting Hemp.— In some places, hemp is still harvested by hand with a reaping knife or hemp hook. However, in most hemp-growing districts, sweep-rake reapers, mowing machines, or self-rake reapers are used. The hemp stalks, usually 5 to 12 feet long, are bound into bundles about 10 inches in diameter, and shocked. They are allowed to stand in the shocks for ten to fifteen days, or until they are dry enough to be stacked. There is an advantage in stacking hemp, in that it rets more quickly and more uniformly than hemp that is taken directly from the shock. Furthermore, the stacking of hemp improves the quality and yield of the fiber. Retting.—This is a process in which the substances surrounding the bast fibers are partially dissolved, thus allowing the fibers to be separated from the wood (“hurd”) and thin outer bark, and from each other. This separation is due to the decomposing action of certain bacteria and fungi. There are two commercial methods of retting: dew-retting and water-retting. The former is the common method in this country. The hemp stalks are spread out in thin, even rows on the ground, where they are exposed to alternate freezing and thawing, or to cool, moist weather. The process of retting is complete when the bark separates easily from the woody portion (“hurd”) of the stem. Water-retting is practised in European and AsiaticMORACEiE (MULBERRY FAMILY) 273 countries. The stalks are immersed in streams, ponds, or artificial tanks. Breaking.—In the breaking process, the inner cylinder of wood is broken in pieces, which permits it to be removed, leaving behind the long bast or hemp fibers. The removal of the broken pieces of woody tissue is known as scutching. In * Fig. 123.—Cutting hemp* Kentucky. (.From Essentials of Geography, Second Book. Copyright, 1916, by Albert Perry Brigham and Charles T. McFarlane. American Book Company, Publishers.) this country, both hand breaks and machine breaks are in use. The stems must be dry before breaking, so that the woody core can be satisfactorily crushed and the fiber properly cleaned. Hackling—The long, straight hemp, known as rough hemp, is sorted and hackled by hand. In the process of hackling, the rough fiber is combed out by drawing it over coarse hackles, the product is known as “single-dressed hemp” This may be combed out by drawing it over finer hackles, thus preparing a fiber known as “double-dressed hemp” Double-dressed hemp brings the better price on the market. Hemp tow is “any more or less tangled strands of fiber which are removed from the straight hemp in preparing it for market or for spinning.”274 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS Uses of Hemp.—Hemp is grown primarily for its fiber. The fibers are in the bast and average about 20 millimeters in length. They are of the best quality if the plants are cut when staminate plants are in full bloom. If cut too early, the fibers lack strength, and if harvested too late they are coarse and brittle. Hemp fiber is put to a variety of uses. It is used in the manufacture of sail cloth, yacht cordage, binder twine, tying twine, carpet yarns, carpet thread, sacking, bagging, rope, upholstery webbing, and belt webbing. The ravelings of hemp rope, termed “oakum,” are used for calking seams of wooden boats and joints of iron pipe, in pumps, engines, and other machinery. The seed of hemp is often fed to poultry and cage-birds. Moreover, the seed contains 20 to 25 per cent, of an oil, which is sometimes extracted and used as a substitute for linseed oil. The drug Cannabis indica is derived from the stems and leaves of common hemp, which under the hot climatic conditions of India, chiefly, develop a volatile oil and a strong narcotic resin (cannabin). These substances are secreted by the glandular hairs on stems and leaves. It has recently been shown that as good quality of the drug, cannabin, can be obtained from hemp grown in Wisconsin and other northern states as can be secured from plants grown in warmer sections. This is contrary to the generally accepted opinion. Hemp-seed oil is used for making soft soaps, as a paint oil, and low grades are utilized for certain varnishes. Recent tests show that a fair quality of paper can be made from hemp “hurds.” The chief fiber competing with hemp is jute. Jute is produced in India from two species of plants, Corchorus capsularis and Corchorus olitorius. It is used extensively for the manufacture of sugar sacks, gunny sacks, burlaps, grain sacks, and wool sacking. It is about two-thirds as strong as hemp fiber of the same weight, and is not as durable. Although hemp has been used to some extent in the manufacture of binder twine, most of the binder twine now is made from the fibers of sisal and abaca.MORACE^E (MULBERRY EAMILy) 275 References Bailey, L. H.: Mulberries. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 41: 223-243, 1892. Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Fruits. The Macmillan Co., 1898.' Briant, Lawrence, and Meacham, C. S.: Hops. The Influence of Climate. Ripeness, Soil, Drying, and General Manipulation on the Value of Hops; Jour. Fed. Ins. Brewing, 2: 423, 1896. Chapman, A. C.: The Essential Oil of Hops. Proc. Qhem. Soc. (London), 9: 177, 1893; 10: 227-229, 1894. Jour. Chem. Soc. (London), Trans., 67: 54-63, 1895. Jour. Fed. Inst. Brewing, 4: 224-233, 1898. Jour. Chem. Soc. (London) Trans. 83: 505-513, 1903. The Hop and its Constituents. A Monograph on the Hop Plant. London, 1905. Published by Brewing Trade Review. Chedsey, M.: The Influence of Pollination upon the Development of the Hop {Humulus lupulus). Plant World, 8: 281-283, 1905. Condit, I. J.: Caprifigs and Caprification. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 319: 341-377, 1922. Cook, O. F.: Sexual Inequality in Hemp. Jour. Hered., 5: 203-206, 1914. Eisen, Gustav: Edible Figs, their Culture and Curing. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Pom. Bull. 5: 1-33, 1897.. The Fig: Its History, Culture, and Curing. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Pom. Bull. 9: 1-317, 1901. Biological Studies oh Figs, Caprifigs, and Caprification. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 5: 897-1003, 1896. Gross, E.: Hops in Their Botanical, Agricultural, and Technical Aspects and as an Article of Commerce. Scott, Greenwood & Co., London, 1900. Transl. from German by C. Slater. Howard, A.: Hop Experiments in 1904. Councils Kent and Surrey. Southeastern Agr. Col., Wye, Bull. 1: 1-29, 1904-5. The Influence of Pollination on the Development of the Hop. Jour. Agr. Sci., 1: 49-58, 1905- Howard, L. O.: The Present Status of the Caprifig Experiments in California. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent. Bull. 20 (new ser.): 28-35, 1899. Smyrna Fig Culture in the United States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Yearb., 1900: 76-106, 1901. Matthews, J. M.: The Textile Fibers: Their Physical, Microscopical, and Chemical Properties. John Wiley & Sons, 1911. Myrick, H.: The Hop: Its Culture and Curing, Marketing, Manufacture. Orange Judd Co., 1899. Power, F. B., Tutin, F., and Rogerson, H.: The Constituents of Hops. Jour. Chem. Soc. (London), 103: 1267-1292, 1913. Rabak, F.: Aroma of Hops: A Study of the Volatile Oil with Relation to the Geographical Sources of the Hops. U. S. Dept. Agr. Jour. Arg. Research, 2: 115-159, 1914. Salmon, E. S., and Amos, A.: On the Value of the Male Hop. Jour. Southeast. Agr. Col., Wye, 17: 365-391, 1908.276 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Salmon, E. S.: The Pollination and Fertilization of Hops and the Characteristics of “Seeded” and “Seedless” Hops. Jour. Agr., 21: 22-31, 123-133, I9I4- Schmidt, J.: Investigations on Hops, V. On the Aroma of Hops. Compt. Rend. Lab. Carlsberg, 11: 149-163, 1915. Stockberger, W. W.: Change of Sex in Humulus Lupulus not Due to Traumatism. Abs. in Sci., n.s. 3!: 632, 1910. Tournois, J.: Sexual Studies of the Hop Plant. Ann. Aci. Nat. Bot., 9 ser., 19:49-191,1914. Winge, O.: The Pollination and Fertilization Processes in Humulus Lupulug L. and H. Japonicus Sieb, et Zucc. Comp. Rend. Lab. Carlsbers 11: 1-46, 1914.CHAPTER XXIII POLYGONACEÆ (Buckwheat Family) Herbaceous representatives of this family are largely found in temperature regions, tree-like species in American tropics, while shrubby ones are limited to western Asia. There are about 30 genera and 800 species. Rhubarb and buckwheat are the principal cultivated members, while a number of species of Rumex {dock), and of Polygonum (knotweed, bind-weed, etc.) are bad weeds. Stems and Leaves.—The stems are conspicuously jointed and usually swollen at the joints. The leaves are alternate {Fagopyrum), opposite (Macou-nastrum), or whorled (mountain sorrel, Oxyria digyna). They are mostly entire, rarely lobed or divided. The stipules, with a few exceptions, are membranous, shea ting, and united to form a very characteristic structure, the ocrea (plu. ocreæ) (Fig. 124). Inflorescences.—The inflorescences vary a great deal within the family; in buckwheat they are panicled racemes, in Polygonum spp., terminal or axillary spike-like racemes, in Eriogonum spp., cymes, umbels or heads. The cyme is a determinate type of inflorescence. In this type, the terminal 277 Fig. 124.—Leaf of common buckwheat (Fagopyrum vulgare). X i.278 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS flower is the oldest and subsequent ones open in order from the inside to the outside of the inflorescence (centrifugal opening of the inflorescence). The umbel type of inflorescence has been described on page 230 in the onion. In the head type of inflorescence, so well exemplified by the dandelion or sunflower, the flowers are crowded on the receptacle and the stalk of each flower is very short or entirely absent; it is an indeterminate type. Flowers.—The flowers are small, mostly perfect, rarely dioecious or monoecious, and radially symmetrical. In the genus Eriogonum, the flowers are subtended by a five- to eighttoothed involucre. The calyx consists of two to six segments which are below the ovary and free from it; the segments are in one or two series, often imbricated (overlapping), and the inner or both series are petaloid (resembling petals). There are no petals. The stamens vary from two to nine; in perfect flowers, they are attached near the base of the calyx, while in staminate ones, they may be crowded on a central disk; the filaments are filiform, mostly distinct but sometimes united in a ring at the base, and commonly dilated at the base; the anthers possess two cells, and are longitudinally dehiscent. The pistil is solitary. The superior ovary is one-celled, three-angled or compressed, rarely four-angled, and usually sessile; the styles are most frequently three in number, rarely two or four, and attached to the apex of the ovary; the stigmas are capitate (head-shaped) or tufted, and sometimes two-cleft. Within each ovary there is a single ovule. Fruit.—The fruit is a three-angled (rarely four-angled) achene, about which is frequently the persistent calyx; the pericarp is hard or leathery. The single seed in each fruit assumes the shape of the pericarp; the seed coat (testa) is membranaceous, the endosperm is abundant and mealy, and the embryo is straight or curved. Key to Principal Genera Flowers subtended by involucres; ocreae wanting, Eriogonum. Flowers not subtended by involucres; ocreae present.POLYGONACEÆ 279 Calyx six-parted (rarely four). Stamens nine (very rarely six), Rheum (rhubarb). Stamens six, Rumex (dock). Calyx five-parted (rarely four). Achene much surpassing the calyx, Fagopyrum (buckwheat). Achene enclosed by the calyx, Polygonum (bistort, persicaria, knotweed, bindweed, etc.). RHEUM RHAPONTICUM (Rhubarb, Pie Plant) Roots, Stems, Leaves, Flowers.—This plant is a perennial from large, quite woody rhizomes which have a fibrous and Fig. 125.—Rhubarb (Rheum) flower, external view, median lengthwise section, and with perianth and stamens removed. (After Liirssen.) well-developed root system. The rhizome is used in the propagation of the plant. In the spring, a number of large leaves are sent up from the underground stem, and, sometime during the season, there arise flower shoots, bearing elongated leafy inflorescences, crowded with small whitish flowers. Unless seed is desired, flower shoots should be promptly removed, as they require considerable food supply which should go to the support of the roots. The leaves are large, circular in outline, cordate at the base, and with sinuate veins beneath; leaf petioles are semi-cylindrical and bear membranous ocreæ. The flowers are on short, jointed pedicels and occur in fascicles, each of which is a raceme; the entire inflorescence is paniculate. The flowers (Fig. 125) are small, greenish^white and perfect; the calyx is six-parted, persistent, and becomes enlarged somewhat in the28o BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS fruit (Fig. 127); there are nine stamens; the ovary is threeangled and bears three short, recurved styles, with large stigmas. Self-pollination is prevented to a large degree by the maturation of anthers before the stigmas. Stigmas of flowers below Fig. 126.—Rhubarb (Rheum rhaponticum) plant in fruit. on the inflorescence receive pollen from the anthers of younger flowers borne above them. Pollen is disseminated by wind, insects, and gravity. Fruit.—Rhubarb fruit (Fig. 127) is an achene surrounded at the base with the persistent remains of the perianth; it has three broad, thin wings which are traversed by a longitudinalPOLYGONACEiE 281 nerve running near the margin; it is tipped by a small persistent style. The seeds are three-angled, conforming in shape to the fruit; the testa is thin and red; the hilum and micropyle are basal; the endosperm is abundant and surrounds the large straight embryo. Good-sized plants can be raised from seed in oiie season if it is planted early. The seedlings of rhubarb show interesting variation. Pig. 127.—Fruit of rhubarb (Rheum rhaponticum). A, external view; B, cross-section. X 5. Geographical, and Varieties.—The common rhubarb is a native of Asia. It has become introduced into many countries of the temperate climates. It is a cool season crop that will withstand summer heat, and the roots winter freezing. It is claimed that a number of the varieties now grown are hybrids between R. rhaponticum, R. undulatum and R. palmatum. The principal varieties grown are Linnaeus, Victoria and Giant Cherry. There are a number or ornamental species of Rheum, most of which are distinguished from common rhubarb by their more or less lobed leaves, the margins of which may be coarsely or finely toothed. Uses.—Rhubarb or pie plant is a vegetable used for its large, acid leaf stalks, which are of the best quality early in the282 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS season. The leaf stalks are usually made into pies or sauce, and occasionally wine is made from the juice. FAGOPYRUM VULGARE (Common Buckwheat) Roots.—Common buckwheat is an annual, from 2 to 4 feet tall. It has a small root system. There is a single primary root which may reach down to a distance of 3 or 4 feet; side roots are given off along the primary, but they do not extend far into the soil. Buckwheat differs from the true cereals, in the possession of a single primary root, and a much less extensive root system. Stems.—The stems are quite succulent, smooth, except at the nodes, and strongly grooved. Each seed gives rise to but one stem which may branch freely, but, unlike grasses, no “suckers” or “tillers” are produced. The amount of branching depends upon the thickness of seeding; the plants branch freely when not crowded and feebly when crowded. The young stems vary from green to red, and turn brown with age. Leaves.—The leaves are alternately arranged on the stem and characteristically hastate (halberd-shaped) (Fig. 124), or triangular heart-shaped; they may be sessile or short-petioled, and bear an ocrea (Fig. 124), which soon falls off. Inflorescence.—The inflorescence is a raceme which may be either paniculate or corymbose (a corymb is a flat-topped raceme type of inflorescence); it is terminal and axillary, many-flowered, and erect or slightly dropping. Flowers.—The flowers (Fig. 128, D) are white, tinged with pink. There are no petals (hence is apetalous), but there is a five-parted corolla-like calyx which remains attached to the base of the fruit. There are eight stamens with glabrous filiform filaments and oblong anthers. Three of the stamens closely surround the styles and dehisce outward, while the five others are inserted outside of these three, and dehisce inward. The single ovary is one-celled and one-ovuled and bears three style branches, which are bent back in fruit.POLYOONACE.® 283 The plant begins to bloom when quite young and continues until frost. Dimorphism and Pollination.—Common buckwheat has dimorphous flowers, i.e., there are two forms. One of these nv Fig. 128.—Common buckwheat (Fagopyrum vulgare). A, achene; B, floral diagram; C, cross-section of fruit; D, flower. {B after Wossidlo; C after Stevens.) forms has short styles and long stamens, and the other, long styles and short stamens. This condition is known as hetero-styly. The pollen grains of short-styled flowers are larger than those of long-styled flowers. Usually, all the flowers on one plant are of one form on the other. Occasionally, however, both long-styled and short-styled plants may bear a very few284 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS flowers with styles and stamens of the same length. These “equal-styled” flowers are not fertile. The seeds from either form of flower will produce buckwheat plants, some of which produce one form and some the other. Buckwheat is regularly visited by numerous insects. Hetero-sty ly is a condition which tends to prevent self-pollination. Fruit.—The mature fruit (Fig. 128, A) is a triangular (sometimes two- or four-angled) crustaceous achene, brown, streaked with black, or entirely black; the point of the “grain” is the stigmatic end, while the opposite end shows a fragment Fig. 129.—Common buckwheat (Fagopyrum vulgare). Section of mature seed. {After Stevens.) of the flower stalk (pedicel), and small, persistent, withered calyx lobes which have become adherent to the pericarp. The “hull” is the pericarp and attached portions. Seed.—The single seed conforms in shape to the pericarp. There is an abundance of white, dry, floury endosperm in which is imbedded the embryo. Buckwheat endosperm is more starchy than that of wheat, oats, barley, rye and corn, and the fat content is lower. Consequently, buckwheat flour is low in percentage of protein and fat. The embryo (“germ”), however, has an abundance of fat and protein, and for this reason “middlings,” which contain the embryo, are a valued stock food. In a cross-section of the fruit (Fig. 128, C), the embryo has the form of the letter S, and reaches from one of the three angles of the seed to another.POLYGONACEJJ 285 Geographical.—Common buckwheat has been cultivated in China for 1,000 years. It was introduced into Europe during the middle ages. It was brought into this country by the early settlers. It has escaped from cultivation in North America, and is now common throughout nothern United States and Canada. Other Species.—-There are two other species of Fagopyrum, one of which, F. tataricum, at least, has been cultivated to a slight extent in this country, and is also an occasional escape from cultivation. Tatary buckwheat is distinguished from the common form by the simple racemes, its rough hull, and the wavy fruit angles. It is cultivated where a hardy sort is needed. The notch-seeded buckwheat (F. emarginatum), a form cultivated in northeastern India and China, is distinguished from the preceding by having the angles of the smooth hull prolonged into wide, rounded wings. Varieties.—Three varieties of common buckwheat are grown in the United States: Japanese, silver hull, and common gray. They may be distinguished by the following key: Key to Varieties of Common Buckwheat Faces of grain slightly concave; angles extended into very short wings^ Common gray. Faces of grain flat; angles not extended into wings. Grain small and plump, Silver hull. Grain large and not so plump, Japanese. Environmental Relations.—Buckwheat is a temperate-climate plant, finding the best conditions for growth where the summers are cool and moderately moist. Dry, hot weather is inimical to the proper setting of the fruit. Buckwheat has a water requirement intermediate between that of barley and oats. Buckwheat is known to do well on poor soils, even those in which the drainage is such as to make it impossible to grow the small cereals profitably. Uses.—The principal use of buckwheat is in the manufacture of pancake flour. As a food for stock, it is used in various forms. The whole grain is sometimes fed to poultry, hogs and cattle. Usually, however, the hulls are removed from the grain, and the seeds ground, before feeding to hogsf The286 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS middlings (hulls mixed with bran) are prized as a bedding for stock. Honey from buckwheat flowers has always possessed a high reputation for flavor. Buckwheat will grow well on poor soil—a soil that will not support true cereals. Therefore, it may be used as a green-manure crop. References Morse, J. F.: The New Rhubarb Culture. Orange Judd Co., 1912. Stevens, N. E.: The Morphology of the Seed of Buckwheat. Bot. Gaz., 53: 59-66, 1912. Observations on Heterostylous Plants. Bot. Gaz., 53: 277-308, 1912. Tsutsumi, Ochimura: Studies on the Buckwheat. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo), 8: 288-291; 417-421, 1894.CHAPTER XXIV CHENOPODIACEiE (Goosefoot Family) This family is widely distributed geographically. Its representatives are, for the most part, saline plants found near the ocean or in deserts and steppes. They are characteristic plants of the alkaline swamps and meadows of the western United States. Plants that are able to grow in soils very rich in salts are designated halophytes. Of course the salinity of the soil solution retards the rate of water intake by the roots, and, consequently, halophytic plants are found with structural adaptations which prevent a rapid loss of water from the leaves. Our most typical halophytic plants are found within the goose-foot family. From an economic standpoint, the family is of considerable importance. The principal cultivated forms are thelibet and spinach. A large number are weeds, chief of which are goose-foot, pigweed, lamb’s quarters, strawberry blite, and Russian thistle. Stems and Leaves.—Members of the family are annual or perennial herbs, or shrubs (Atriplex, saltbush). The stems are cylindrical or angled, erect or decumbent. The leaves are usually alternate, rarely opposite, without stipules, simple, and entire, toothed or lobed. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The flowers may occur in panicled spikes (beet), or in globular, axillary, sessile heads (.Blitum capitatum, strawberry blite) or sometimes they are solitary in the axils (,Salsola, Russian thistle). The flowers are usually small, greenish, and bractless («Sarcobatus, grease-wood) , or bracteolate (Beta). They are perfect (Beta), pistillate (Kochia), polygamous (Kochia), monoecious (Sarcobatus), or dioecious (Atriplex spp.) They are usually regular. There are 287288 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS no petals. The calyx is three- to five-lobed or parted, rarely of one sepal {Monolepis), or is entirely wanting in the pistillate flowers of some genera (Atriplex). The calyx is persistent in the fruit. There are usually as many stamens as lobes of the perianth, rarely fewer (Chenopodium spp.); the filaments are commonly slender and bear longitudinally dehiscent, two-celled anthers. The ovary is superior, free from the calyx and one-celled; the styles are terminal, short or elongated, one to three in number, and bear capitate stigmas. It has a single, erect ovule. Fruit.—The mature fruit is a utricle (one-seeded fruit with a loose pericarp) with membranous, leathery, or thin pericarp. The seeds may possess an abundance of peri-sperm {Beta, Eurotia, etc.), or none {Sar-cobatus, Salsola); the embryo is spirally coiled (Fig. 130) (iSalsola), annular {Beta), or conduplicate {Salicornia). spiral^ embryo of Sarcobatus; B, annular embryo of Beta. Key to Principal Genera Embryo spirally coiled (Fig. 130); perisperm little or none. Shrubs, Sarcobatus (greasewood). Herbs, Salsola (Russian thistle). Embryo not spirally coiled, partly or completely annular (Fig. 130); perisperm abundant. Flowers perfect (polygamous in Kochia). Calyx with five lobes, about the base of which is developed a wing, Kochia. Calyx wingless, persistent. Lobes of calyx becoming fleshy and bright red, Blitum (strawberry blite) Lobe& of the calyx not becoming fleshy, and never red in color: Developing large fleshy tap roots, Beta (beet). Tap roots not fleshy, Chenopodium (goosefoot, lamb’s quarters, pig weed). Flowers monoecious or dioecious. Bractlets silky-hairy, Eurotia (winter sage). Bractlets not silky-hairy. Pistillate flowers without a calyx, Atriplex(orache). Pistillate flowers with a calyx, Spinacia (spinach).CHENOPODIACEiE 289 SPINACIA OLERACEA (Spinach) Description.—Spinach is an erect, smooth, annual herb. It has a pronounced tap root which goes rather deeply into the soil. In the first foot of soil, there are numerous branch roots, such that the soil volume is quite completely filled. Below the first root, there are relatively few branches from the tap root. Early in the season, it throws out a number of "large leaves, crowded near the ground surface. Somewhat later, a flower stalk is sent up to a distance of 2 or 3 feet. The leaves Fig. 131.—Spinach (Spinacia oleracea). A, pistillate flower of prickly-seeded spinach; B, staminate flower of same; C, fruit of smooth seeded spinach; D, fruit of sprickly-seeded spinach. are large, alternate, petioled, and triangular-ovate or arrow-shaped in outline. The flowers occur in axillary clusters. Staminate and pistillate flowers usually occur on different plants (dioecism), occasionally on separate inflorescences on the same plant (moncecism); and rarely flowers are perfect. The staminate flowers (Fig. 131, B) have a four- to five-parted calyx and four to five stamens inserted at the base of the perianth. Pistillate flowers (Fig. 131, A) have a two- to four-divided perianth which encloses the fruit. Wind is the chief factor in dissemination. Cross pollination is the rule in spinach. The single ovary bears four to five stigmas, united aCthe base.^BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 290 The mature fruit (Fig. 131, C, D) is a utricle consisting of a compressed seed surrounded by the cartilaginous calyx lobes, which are either smooth or spiny, and by a membranous pericarp. Parthenocarpic fruits are common. The seed is compressed, about the size of beet seed, and has an annular embryo surrounding the floury perisperm. Spinach is a native of southwestern Asia. It has become widely spread in cultivation. It is a cool-season crop requiring an abundance of water. It runs to seed in warm weather. Sex Expression.—Rosa points out that there are four main classes of plants: 1. Extreme Males.—These bear only staminate flowers; the leaves on the upper part of the flowering branches are redu ced to mere scales or are entirely lacking. 2. Vegetative Males.— These bear only staminate plants, but the leaves on the upper part of the flowering branches are well developed. 3. Monoecious Plants.—These bear varying proportions of both staminate and pistillate plants in the same inflorescence. 4. Female Plants.—These bear only pistillate flowers. In nearly all strains of the Prickly Seeded variety of spinach, extreme males predominate. The vegetative type of males is the most common in all other varieties. Monoecious plants are rare. The ratio of males to females is approximately 1:1. Other Plants Named “Spinach.”—There are two types of “spinach” which do not belong to the genus Spinacia: New Zealand Spinach (Teiragonia expansa) and Mountain spinach, or New Zealand ice plant, is a member of the family Mesem-bryaceae, and a native of New Zealand. It is grown as summer “greens.” The plant is low, but profusely branching and spreading; the numerous, upright lateral branches are beset with tender leaves; the tips of these branches are the edible portion of the plant. The alternate triangular leaves are rather fleshy; the flowers are axillary, small, yellowish green, and without petals; the fruit is nut-like, and has one to nine locules, each of which is one-seeded. Mountain spinach or orache is more closely related to the common species, belongingCHENOPODIACEiE 291 in fact, to the same tribe. It is a plant 4 to 6 feet tall, branching, and bears an abundance of fruit. It not only differs from common spinach in its more erect habit but in its floral and fruit characters. The pistillate flowers do not have a perianth, but in fruit the seed is enclosed by a pair of compressed bracts which become enlarged and wing-like. Groups of True Spinach.—Rosa has placed the varieties of spinach into the following five varietal types: Savoy, Thick Leaf, Long Standing, Long Season, and Prickly Seeded; Savoy types of spinach have crumpled leaves with down-curved margins. The staminate plants are chiefly of the vegetative type. Thick Leaf types have broad, hastate, long-petioled leaves which are slightly crumpled near the base. The staminate plants are of both the vegetative and the extreme types. Long Standing types have deep-green, thick, leathery leaves. The plants are small and grow rather slowly. Long Season spinach types are low, compact plants with a rosette of small leaves, much crumpled at the base. Prickly Seeded varieties are characterized by spiny or prickly seed. These varieties are the chief canning crop on the Pacific Coast. It was formerly thought that prickely-seeded spinach was more hardy than the smooth-seeded varieties, but a number of the latter have proven quite as hardy as prickly-seeded ones. Spinach is one of the foremost plants for “greens,” or for use as a pot herb, and is now canned in large quantities. BETA VULGARIS (Beet) Botanical Groups.—The above is the only species of the genus Beta of any economic importance. It is a complex species, however, separated into a number of rather distinct groups as follows: 1. Sugar beet. 2. Mangel-wurzels or mangels. 3. Common garden beet. 4. Leaf beets.292 BOTANY OF DROP PLANTS (a) Chard or Swiss chard. (b) Ornamental or foliage beets. The Wild Beet.—Along the coast of Southern Europe, there grows the so-called sea beet (Beta maritima) which has a tough, slender root. It is considered that the cultivated groups of beets have been derived from some form of this wild beet. This plant shows remarkable variability; it behaves either as an annual, a biennial, or a perennial. Normally, the individual produces flowers and fruit the first growing season; occasionally, these appear for the first time the second year; and sometimes the plant survives six or seven years, and produces seed every year. The biennial character in some instances is fixed. For example, some two-year individuals will produce from seed all biennial plants, whereas other two-year individuals will give all annuals. Experiments with the wild beet demonstrate that even after two years of selection, marked increase in the weight of the root, in sugar per cent, and decrease in woodiness results. In the fifth year of culture, the wild beet has been brought more or less to the type of the cultivated sugar beet, and individuals weighing as much as six pounds and with 15 per cent, sugar have been secured. SUGAR BEET The sugar beet is a biennial, storing up food the first year in the crown (fleshy stem) and tap root from which aerial shoots are produced the second year. Root.—The “beet” itself is, for the most part, an enlarged tap root. The “crown” of the beet is developed from hypo-cotyl. The root part of the beet may be distinguished from the hypocotyl portion (stem) by the two opposite, longitudinal rows of secondary roots (Fig. 6). The tap root extends almost straight downward, and the lower portion becomes small and thread-like and commonly reaches a depth of 4 feet and often 6 or 7 feet. The lateral roots and rootlets are very abundant. The first 6 to 8 inches of the root, however, are almost free of side roots. The upper laterals are the largest of the branchCHENOPODIACEÆ 293 roots and extend farthest in the coil, spreading almost horizontally 2 to 3 feet. The lower laterals are more vertical, and those near the very tip almost parallel with the tap root. Stems.—The upper part (crown) of the sugar beet is hypo-cotyl, i.estem. This is a very much shortened fleshy stem Fig, 132.—Sugar beet plant in full fruit. with the leaves crowded at the apex. The second year, it sends up, from terminal and axillary buds, stout, angular, branching stems to a height of 3 or 4 feet; these stems give rise to flowering branches (Fig. 132). Shape and Structure of Beet (Tap Root and Hypocotyl). Beet Shape and Size, and Sugar Content.—There is great variation in the shape and size of sugar beets. Some importance has been attached to the correlation between sugar content and beet shape and size. This relation, however, is of little signifi-2Q4 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS cance. It has recently been shown that differences in the size and sugar content of individual beet roots are fluctuations, and show no evidence of inheritance. It is true that uniformity of type is desirable, but any attempt to judge of the sugar content of an individual beet by the shape and size is useless. Beets with a large crown are undesirable, because of the low sugar per cent, of the crown tissue and the high percentage of inorganic salts and other “impurities” which it contains. It has been pointed out that sugar beet improvement depends upon the occurrence and selection of mutations. Anatomical Structure and Sugar Content.—The researches of a number of European investigators have shown that the anatomical structure of the sugar beet is correlated with sugar Fig. 133.—Diagrammatic cross-section of sugar beet root. content. In general, beets with a high percentage of sugar have a finer structure than those with a low percentage. A cross or lengthwise section of a beet shows it to be made up, for the most part, of a ground tissue penetrated by groups of vessels. In cross-section (Fig. 133), these groups of vessels take a circular form, being separated from each other by parenchyma tissue. At the center of the beet, the bundles are close together, forming the so-called “star.” The tissue that separates vessels is composed of two kinds of parenchyma cells: small cells surrounding the vessels, and large ones farther removed. The smaller parenchyma cells are rich in sugar, while the largerCHENOPODIACEiE 295 ones are principally water storage cells, poor in sugar. Hence, beets with a predominance of small-celled parenchyma are richer in sugar than those in which large water storage cells predominate. It must not be assumed from this that it would be possible to find conspicuous differences in the anatomical structure of beets varying 1 or 2 per cent, in sugar. Furthermore, a certain microscopical appearance is not to be associated with a given sugar content. Distribution of Sugar in the Beet.—Fig. 134 shows that the beet root is divided into various zones differing as to their sugar content. The sugar content decreases from a point below the broadest portion of the root to the crown and tip. Factors Influencing the Sugar Per Cent, in the Sugar Beet.— There are recognized “yield strains” and “sugar strains” of sugar beets. But in any strain of beets, there are quite marked variations in the sugar per cent, of representative samples grown under different climatic conditions and, of samples from fields differing in their cultural treatment, crop history and soil type. In regions where high temperatures extend over a long period, beets are produced which are low in sugar per cent. The temperature requirements of the sugar beet have limited its growth from the sugar per cent, standpoint to the more northern belt of the United States. Shading or weak lighting decreases the sugar per cent. Late rains and late irrigations have as a rule a depressing effect on the sugar per cent. Heavy applications of manure or a cropping system which favors the accumulation of nitrates in the soil, tend to lower the sugar per cent. Moreover, increasing the soil area per beet tends to decrease the percentage of sugar. Crossing of Vascular Bundles in Crown.—In longitudinal section of a beet, it will be seen that there is a crossing of the vascular bundles in the stem (crown). The oldest part of the beet is the center; new rings of growth are placed upon these, while the new leaves come from the center of the crown. Hence, there is a crossing of the older and younger bundles that lead into the leaves.296 BOTANY OE CROP PLANTS Rings of Growth.—The rings of growth vary in number, depending upon the length of the growing season. Ordinarily, six to ten rings complete their growth. In such fleshy roots as the sugar beet there are several zones or rings of vascular tissue, separated by broad bands of storage parenchyma. In the young seedling beet root, there is a central Fig. 134.—Diagram showing distribution of sugar in an average sugar beet. (After Molinari.) Fig. 135.—Sugar beet (Beta vulgaris). A, flowers grouped in the axil of a bract; B, cluster of flowers which fuse to form a multiple germ beet“ seed.” stele, surrounded by a narrow cortex, which is bounded by an epidermis. The stele consists of a central xylem plate, two phloem groups, a pericycle of one layer, and a mass of parenchyma tissue between the xylem and phloem. The first or primary cambium arises in this parenchyma, except in the region opposite the two ends of the xylem plate where it originates from the pericycle. The primary cambium develops xylem and phloem in the normal manner, giving rise to theCHENOP ODIACE2E 297 innermost circular layer. The first secondary cambium in the root is usually derived from parenchyma cells of the primary phloem. Other supernumerary cambiums arise as follows: When the cells of the first secondary cambium cells divide, the outer daughter cell in each case becomes the initial cell of a new cambium, while the inner daughter cell divides further and produces xylem, phloem and medullary rays, and a broad band of storage parenchyma. This process is repeated until all the supernumerary cambiums have been formed one after another. A beet root the size of a pencil contains all the circular layers of the mature beet. The increase in the diameter of the beet is the result of cell division and enlargement going on at the same time in all the rings. As a rule, only the inner five or six rings mature their tissues. Leaves.—A cluster of large leaves is developed from the crown of the beet during the first season. The oldest leaves are on the outside, the youngest toward the center. Each leaf has a long petiole which broadens out at the base; the blade is large and roughly triangular in shape at the base, and longer than broad; the veins are prominent. Inflorescence.—The inflorescences are loosely spicate and terminal. The flowers are arranged along an axis, singly or in dense, sessile clusters, each of which is subtended by a small bract. Fig. 135, A shows a characteristic cluster of beet flowers in the axis of a bract. Flowers.—Beet flowers are perfect. The perianth consists of five parts united below to the base of the ovary (Fig. 136). There are five stamens opposite to and partially attached to the perianth ring. The ovary is half-inferior, that is, partially imbedded in the flesh of the receptacle, tri-carpellary and one-to three-seeded. There are two to three short, awl-shaped stigmas, united at the base. Pollination and Fertilization.—The beet flower is protan-drous. It has been shown that “self-fertilization” (autogamy) does not take place, and that “ close fertilization” (geitonogamy) is usually ineffective. It has also been demonstrated that298 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS thrips voluntarily travel from plant to plant, and positively assist in pollination of beet flowers. Bees are of little consequence in this process. Wind is the chief factor in beet pollen dissemination. Fruit &nd Seed.—The ripened ovary of each flower is imbedded in the receptacle and the base of the perianth. The fruit is hard and nut-like, and contains a single, dark, smooth seed. The beet seed of the market is frequently called the “seed ball.” The “seed ball” usually contains a number of germs; however, in some cases a single germ is produced. The Fig. 136.—Beet (Beta vulgaris). A, floral diagram; B, flower, face view. (A after Bessey.) multiple-germ beet seed arises when the flowers are in clusters; in this case, the parts of the several flowers stick together forming a several-seeded mass, the “seed ball.” If the flower stands by itself on the stem, a single-germ beet seed is produced. The single flowers are usually located at points on the stem where a branch arises. According to this, a highly branched inflorescence will produce a greater proportion of single flowers. It must be borne in mind that the so-called “beet seed” is in reality a fruit, that a multiple-germ seed consists of several one-seeded fruits, and a single-germ seed of one-seeded fruit. There have been a number of investigations having to do with the relative value of large and small “seed balls.” These show that medium sized seed balls are the best, in that they combine a high seed number with good weight and vigor of seedlings. A large seed ball may owe its size not to seeds with a greaterCHENOPODIACE^E 299 amount of reserve material in them, but a large number of weak seeds or an exceptionally large percentage of seed ball parts which are not seeds. The true seed is kidney-shaped and about the size of a turnip seed. The testa is thin, dark and smooth. The hilum and micropyle are basal. The white and floury perisperm (of nucellar origin) lies in the middle of the seed, surrounded peripherally by the annular embryo (Fig. 130). There is a single-layered endosperm which surrounds the radicle. This represents the remains of a tissue which after its formation is absorbed by the developing embryo. Seed Production.—For many years the beet industry in the United States was dependent almost wholly upon Europe for its supply of beet seed. However, at the beginning of the great war, considerable activity was manifested in the growing of beet seed at home, and as a result, we are now growing successfully large quantities of seed. Since the beet is a biennial, it is necessary to store the roots of the first year, and set them out the following season, in order to obtain seed. The “mother beets” may be tested for their sugar content before planting, and only those which show the desired percentage of sugar set out for seed production. The testing and selection of mother plants for seed has resulted in a striking improvement in the quality of beets. Germination, and the Seedling.—Under proper storage conditions sugar beet seed will germinate practically as well at the end of six or seven years after harvesting as it does the first year. There is a gradual decrease in viability after that period. The primary root is the first to appear. Soon, the cotyledons follow, pushing their way above ground. The seedling consists of a very short hypocotyl which scarcely appears above ground, two rather fleshy, glabrous, short-petioled, one-nerved cotyledons, and a tapering primary root which gives off a few red, fibrous laterals. As was mentioned in a preceding paragraph, when the first pair of foliage leaves begins to appear, the root begins to push3°° BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS off the primary cortex. The sloughing off of this layer may give a dark, shredded appearance to the young root, which condition is often confused with a fungous disease “black root.” In the interval between the appearance of the first pair and the fourth pair of foliage leaves, the root increases in thickness and length at a considerable rate, and by the time the young beet has eight foliage leaves, the length of the root which will be dug at harvest is determined. Of course, the fine roots will continue to penetrate deeper in the ground, and extend farther laterally in the soil as the season advances. Types of Sugar Beets.—There are two well-known and common types of sugar beets: Kleinwanzleben and Vilmorin. The Vilmorin beet is of French origin, and as compared with the Kleinwanzleben, a German beet, is more circular in cross-section, has a lighter skin, and a much smaller top of leaves. The secondary root lines are straight in Vilmorin beets, and spiral in Kleinwanzleben beets. The percentages of sugar in the two types are about the same. The tonnage of the Vilmorin is smaller. Composition of Sugar Beets.—The following analyses of sugar beets were made by Headden.1 German beet, grams Michigan beet, grams Colorado beet, grams Montana beet, grams Average weight trimmed... 813 000 673.000 479.300 Water 74-550 78.000 75•800 74.603 Dry substance 25-450 2 2.000 24 200 25-370 Sugar 16 600 15.30° 18 300 18.240 Total ash 0.800 0.701 0.820 2.680 Protein 0.706 0. 769 0.543 0.436 Except in extreme cases, there seems to be little support for the statement that the greater the weight the less the sugar content of the beet. The composition of the beet is affected by age, disease, fertilizers, insufficient food supply, light, time of topping, rainfall, etc. The average sugar content of American grown beets is about 15 per cent, and the average yield per acre in approximately 10 1 Colorado Agri. Exp. Sta. Bull. 183.CHEN OP ODI ACEiE 301 tons, Frequently, the yields are more than 20 tons, and the sugar content 17 to 20 per cent. Manufacture of Sugar.—The chief use of sugar beets is in the manufacture of sugar. The beet sugar industry has made very rapid development in this country. In the making of beet sugar, the topped beets are first washed, and then cut by machinery into narrow strips (“cossettes”). These strips are placed in diffusion vessels, treated with water at a temperature of about 80 to 84°C., and the sugar extracted by diffusion. The next process has to do with purifying the extracted juice. The juice is run into large tanks, where milk of lime is added to it. The liming is followed by the introduction of carbonic acid, which precipitates the lime as a carbonate and salts of the acids of the juice. The precipitate carries down most of the impurities in the juice. When the first ‘‘ carbonation” process is about completed, the juice is heated nearly to the boiling point, filter-pressed, and the filtrate lead into a second carbonation tank. This is followed by treatment with sulphur dioxide, which removes or breaks down some of the coloring matter in the juice and thus improves the color of the sugar. The purified juice is concentrated by boiling, and crystallization brought about in vacuum evaporators. The material that comes from the vacuum evaporators is a mixture of crystals and molasses. This mixture (“masscuite”) is placed in centrifugal machines lined with fine sieves; here the molasses is driven out and the sugar retained. The sugar is next fed into the granulator, where the crystals are separated from each other during the drying process. The molasses from the first boiling is again boiled, and further crystallization brought about. By-products of Manufacture.—After the sugar has been removed from the sliced beets, there is left a substance known as “beet pulp.” This is a valued stock food. However, it cannot be made the sole ration of an animal, as it is deficient in nitrogenous food materials. Beet pulp is sometimes dried, mixed with molasses, and fed to dairy cows. Molasses from the second boiling is also valued as a stock food. The refuse that302 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS accumulates in the purification process is sometimes employed as a fertilizer. It has been demonstrated that it is possible to manufacture fusel oil, alcohol, rum, and vinegar from the refuse molasses. There are many other ways of utilizing sugar-beet molasses. COMMON GARDEN BEET The botanical characters of the garden beet are very similar to those of sugar beet. As is well known, however, they are not so rich in sugar and differ from them in color, shape, and edible qualities. Types.—As to color, there are two main groups of garden beets: (i) Flesh red (Early Blood Turnip, Eclipse, Egyptian, Detroit, Dark Red); and, (2) Flesh yellow (Early Yellow Turnip, Golden Globe). Goff divides garden beets into four types as to shape: 1. Root oblate or top-shaped (Early Blood Turnip, Eclipse, Egyptian, etc.). 2. Root half long (Half Long Blood). 3. Root oval (Detroit Dark Red, Golden Tankard). 4. Root long-conical (Long Blood, Long Yellow). Probably the most important early variety is Crosby’s Egyptian, and the most important late variety Detroit Dark Red. Uses.—Garden beets are mostly for table use. The flavor of early varieties is more delicate than that in later maturing ones. The roots are boiled, pickled, or mixed in salads. Considerable quantities are canned, and in some cases the common garden sorts are used for stock food. CHARD The edible “leaf beets” go under various names: Spinach beet, sea-kale beet, Swiss chard, silver beet, chard, and Beta cycla. The flowers and fruit are like those of the common beet. Cultivation has changed its habit of growth, however, such that leaves, instead of roots have become developed.CHENOPODIACE^E 303 The plant is a biennial with a somewhat branched and thickened, but not fleshy, root system. The leaves are clustered at the surface of the ground (Fig. 137); they bear large, Pig. 137.—Chard or leaf beet (Beta vulgaris). thick stalks and large blades. The leaf stalks are often as much as 2 feet long and 1 to 3 inches thick. The chief variety grown in this country is Lucullus, one in which the leaves are heavily crumpled or “savoyed.” Swiss chard is a variety with dark, green leaves. There are forms of chard with white, red or pink leaf stalks.3°4 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Chard is grown for its tender leaves and petioles. The leaves are boiled like spinach, and the petioles are served like asparagus. MANGEL-WURZELS OR MANGELS To this group belong the stock-feeding varieties of Beta vulgaris. The botanical characters are very similar to those given for the sugar beet. Fig. 138.—Types of mangels. A, long; B, intermediate; C, tankard; D, globe. (After Per rival.) Types.—As to shape, there are four well-recognized types of mangels (Fig. 138): 1. Globe.—In these varieties, the roots are globular, and project above ground for more than half their length (Yellow Globe, Orange Globe). 2. Tankard.—Varieties of this type have roots which are almost cylindrical, and narrow abruptly at both ends. The roots are comparatively small (Golden Tankard). 3. Oval or “Intermediate—The roots in these are oval, and intermediate in shape between globe and long varieties. They vary in color (Giant Intermediate). 4. Long.—Hoots of this type are several times longer than broad and project above the soil for a considerable proportion of their length. They are heavy yielders. Both red and yellow-skinned varieties (Long Red, Long Yellow) occur. The ox-horn varieties have long twisted and horn-like roots. Composition and Uses.—The mangels vary in sugar content from 3 to 8 per cent., the Golden Tankard and Globes having the highest percentages. Long varieties are relativelyCHEN OP ODI ACEiE 305 low in sugar content but produce a greater tonnage per acre. The water content varies from 85 to 92 per cent. Mangels are being extensively grown for stock food. They are one of the most important root crops. The root crops include all whose underground vegetative parts, such as rootstocks or roots, are utilized. Bulbs and tubers, however, are usually excluded. Examples of root crops are beets, mangels, turnips, carrots, rutabagas, sweet potatoes, and artichokes. Root crops are used for human food and also for forage. It must be kept in mind that all “root crops” are not wholly roots, morphologically, but that in some, such as the carrot, turnip, rutabaga, mangel and beet, the lower two-thirds or more of the underground part is root, the remainder stem (“crown”). Practically all root crops are best adapted to localities with a cool growing season. References Artschwager, Ernst: Anatomy of the Vegetative Organs of the Sugar Beet. Jour. Agr. Res. 33: 143-176, 1926. -------: Development of Flowers and Seed in the Sugar Beet. Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 1-25, 1927. Gofe, E. S.: Vegetables: Garden Beet. 6th Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., 120-132, 1887. Kinney, L. F.: Spinach. R. I. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 41: 99-131, 1896. Pritchard, F. J.: Some Recent Investigations in Sugar-beet Breeding. Bot. Gaz., 62: 425-465, 1916. Reed, Ernest: Sterility and Inbreeding in Beets. Mem. Hort. Soc. N. G. 3: 59-63, 1927. Rosa, J. T.: Sex Expression in Spinacia oleracea. Hilgardia. 1: 259-274, 1925. Rüggeberg, H.: Beitrage zur Anatomie der Zuckerrübe. Mitt. Kaiser Wilhelms Inat. f. Landw. Bromberg, 4: 399-415, 1912. Shaw, G. H.: Thrips as Pollinators of Beet Flowers. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 104: 1-12, 1914. Townsend, C. O., and Rittue, E. C.: The Development of Single-germ Beet Seed. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 73: 1-23, 1905. -------: Single-germ Beet Seed. Jour. Hered., 6: 351-354, 1915.CHAPTER XXV GROSSULARIACEiE (Gooseberry Family) There is but one genus—Ribes—in this family. It includes the gooseberries and currants. Stems.—Gooseberries and currants are erect or procumbent shrubs. The stems of gooseberries are armed with spines and prickles, while currants have neither of these present on the stems. The spines and prickles of gooseberries are stem emergences, thus differing from those of certain plums and thorn-apples, which are reduced branches. Some cultivated varieties of gooseberries are almost thornless. In gooseberries the fruit is borne on one-year-old wood and from spurs (short branches) on older wood. The fruit buds are lateral on the spurs. As a rule, these spurs only bear well for the first two or three years. Black currants produce the most fruit on wood that is one year old, while red and white currants produce fruit most abundantly on spurs that arise from wood two or more years old. When the canes (“ stems”) reach an age of four or five years their yield decreases, and hence it is the practice to prune out old canes, and keep a supply of new ones coming on. The cutting back of old canes not only induces the formation of fruit spurs, but new canes as well. Propagation of both gooseberries are also propagated by layering, and occasionally from root cuttings. In layering, the branches are bent over and covered with earthy after the buried stems take root, the newly rooted part is severed from the parent plant. Leaves.—The leaves are alternate, palmately lobed, often resinous-glandular or viscid. Stipules are wanting or present. In all gooseberries and most currants, the leaves are plicate (Fig. 115) in the bud. In a few cases, as the golden currant {Ribes aureum)} they are convolute (Fig. 115). 306GROSSULARIACEiE 307 Inflorescence and Flowers.—Currants and gooseberries usually have a typical racemose type of inflorescence; rarely the flowers are solitary. Each pedicel is subtended by a bract and usually also bears two bractlets at about the middle. The flowers are perfect, regular, with calyx and corolla both present and well differentiated (Fig. 139). The receptacle (torus) is cup-shaped and surrounds the carpels (Fig. 140). The calyx Fig. 139.—A, flower of red currant (Ribes rubrum) in lengthwise section; B, flower of golden currant (Ribes aureum). The portion designated clayx-tube is in reality toral tube. (A after Sargent.) is divided into four or five lobes, often colored. There are four or five very small petals, scale-like and alternating with the calyx lobes; the petals are free, and inserted on the throat of the calyx tube. The stamens are of the same number as petals, and are usually included, and attached to the perianth. The inferior ovary is one-celled with two parietal placentae, each bearing numerous ovules; two more or less united styles are present. Pollination.—Gooseberries and currants are cross-pollinated, for the most part. Insects are the chief agents in pollination. The Mature Fruit.—The fruit of the currant and gooseberry has been regarded as a berry; that is, a true fruit possess-3°8 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS ing numerous seeds more or less imbedded in a fleshy endocarp and mesocarp. Recent, unpublished work of Kraus establishes the fact that the fruit is in reality pome-like in its structure. A cross-section through the base of the flower or through the fruit shows two distinct sets of vascular bundles (Fig. 140), the outer belonging to the receptacle and leading to the sepals, petals and stamens, the inner to the carpels. Thus it is seen that a large Fig. 140.—Diagrammatic cross-section of Ribes flower prior to fertilization. Note that carpel tissue is surrounded by receptable tissue, as is evidenced by the two distinct sets of vacular bundles. The fleshy part of the Ribes fruit is thus seen to be composed of receptable tissue for the most part; hence the fruit is not a berry, morphologically, but rather pome-like. (Diagram from microscopic section and data furnished by E. J. Kraus.) portion of the flesh of the Ribes fruit is toral and not carpellary. Toral or receptacle tissue and carpellary tissue imperceptibly grade into each other. Seeds.—The seeds are small, and slightly flattened on one side. The outer layer of the seed is comparatively thick and gelatinous and the inner layer is thin. There is an abundance of endosperm. A minute embryo occurs at the base of the seed. Geographical.—There are about 100 species of the genus Ribes. These are, for the most part, natives of temperate Europe, Asia, North America and the Andes of South America.GROSSULARIACEiE 309 Key to Important Species op Genus Ribes Stems with one to three thorns below the clusters of leaves, often with numerous scattered prickles on the branches, sometimes upon the fruit also. Leaves plaited in the bud (Fig. 115) (Gooseberries). Fruit unarmed and smooth; spines on the branches generally solitary (sometimes triple) and slender. R oxyacanthoides (common gooseberry). Fruit armed with prickles, or rough and glandular-hairy; spines on the branches usually three together, stout. R. grossularia (European gooseberry). Thornless and prickleless; leaves plaited in bud (Fig. 115); racemes few- to many-flowered (Currants). Torus dilated immediately above the ovary. Leaves without resinous dots beneath; fruit red or light. R. rubrum (garden currant). Leaves with resinous dots beneath; fruit black. R. nigrum (European black currant). Torus prolonged above the ovary into a campanulate, cylindrical tube. R. americanum (American black currant). Thornless and prickleless; leaves convolute in the bud (Fig. 115); racemes several flowered; forus above much elongated, bright yellow. R. aureum (Missouri, flowering, golden, or Buffalo currant). CURRANTS Species.—There are four principal species of currants in American currant culture. (1) Ribes rubrum (.R. vulgare) includes all our red and white varieties, and is the most important species commercially. The leaves are hairy at first, but become smooth with age. The small, greenish-yellow or purplish flowers are in drooping racemes. The fruit varies in color; it may be bright red, yellowish, white, or striped. This species is found growing wild from New England to Minnesota and northward; also in Europe and Asia. Commercially, its culture is restricted to northern latitudes. Important varieties are Victoria, Red Dutch, Cherry, Versaillaise, Fay, Prince Albert, and White Grape. (2) Ribes nigrum, the European black currant, is but little cultivated in America. It differs from the preceding in several respects: the lower surfaces of leaves are covered with yellow, resinous dots, and the fruit is black. The greenish-white flowers are in drooping racemes, and the fruit and toral tube are3io BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS both hairy and resinous-dotted. This currant is a native of middle and northeast Europe, through northern Asia to Manchuria and northern China. (3) Ribes americanum, the native wild black currant of America, is not cultivated to any extent. The plant has a spreading habit. As in the European black currant, the lower surfaces of leaves are resinous-dotted, and the fruit is black in color, but it differs, from the European species in that the toral tube and fruit are not resinous. It is distributed from Nova Scotia and New England south to Virginia and westward to Colorado and Manitoba. (4) Ribes aureum is the chief American flowering currant. It is cultivated principally as an ornamental shrub, but also for its fruit. The wedge-shaped leaves are three-lobed, smooth, and resinous when young. The short inflorescence is very leafy. The most characteristic feature of the plant is its flowers (Fig. 139, B) which have a long, tubular, yellow toral tube, and small reddish petals. The fruit is dark brown or black. The species is native to the Mississippi Valley, and westward to the Rocky Mountains. Important varieties are Crandall, Deseret and Jelly. Uses.—Currants are made use of for jelly, pies, sauce, and wine. GOOSEBERRIES Species.-—The cultivated gooseberries belong to two species: Ribes grossularia, of Europe and Ribes oxyacanthoides (.R. hirtellum), of America. European gooseberries, as compared with American sorts, are less productive, less hardy, not so easily propagated by cuttings, have a thicker skin, a poorer quality of fruit and are less resistant to the common gooseberry mildew {Sphcerotheca mors-uvce). Ribes grossularia.—This is a robust plant, bearing large thorns, usually in threes. The leaves are shining and pubescent. The flowers have a pubescent toral tube and fruit. The large berry is rough, hairy or prickly, red, greenish, or yellowishGROS SULARIACEiE 311 in color. The species is a native of Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Ribes oxyacanthoides.—The American gooseberry is not as robust as the preceding. The thorns, sometimes in threes, sometimes single, are much more slender, and in some varieties may be entirely wanting. The leaves are shining and finely hairy. The greenish or purplish flowers have a smooth or hairy toral tube and a smooth fruit. The small berry is perfectly smooth, and reddish in color. Ribes oxyacanthoides grows from Newfoundland to New Jersey and westward to the Rocky Mountains. Important varieties are Downing, Pale Red, Red Jacket, Champion and Pearl. There are hybrids between the American and European species. Uses.—Gooseberries are used either green or ripe. They are made into pies, jelly, wine, and stewed or canned. References Berger, Alwin: A Taxonomic Review of Currants and Gooseberries. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 109: 1-117, 1924.CHAPTER XXVI CRUCIFERS (Mustard Family) This family is of world-wide distribution. There are in the neighborhood of 2,000 species in 180 genera. The largest number of genera and species is found in southern Europe and Asia Minor. They are found from low to high latitudes and from low to high altitudes. Many of the genera yield crop plants, such as cabbage, turnip, rutabaga, rape, black mustard, white mustard, radish, water cress and horse radish, while a number of genera include pernicious weeds, such as penny cress, wild mustard or charlock, shepherd’s purse, false flax, and tansy mustard. Stems, Leaves.—Most mustards are herbaceous; a few are woody. The sap is usually watery and acrid. The leaves are alter-, nate, simple, and variously lobed Pig. 141.—Cruciferas. Floral . diagram above; flower in median Or dissected. the Stipules are longitudinal section below. wanting Inflorescence and Flowers.—The predominant type of inflorescence is a terminal raceme; rarely the flowers are solitary at the end of a scape. The mustard flower is characteristic (Fig. 141). It is perfect and regular with four sepals, four petals, six stamens (two short and four long), and a two-celled ovary. The four sepals are entirely distinct, but often overlapping; the two outer are narrow, and the two inner may be 312CRUCEFEIIM 3*3 narrow also, but often are distinguished from the outer by being concave or saccate at the base; they are in two distinct whorls. The four petals are so arranged that when one looks at the face of the flower, it has the appearance of a Greek cross, Fig. 142 ^Common garden radish (Rapjianus sativus) In flower, on right; and in fruit, on left. Note the characteristic racemose inflorescence with flowers at the apex and fruit at the base hence the name Cruciferae (Latin, crus, cross, + fera, to bear) The petals, as a rule, are clawed, that is, have a narrow or stalk-like base at the tip of which is a broader blade, they are similar as to size and shape. Nectar glands are frequently found at the base of petals. The six stamens are in two whorls, the outer two opposite each other and opposite the two sepals314 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS of the inner whorl, and with short filaments, the inner four stamens opposite the petals and with long filaments; the anthers are two-loculed (rarely one), and longitudinally dehiscent. The single pistil is superior, usually sessile, compound, and has a single style with a more or less two-lobed or disk-shaped stigma; the ovules are attached to two parietal placentas, which are connected by a “false” partition, an outgrowth of the placentas themselves. Fruit.—The ovary develops into a pod-like fruit (Fig. 143), which is termed a silique (Brassica) when long and slender, and a silicle (Bursa) when short and broad. The fruit in Raphanus is regarded by some as a fertile style. The sides (valves) of the fruit separate at dehiscence, leaving the two placentas and false partition. In a few genera (Raphanus, radish), the fruit is indehiscent. Seeds.—The seeds are usually many, attached to both sides of the partition, and have a mucilaginous testa; the endosperm is lacking; cotyledons are incumbent (with their back against the hypocotyl), accumbent (margins folded against the hypocotyl), or con-duplicate (folded upon themselves lengthwise). The seeds of many mustards, like those of grasses and composites, are short-lived, as compared with those of the mallow family, potato family and pea family. However, the seeds of Brassica nigra are known to live 25 years, buried in the soil. Longevity of seeds is due to a number of factors, chief of which is impermeability of the seed coats to water and oxygen. Seeds with permeable coats are more sensitive to moisture and temperature changes than are those with impermeable ones. When moisture is absorbed by the seed its rate of respiration is increased, and hence its vitality reduced. Fig. 143.—Fruit of cabbage (Brassica oleracea capitata) . A, external; B, cross-section.CRUCIFERÆ 3IS This may be an important factor in shortening the life of the seed. Closely Related Families.—Members of the mustard family may be mistaken for those of the poppy family (.Papaveracece) or caper family (Capparidacecz), both of which are closely related. The poppies have perfect flowers usually with two early deciduous sepals, while capers are distinguished from mustards by the six approximately equal stamens and by the one-celled capsule. Key to Principal Genera Pod indéhiscent, Raphanus (radish). Pod dehiscent into two valves. Pod a silique, at least twice as long as wide. Leaves dissected, Sophia (tansy mustard). Leaves broadly-lobed. Silique beaked by a persistent style; seeds in one row, Brassica (cabbage, turnip, rutabaga, rape, black mustard and white mustard). Silique beakless; seeds in two rows, Roripa (water cress). Pod rarely more than twice as long as broad. Plant a deep-rooted large-leaved perennial, Armoracia (horse-radish). Plant otherwise, mostly annual. Silique not flattened, nearly circular in cross-section, Camelina (false flax). Silique flattened. Silique elliptic or oval, Lepidium (penny cress). Silique triangular-obovate or obcordate. Basal (radical) leaves pinnatifid, Capsella (shepherd’s purse). Basal leaves entire or merely toothed, Thlaspi (penny cress). BRASSICA Generic Description.—This genus includes annual (black mustard), biennial (turnip), or perennial (cabbages under their natural conditions) herbs. The root system may be fleshy (turnip), or rather woody and solid (cabbages). The basal (radical) leaves are frequently pinnatifid, while those of the stem (cauline) are entire, dentate, or broadly lobed. The large yellowflowers are in elongated racemes. The sepals, petals, and stamens are as described for the family. The silique (Fig. 143) is elongated, sessile, terete or four-sided, and tipped with an indehiscent, conic, usually one-seeded beak; the valves are convex, one- to three-nerved, the lateral ones often flexuous;316 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS the septum (partition) is membranous or spongy; at the tip of the silique is a short or elongated style tipped by a truncate or two-lobed stigma. The seeds are in one row in each cell. Pollination.—Representatives of the genus are for the most part insect pollinated. It appears that both self- and crosspollination takes place. Seedling.—At germination of the seed, the cotyledons are brought above ground. In all representatives of the genus, the cotyledons are emarginate (notched at apex), unequal in size, and three-nerved at the base. Geographical.—There are about 80 species in the genus Brassica, chiefly occurring about the Mediterranean region; some are now cultivated, however, in boreal and subtropical regions of Europe, Asia, Africa, and North and South America. None of the Brassicas are native of America or Australia. Key to Principal Species oe Genus Brassica Leaves of flowering stem not clasping; annuals; sepals spreading. Seeds small, reddish-brown; valves of silique one-nerved, B. nigra (black mustard). Seeds large, pale yellow; valves of silique three-nerved, B. alba (white mustard). Leaves of flowering stem somewhat clasping; biennials; sepals erect. Roots swollen and fleshy. Young leaves glaucous; a distinct short stem on upper part of root, B. napobrassica (rutabaga or Swede turnip). Young leaves grass-green; no distinct short stem on upper part of root, B. rapa (turnip). Roots not fleshy. Young foliage covered with a few hairs, B. napus (rape). Young foliage smooth, B. oleracea (cabbages, etc.). BRASSICA OLERACEA (Cabbages, etc.) Wild Cabbage .—This is the parent of the various forms of cultivated cabbage. It grows wild along the coasts of England and Wales, Channel Island, and western and southern Europe. It is a stout perennial or biennial from a tough and woody root. The stem is branching and attains a height of i to 2 feet (Fig. 144). The lower leaves are stalked, lyrate or pinnatifid, entire, and broad, while the upper ones are sessile and much smaller. There is no tendency to form heads in theCRUCIFERÆ 317 wild form. The flowers are in elongated racemes and are rather large, about % to 1 inch in diameter, and of a white or pale yellow color. The fruit is a smooth silique often 3 or 4 inches long. Cultivated Types of Brassica Oleracea.—A number of types have arisen, probably as mutants, from the native wild cabbage. The modifications concern the stem as in kohlrabi, Fig. 144.—Wild cabbage. {After Bailey.) the foliage as in kale, head cabbage, and Brussels sprouts, and inflorescence, as in broccoli and cauliflower. The characteristic differences between these are shown in the following key : Key to Cultivated Types of Brassica Oleracea Stem of first year elongated. Stem branched and leafy; plant much resembling wild cabbage (Fig. 145), B. oleracea var. acephala (kales and collard). Stem unbranched, the axillary buds developing into small heads (Fig. 146), B. oleracea var. gemmifera (Brussels sprouts). Stem of first year short. First-year stem forming a “head” (Fig. 147), B. oleracea var. capitata (common cabbage). First-year stem not forming a “head.” Turnip-like stem which stands mostly above ground. (Fig. 148), B. oleracea var. caulo-rapa (kohlrabi). Stem not turnip-like, leafy below, inflorescence partially developing first season (Fig. 149), B. oleracea var. botrytis (cauliflower, broccoli).BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 318 BRASSICA OLERACEA VAR. ACEPHALA (Fig. 145) The members of this group resemble very much the wild form of cabbage. The terminal and lateral buds elongate during the first season, giving the plant a branching habit. Forms of this variety are known as kale, borecole, marrow cabbage, or collard. Collards are grown in the South particularly. This Fig. 145.—Kale (Brassica oleracea Fig. 146.—Brussels sprouts (Brassica acephala). (After Vilmorin.) oleracea gemmifera). southern form is known as the Georgia collard. Marrow cabbage or marrow kale is a broad-leaved form. There are a number of kales with finely dissected leaves; among such are the well-known Scotch kales, rather common market sorts. The tree kales have straight, stiff and strong stems often 3 or 4 feet tall; the dwarf kales are lower and close to the ground. Dwarf Green Scotch Kale is the most common sort grown in the Norfolk truck-gardening area. Thousand-headed kale is a very large, highly branching form. The large-leaved kales, such ,] as marrow kale and thousand-headed kale, are used as stock food. The finer-leaved varieties are used as a boiled green vegetable.CRUCIFERS 319 Unlike their close relatives, Brussels sprouts, head cabbage, kohlrabi and cauliflower, kale and collard will endure the heat and drought of summer, and kale, at least, will stand considerable freezing. BRASSICA OLERACEA VAR. GEMMIFERA (Brussels sprouts) (Fig. 146) Here belong those cabbages in which the axillary buds develop into small heads or “sprouts.” These are formed in the axils of leaves. The main stem is elongated and unbranched. The first “sprouts” to appear are those at the base of the stem, subsequent ones appearing in order from below upwards, almost to the top of the stem. Brussels sprouts resemble the kales except that the axillary buds, instead of developing into side branches, do not elongate but develop into “heads,” which are in reality specialized buds, usually 1 to 2 inches in diameter. Types.—There are two general types of this plant: tall Brussels sprouts and dwarf Brussels sprouts. The former type grows to a height of 2 to 3 feet, is rather slender, the leaves and “sprouts” are comparatively far apart. It is not grown to any extent in this country; dwarf varieties are preferred here. These latter seldom exceed 2 feet in height; they have a stout stem upon which the leaves and “sprouts” are crowded. As a rule, the leaves of the dwarf type are more crimped than those of the tall type. All the types are cool season plants. Uses.—Brussels sprouts are much more tender than common head cabbage. The smaller “sprouts” are the most desirable. They are cooked in a manner similar to cabbage. BRASSICA OLERACEA VAR. CAPITATA (Common Head Cabbage) (Fig. 147) The common head cabbage produces, the first year, a short stem upon which ,are found numerous, thick, overlapping, smooth leaves, the whole forming the “head.” A longitudinal section of a cabbage head shows the terminal bud, and, in some instance, rather well-developed axillary ones. Cabbages generally possess an extensive, fibrous root system, which may at32° BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS maturity spread widely and to a depth of 4 or 5 feet. In transplanting young cabbage plants, the seedling tap root is injured, and the laterals which arise aré usually of about equal size and importance. FiG. 147.—Common head cabbage (Brassica oleracea capitata). Three common types of heads: A, pointed or oblong; B, ballhead; C, drum head. Types.—There are numerous varieties of cabbages. They have been grouped into a number of different types. These types vary as to color, size, and shape of head and leaves, texture of leaves, length of stalk, earliness, etc. As grouped here, the chief types may be distinguished as follows: Key to Types oe Common Head Cabbage Leaves smooth, not crimped or curled. Leaves dark purple or red, Red cabbages. Leaves glaucous-green. Heads cone-shaped, longer than broad (Fig. 147, A), Winningstadt and Wakefield cabbages. Heads spherical (Fig. 147, B), Danish Ball Head cabbages. Heads flat, broader than long (Fig. 147, C), Flat Dutch or Drumhead cabbages. Leaves crimped or curled, Savoy cabbages. The red varieties of cabbage are valued for pickling and slaw. The Wakefields are the ones most extensively grown in trucking districts. There are two main types of Wakefields: True Jersey Wakefield which has small heads pointed at the tip, and Charleston Wakefield, with a head broader, flatter and more obtuse-pointed. Forms of Copenhagen Market are supplanting Wakefield cabbages for the early crops in some districts.CRUCIFERA 321 Danish Ball Head cabbages are most used for storage purposes. The Savoy cabbages, especially when slightly frosted, are known for their very excellent flavor. Uses.—Cabbage is grown as a market-garden, truck and farm crop, and is best adapted to a cool climate. As a human food, it is most generally boiled or used as slaw. Sauerkraut is cabbage cut up into very fine pieces and allowed to ferment in a brine made of its own juice with salt. The sour taste is due to the presence of lactic acid, formed by the action of lactic-acid species of bacteria on the sugar in the cabbage juice. Ordinarily there is a maximum of about 1 per cent, of lactic acid, the presence of which prevents putrefaction of the sauerkraut. Among other organisms, yeast is universally present in the fermenting cabbage. Cabbages are also used quite extensively for pickling, and as a food for stock and chickens. BRASSICA OLERACEA VAR. CAULO-RAPA (Kohlrabi) (Fig. 148) The stem is short, much thickened, fleshy, arid stands out of the ground. The fleshy part comes from the stem above the cotyledons, hence is not root. The swelling begins at the ground line; there is formed a large, spherical body upon which are very prominent, broad leaf scars. The young plants have a pronounced tap root, with numerous widely spreading laterals. However, below the first foot, the tap root is lost sight of, there being numerous branches of about equal importance. The root system may extend to a depth of 5 to 8 feet. Fig. 148.-—Kohlrabi (Brassica olerácea caulo-rapa).322 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS As to color there are two principal types: Those with white “balls” or stems (White Vienna Erfurt); and those with purple “balls” (Purple Vienna). Kohlrabi is not grown extensively in the United States. It is used particularly by our foreign population, being stewed and eaten like turnips or rutabagas. It is also a valuable stock food; both the stems and leaves are used for this purpose. Kohlrabi is chiefly grown as an early spring crop, less frequently as a fall crop. It does not endure the heat of summer. BRASSICA OLERACEA VAR. BOTRYTIS (Cauliflower, Broccoli) (Fig. 149) Cauliflower and broccoli are types of Brassica oleracea in which there is a large “head,” (Fig. 149), the edible portion, called the “curd.” This consists chiefly of the numerous, much-divided hypertrophied branches. When the head of cauliflower is just right to harvest, there is no evidence of floral structures, but shortly thereafter, the primordia of floral organs appear, and later, the inflorescence is formed. However, many branches of the inflorescence abort. Subtending the head are a number of cabbage-like leaves. In growing the vegetable, these basal leaves are tied up about the fleshy, white head to prevent its browning by the sun. The root system of cauliflower is similar to that of cabbage, although it may more thoroughly fill the soil than does that of cabbage. Most varieties of broccoli grow to a larger size than cauliflower, have a larger “head, “ are hardier, and take longer to mature. It is necessary to tie the leaves over the head (“curd”) in most varieties of cauliflower in order to obtain a pure white product, whereas, in most of the broccoli varieties, the inner, incurving leaves protect the head, thus eliminating the necessity of tieing. Broccoli also differs from cauliflower in having to go through a period of rest or slow growth before the seed appears. Cauliflower heads a definite number of days after sowing, quite independent of season, while broccoli heads at a definite season of the year irrespective of time of planting.CRUCIFERS 323 So-called ‘‘spouting broccoli” is a perennial cauliflower in which the peduncles are not aborted, and floral development is normal. The leaves are petiolate. The edible portions are the head and axillary branches when the flower buds are about half developed. It originated in the Mediterranean region. Cauliflower and broccoli are both cool-season crops. Fig. 149.—Cauliflower (Brassica oleracea botrytis). A, entire plant; B, portion of “head.” BRASSICA RAPA (Turnip) Description.:—The common turnip is a biennial. The first year a swollen and fleshy tap root is formed. However, the “turnip” is combined primary root and hypocotyl. The upper portion to which the leaves are attached is stem, while the lower portion to which secondary roots are attached is root.324 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS In a mature plant (Purple Top Globe), the roots extend to a depth of 5 or more feet, and spread laterally 2 or more feet. The leaves that arise from the “turnip” the first season are in the form of a rosette. They are oblong to oval, sometimes entire, serrate, or the latter ones pinnate or pinnatifid. First-year leaves are grass-green and rough-hairy. The second season, a stem 1 to 3 feet tall is sent up from the terminal bud in the center of the rosette of leaves, which bears alternate, clasping, lanceolate or oblong, entire or dentate, smooth leaves. The flower stem is branching. The inflorescence is a raceme. The flowers are bright yellow, about % inch in diameter and of the characteristic mustard type. Cross-pollination appears to be more necessary for turnips than for their close relatives, the rutabagas. The fruit is 1^ to 2 inches long, cylindrical, and tipped by a short break. The seeds are reddish brown in color, spherical, and number 15 to 25 in each silique. Geographical.—The turnip seems to have originated in Europe or Western Asia. By cultivation, it has spread into all temperate regions. The cultivated sorts are grown as cool-season crops. Fig. 150.—Types of turnips (Brassica rapa). A, flat; B, tankard or spindle; C, globe; D, long. {After Percival.) Types of Turnips.—There are numerous varieties of turnips, varying chiefly as to shape and color of “root” (Fig. 150). The principal varieties grown in the United States may also be classified as follows (in each division but one or two examples are given):CRUCIFERS 325 Flesh white. Root entirely white. Flat (Early White Flat Dutch Strap-leaved, Extra Early White Milan). Spherical (Snowball, White Globe Strap-leaved). Oval (White Egg). Carrot-shaped (Cow-horn). Root purple or red at top, white below. Flat (Purple Top Strap-leaved, Extra Early Purple-topped Milan). Spherical (Purple Top White Globe). Root entirely red (Scarlet Kashmyr). Flesh yellow. Root entirely yellow (Golden Ball). Root green at top, yellow below (Amber Globe). Root red at top, yellow below (Early Red Top Globe). Fig. i 51.—Root of turnip (Brassica rapa) in cross-section. Diagrammatic. Structure and Uses.—It will be recalled that the greater portion of a turnip is tap root. In cross-section, it shows the following layers (Fig. 151): 1. Outer layer or cortex (bark). 2. Cambium. 3. Main flesh of turnip (wood and pith). In the fleshy root of the turnip, the walls of the cells which make up the wood are not lignified, and hence the tissue is soft, unlike ordinary wood tissue. The medullary rays are very indistinct. Some turnips are coarse in texture and such are used for stock food. The turnips of finer texture are used as food by man. In the South the variety Seven Top is grown as a green forage and green manure, and also for greens.326 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS BRASSICA NAPOBRASSICA (Rutabaga or Swede Turnip) (Fig. 152) Description.—This species resembles very closely B. rapa, the common turnip. The root system resembles that of the turnip. Rutabagas or “Swedes,” have a short stem or “neck” at the upper part of the vegetable. It is this character which easily distinguishes the rutabaga vegetable from that of turnip. Fig. 152.—Rutabaga (Brassica napobrassica). The flesh is solid and yellow white or orange in color. The first leaves are bluish white, and all leaves have thick, fleshy petioles. The yellow flowers are larger than those of the turnip, and the claws are longer. Uses.—Rutabagas or “Swedes” have less water than common turnips. They are commonly grown as a food for stock, but are also eaten in large quantities by man. They develop the sweetness and flavors for which they are so well known only in the Northern States where the nights are cool. BRASSICA NAPUS (Rape) Description.—Rape is a biennial plant, growing to a height of 2 to 3 feet. It thrives best in those regions with cool sum-CRUCIFERÆ 327 mers. The stem is branched to a considerable extent. There is no swollen root. The lower leaves are lyrate, the upper ones oval to lanceolate and clasping the stem. The inflorescence is of the typical racemose type. The flowers are bright yellow. The seeds are black or dark purple. The seedlings and young plants resemble those of B. napobrassica (rutabaga). Varieties and Uses.—The principal variety of rape in the United States is Dwarf Essex or English rape. This is a variety used for its green foliage, and hence is treated as an annual. This type of rape is used as a fall pasture for sheep, pigs or cows, as a green manure, and as a soiling crop, catch crop, or cleaning crop. “Rape cake/’ made from the seeds by expressing the oil, is used as a stock food, and the oil itself is of some value. About 42 per cent, of the seed is composed of rape oil. BRASSICA NIGRA (Black or Brown Mustard) Description.—The black mustard is an annual herb 2 to 7 feet tall, and freely branching. The lower leaves are hairy and deeply pinnatifid, with one large, terminal lobe and two to four smaller, lateral ones; the lobes are coarsely toothed. The upper leaves have much shorter petioles than the lower, or they are entirely sessile, and the blades are entire and oblong or lanceolate. The flowers are bright yellow. The pods are slender, four-sided, oppressed against the stem, and measure about }/2 inch or more in length. The seeds are dark brown. Black mustard is a native of Europe and Asia. It has become naturalized in this country and has escaped from cultivation, becoming frequently a troublesome weed. Black mustard resembles jointed charlock (.Raphanus raphan-istrum) one of the worst pests in grain fields of the Middle West. Charlock has long, knotted pods with stout beaks, while the pods of black mustard are short, four-angled, and with short beaks. The pods of white mustard are somewhat bristly. Charlock, black mustard and white mustard are propagated by seeds, [n their eradication, no attention needs to be directed toward328 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS the starving out of rootstocks, which are so typical of perennial weeds. Every effort is made to prevent them from going to seed. Much success has attended the use of chemical herbicides, chiefly iron sulfate and sulfuric acid, in eradicating the mustards from grain fields. All grasses are resistant to injury from this spray, but the young mustards, and many other weeds, are quite easily killed by it. This is due to the fact that the spray does not adhere so readily to the smooth grass leaves as to the mustard leaves; moreover, although the tips of grass leaves are injured, the growing tissue at the leaf base may not be touched by the spray, and hence the recovery is rapid. Related Species.—It is closely related to the white mustard which is described hereinafter, and to Chinese or Indian mustard (Brassica júncea). The latter is adventive from Asia in this country, often a bad weed, and sometimes its leaves are used for “greens.” In the Indian mustard, the pods are i to 2 inches long, and some of the forms have leaves twice the size of those in the ordinary black or white mustards. The Japanese or pot-herb mustard {Brassica japónica) is introduced into the United States. It has thin, soft leaves which are valued as “greens.” Uses.-—The plant is used mainly for garnishing, also in salads and in the preparation of meat dressings and sauces. Occasionally it is boiled like spinach. Table mustard is the ground seeds of black mustard. The aroma and pungency of mixed mustard (table mustard) does not exist in the seed itself, but is given rise to when the ground seed is mixed with water. This pungent, volatile oil is an allylthiocyanate and is formed by the action of a specific enzyme, myrosin, upon potassium myronate—a glucoside present in the seed. BRASSICA ALBA (White Mustard) This species has characteristics very similar to those of black mustard. It is distinguished from the latter chiefly by its lighter colored bristly pods, and its lighter colored and larger seeds. It has a long flat style, about twice as long as the ovary. The plant is a native of Europe, Asia and northern Africa. It is used similarly to the black mustard, and in addition isCRUCIFERS 329 sometimes used as a green manure. The mixed mustard from this species is less pungent than that from B. nigra. BRASSICA PEKINENSIS AND BRASSICA CHINENSIS (Chinese Cabbage) There are two distinct species of Chinese cabbage, the Pe-tsai (B. pekinensis) and the Pak-choi (B. chinensis). Both are annual plants employed as a salad crop. Pe-tsai resembled cos lettuce, forming a long, compact head. Basal leaves are 1 to 2 feet long, and 4 to 8 inches wide. The flowers are light yellow. The fruit is a pod, to 2 Y2 inches long. Pak-choi resembles chard in its growth habits. It has long, dark green, shiny leaves, pale yellow flowers, and pods i34 to 23^ inches long. RAPHANUS SATIVUS (Garden Radish) The common garden radish is an annual or biennial herb. It may produce fruit the same year, when planted early in the season, while, if planted late, it produces a fleshy tap root the first year, which may be kept over the winter until the next year, when it produces fruit. Root.—The radish vegetable is mainly a tap root, varying in size, shape, and color. When harvested for table use, the radish root system is not usually extensive, but when the plant is mature, its tap root may extend to a depth of 4 to 6 feet, depending somewhat upon the variety. There is a profusion of small laterals, especially in the first foot of soil. At the top is a short hypocotyl (stem). The laterals from the tap root are few in number and very slender. Stem.—From the hypocotyl or crown of the radish, there first appears a rosette of leaves, and later an erect, freely branching stem, 1 to 2^ feet tall. This stem may be sparsely pubescent with stiff hairs, especially below, or rarely glabrous throughout. Leaves.—The basal and lower leaves are deeply lyrate-pin-natifid, 4 to 8 inches long; the upper leaves are few, small, and oblong.330 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Inflorescence and Flowers.-—The inflorescence is an elongated raceme (Fig. 142). The flowers are of the typical mustard type; the sepals are erect and sac-like at the base; the petals rose-lilac or white. Radish flowers are quite regularly visited by insects, and cross pollination is not infrequent. Fruit.—The pods are 1 to inches long, two- to three-seeded, fleshy, or corky with a spongy tissue separating the seeds; the pods are not longitudinally grooved or prominently constricted; they are capped by a long conic beak which may equal or exceed the pod itself. Seeds and Seedling.—The seeds are small and of a yellowish color; on one side, when viewed with a hand lens, may be seen a small spot, in reality double, made up of the hilum and micropyle. Endosperm is absent. The cotyledon leaves are persistent until the root becomes of considerable size and may be seen at the crown of the radish, lying flat against the root. Each cotyledon leaf is oblong in outline and broadly notched at the tip. Geographical Distribution and Origin.—The common radish is found growing wild in the temperate regions of the Old World. It was introduced into this country by the earlier settlers and here, as wherever it is planted, has escaped from gardens, becoming in many instances a rather common wayside plant. Radishes that run wild in this manner produce a root that is slender and woody, possibly reverting to the type from which it came. Carriere held the opinion that our common garden radish has sprung from Raphanus raphanistrum, the wild radish or white charlock, and a common weed throughout Europe, and also adventive in the United States. He bases his opinion on his own experiments which in brief were as follows: The seeds of Raphanus raphanistrum, which has very woody and slender roots, were planted and after five years of care there was developed a type of root which was fleshy, large, and varying in form and color. The roots developed had the flavor of our garden radishes and were edible. In spite of the experiments of Carriere, many botanists believe that white charlock is not theCRUCXFEKJE 331 progenitor of the radish. For example, it is known that the garden radish long ago was a common plant in India, China, and Japan. But Raphanus raphanistrum is not found in these countries, and furthermore, the main movement of cultivated plants has not. been from Europe to Asia, but from the orient to the Occident. Closely Related Species.—Raphanus raphanistrum, white charlock, mentioned above, may be quite easily mistaken for the common radish, especially when the latter has run wild. White charlock, however, has yellowish flowers turning white or purplish, and a silique which is much more conspicuously jointed and longitudinally grooved than that of common radish. Raphanus sativus caudatus, the rat-tailed radish, an annual herb native to South Asia, has a slender, twisted pod, 8 to io inches long, which thus differs from the short, thick ones of common radish. These pods form the edible portion of the plant. Types of Radishes.—As to seasonal development, there are three groups of radishes, as follows: 1. Early or Forcing Radishes.—A forcing crop is one grown out of season, and out of its natural environment. Hot beds, cold frames and greenhouses are the forcing structures in use. The chief crops forced besides radishes are lettuce, tomatoes, cucumbers, cauliflowers and beans. Early or forcing radishes reach an edible size very soon, often in from twenty to thirty days. In this group, belong such varieties as French Breakfast, Early Scarlet Turnip, Scarlet Globe, Long Scarlet Short Top, and White “Icicle.” 2. Summer Radishes.—The roots of this group are slower in maturing, requiring from six to eight weeks to reach a marketable size, and are larger than those of the first group. Here belong such varieties as Long White Vienna, Chartiers, White Strasburg, Stuttgart. 3. Winter Radishes.—These have a compact and firm flesh and keep well through the winter. The roots require several months to reach maturity, often attaining a large size. Common winter varieties are Black Spanish, Sakurajima or Japanese radish, and White Chinese.332 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS As to shape, radishes may be classified as follows (Fig. 153): 1. Round or turnip-shaped (Early Scarlet Turnip, Scarlet Globe, Scarlet Gem). 2. Olive or oval-shaped (intermediates) (French Breakfast, Early Scarlet Olive-shaped, Black Spanish). 3. Half-long (Scarlet Half-long, French, Half-long Deep Scarlet). 4. Long (Vienna, Chartier, Long Scarlet, White “Icicle”)- Radishes vary in color: some varieties are white, others pink, red, purple, mottled, or black, or red, tipped with white, etc. Fig. 153.—Types of radishes (Raphanus sativus). A, turnip-shaped; B, globular; C, olive-shaped; D, half-long; E, long. {After Corbett.) RADICULA (Water Cress and Horseradish) Members of this genus are branching herbs with simple or pinnate lobed, dissected, or rarely, entire leaves. Flowers are in elongated racemes; they have spreading sepals, yellow or white petals, and one to six stamens. The siliques are short or elongated, pencil-shaped, without a stalk or stipe, with one-CRUCIFERÆ 333 nerved valves; there are numerous turgid seeds in two rows in each cell, or very rarely one row in each cell. The genus is one of wide distribution; it is most abundant in the north temperate zone. Pig. 154.—Horseradish (Armoracia rusticana). A, basal leaf; B, fruit; C, cauline leaves and inflorescence. There is a rather large number of species, some of which are amphibious, others aquatic. The two principal economic species are Radícula armoracia (horseradish) and Roripa nasturtium-aquaticuM (water cress). The former is terrestrial, the latter aquatic.334 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS ARMORACIA RUSTICANA (Horseradish) (Fig. 154) Description.—Horseradish is a hardy perennial from a white, fleshy, cylindrical tap root which may divide into several Fig. 155.—Water cress (Roripa nasturtium-aquaticum). branches almost equally prominent, and give rise to numerous fleshy laterals in the first foot of soil. The roots may penetrate to a depth of 10 to 14 feet. In propagating the plant, the slender side roots usually are used; pieces of the main root areCRU CIEEEJE 335 also used for this purpose. The plants are 2 to 3 feet tall, branching, with long-petioled, oblong, basal leaves, 6 to 12 inches long, that have crenate, sinuate or pinnatifid margins. The upper leaves are smaller, sessile, oblong, or lanceolate. The racemes are terminal or axillary, and bear white flowers. The pods are oblong or nearly globose and bear a short persistent style. In cultivation, the plant seldom produces seed, but is propagated by root cuttings. Geographical.—Horseradish is a native of Europe. It is a common home garden plant in the United States, and in some instances has escaped from cultivation and become a troublesome weed. Uses.—The root is grated or scraped, sometimes mixed with vinegar, and used as a condiment. RORIPA NASTURTIUM -A QUATICUM (Water Cress) Description.—This is a perennial, aquatic plant with long floating or creeping stems which readily take root at the nodes. The leaves are compound and odd-pinnate (Fig. 155); the terminal segment is larger than the laterals, all of which are slightly wavy on the margin and of a dark green color. The white flowers are in terminal racemes; the petals are twice as long as the sepals. The siliques (Fig. 155) are slightly curved, on pedicels of equal length, and bear a few seeds in two rows. Geographical.—Water cress is a native of Europe and Northern Asia, but has become naturalized in both North and South America. It is widespread in North America. References Bailey, L. H.: The Cultivated Brassicas. Gentes Herbarium Vol. I, Fasc. II, 53-108, 1922. Carriere, E. A.: Une nouvelle plante fourragere et economique. Journ. d’Agric. Prat. Annee, 33, tome n: 845-847, 1869. Goee, E. S.: Vegetables: Turnip. 6th Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., 168-190, 1887. Henslow, G.: The History of the Cabbage Tribe. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. (London), 34: 15-23, 1908-1909. Shaw, T.: The Rape Plant: Its History, Culture, and Uses. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull, n: 1-20, 1893.CHAPTER XXVII ROSACELE (Rose Family) The Rosaceae are well represented in North Temperate climates. There are about 1,200 species within 65 genera. The most important genera from the crop standpoint are Ruhus (raspberry, blackberry and dewberry), and Fragaria (strawberry). Other genera of importance or of interest are Spiroea, an ornamental shrub, Potentilla (five-finger or cinque-foil), Cer cocar pus (mountain mahogany), and Rosa (rose). Leaves.—The leaves are alternate, either simple (as in some Rubus species), or compound (strawberry, rose). There are two rather prominent stipules, free from or adherent to the petiole. Inflorescence.—There are several different kinds of flower clusters in the family. It is a terminal corymb (flat-topped raceme) in Opulaster, either racemose, cymose, corymbose or paniculate in Spiroea, terminal or axillary and solitary, racemose or paniculate in Rubus, and corymbose or racemose in the strawberry. It is interesting to note the great Fig. 156—Floral number of different sorts of inflorescences in this diagram of Rubus. 0ne family, and contrast it with the mustard {After Wossidlo.) ., . , . ,, family, m which the raceme is the one prevailing type, or with the carrot family in which the umbel is, with the exception of one genus, the only type, or with the sunflower family, all members of which have a head inflorescence. Flowers.—The flowers (Fig. 156) are regular, and usually perfect. In some cultivated strawberries imperfect flowers are borne. The calyx is free from or grown to the ovary, five-lobed, and sometimes subtended by a set of bracts (epi-calyx, as in strawberry). The petals are distinct, as many as 336ROSACEiE 337 the lobes of the calyx and inserted on the margin of the disk (Fig. 157). This disk is an outgrowth of the receptacle and forms a flat rim about the calyx base. In cultivated roses there are numerous petals which have developed from primordia that normally become stamens. This bears out the belief that Fig. 157.-—American red raspberry (Rubus strigosus). A, median lengthwise section of flower, X 4; B, same of fruit, X 4; C, single immature pistil, X 5. stamens are leaves, morphologically. The production of supernumerary petals is known as “doubling.” The stamens are numerous, distinct, and attached to the margin of the toral disk (Fig. 157). The anthers are small and two-celled. The carpels are usually numerous and distinct, or rarely attached to the calyx. The ovary is one-celled (rarely imper-338 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS fectly two-celled) with a terminal or lateral style, and with from one to many ovules. Fruit.—The fruit is a follicle in Spircea, an aggregate of drupelets in raspberry, blackberry and dewberry, or an aggregate of achenes in strawberry and rose. The follicle is a pod-like fruit, with one carpel, which opens along one side only and usually bears numerous seeds. The true pod, characteristic of the pea family, is a one-carpelled fruit, which splits along two sides. It will be remembered that the capsule has several carpels. A drupelet is a small drupe—a one-seeded fruit with a fleshy mesocarp and stony endocarp. Key to Important Genera oe Rosacea ; Fruit not inclosed in hollow receptacle, i.e, the calyx not constricted over the fruit. Carpels becoming follicles, Spircea. Carpels become small drupelets crowded on a fleshy receptacle, Rubas (raspberry, blackberry, dewberry). Carpels becoming dry achenes. Style becoming long and plumose, Cer cocar pus (mountain mahogany). Style short. Receptacle fleshy in fruit, Fragaria (strawberry). Receptacle not fleshy in fruit, Potentilla (five-finger or cinque-foil). Fruit inclosed in a hollow receptacle, i.e., the calyx constricted over the fruit Rosa (rose). RUBUS (Raspberry, Blackberry, Dewberry) Stems.—The plants of this genus are usually shrubs. They are usually designated as “brambles.77 The stems are, as a rule, prickly, erect, decumbent, or creeping. The stems (“canes77) commonly die after one or two years, new ones being sent up from the roots. The main growth of the stem is made during the first year, in most Rubi; side branches are produced the second year; the flowers and fruit are developed on these side branches. The entire cane usually becomes weak and dies after fruiting. This suggests the advisability of removing canes once they have borne fruit. Propagation.—Red raspberries, blackberries and dewberries (rarely) “ sucker77 readily. This natural tendency to send upROSACEA 339 sprouts from the roots is taken advantage of by the fruit-raiser. All plants which reproduce naturally from suckers are easily propagated from root cuttings. Black-cap raspberries and dewberries produce stolons. A shoot bends over by its own weight and takes root at the tip. When once the tip has rooted Fig. 158.—Fruiting branch of American red raspberry (Rubus idaeus var. strigosus). well, the shoot may be cut loose from the parent stem and such rooted tips used as “sets.” Leaves.—These are alternate, simple, palmately lobed or compound three- to seven-foliate, and bear persistent stipules. In Rubus trivialis, southern dewberry, the leaves are evergreen. Inflorescence.—The flowers are terminal or axillary, solitary, in panicles or racemes. The flowers and fruit in all representatives of the genus Rubus are borne on shoots which arise from340 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS the growth of the year before. For example, in 1913, a shoot (cane) is sent up from the root and in the axils of the leaves are buds. In 1914, these lateral buds develop into leafy shoots with terminal inflorescences and single flowers or flower groups in the axils of leaves. The shoots, developed in 1913, once having borne fruit in 1914, are no longer useful. The cutting out of these useless shoots will induce the development of new ones from the roots. Flowers.—The flowers (Fig. 157, A) are rather large, regular, and usually perfect. In Rubus vitifolius, the Pacific Coast dewberry, however, there are both hermaphroditic and pistillate plants. The receptacle is flat or convex. The five-parted calyx is persistent in the fruit. There are five petals, which are usually white, and deciduous. The stamens are numerous, and attached at the base of the disk. The numerous pistils are separate and crowded on the receptacle; each pistil bears a single thread-like style. The styles are hairy and somewhat broadened at the base in the raspberry; while they are narrow and free from hair at the base in the blackberry. Pollination.—As a rule, the anthers and stigmas mature simultaneously. There is abundant nectar secreted by a fleshy ring on the margin of the receptacle, inside of the stamens. Insects facilitate pollination. Better yields are secured, in the case of some dewberries, if they are planted adjacent to another variety so that cross-fertilization will result. Fruit.—The fruit (Fig. 157) of the genus is an aggregate. The numerous pistils ripen into drupelets which cling together to a greater or less degree. In the dewberries and blackberries, the drupelets are firmly attached to the receptacle while in raspberries the druplets readily separate from the receptacle when the fruit is being picked, clinging together in the form of a cup. The exposed surface and the angles between the faces of each drupelet are pubescent in the raspberry, and the faces themselves are glabrous. The sticking together of the drupelets is due to the interlocking of these crooked hairs. The blackberry and dewberry drupelets are glabrous throughout,ROSACEÆ 341 Geographical.—The Rubi are of wide geographic distribution; the greater number of species, however, occurs in North Temperature regions. Classification.—The numerous members of the genus fall into three groups which may be distinguished as follows: Key to Groups of Genus Rubus Drupelets firmly attached to receptacle, not separating from the latter when fruit is being picked. Stems upright; plant propagating by suckers; lower, outer flowers open first, Blackberries. Stems trailing; plant propagating by tips; center flowers open first, Dewberries. Drupelets readily separating from the receptacle when fruit is being picked, clinging together in form of cup, Raspberries. BLACKBERRIES Only those species are considered in the following keys which have yielded us our important fruit-bearing varieties. Key to Species of Blackberries Inflorescences conspicuously loose, the few flowers scattered on long pedicels, Rubus allegheniensis X R. flagellaris (loose-cluster blackberries or blackberry-dewberry) . Inflorescences more compact, thé flowers not so scattered along the main axis. Inflorescences leafy, i.e.} pedicles subtended by leaves, Rubus argutus (leafy-cluster blackberries). Inflorescences entirely or almost leafless. Clusters long. Berries black, R. allegheniensis (common long-cluster of high-bush blackberry) . Berries cream-colored or pink, R. allegheniensis var. albinus (white blackberry) . Clusters short, R. allegheniensis var. sativus (short-cluster blackberries). Rubus allegheniensis.—The tall stems are furnished with strong, hooked prickles. The long-stalked leaves have ovate and distinctly pointed leaflets. Inflorescences are long, glandular-hairy racemes with large, showy flowers on pedicles that stand out almost at right angles. The fruit is firm, oblong, sweet, and aromatic. The plant is found throughout eastern United States and northward into Canada. The variety Taylor is the best known. Snyder and Kittatinny are common varieties of the short-cluster blackberries. The white blackberry has greenish-yellow stems and cream-white fruits, and occasionally grows wild. Rubus allegheniensis X R. flagellaris.—The loose-cluster berries are considered to be hybrids between the high-bush or long-cluster blackberry and342 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS the northern dewberry. The plants are rather low and spreading and have characteristic, broad, jagged leaflets. The fruits are small and globular or globular-oblong, and grow in small clusters. Wilson and Rathbun are typical varieties. Rubus argutus.—The plants are erect, stiff, prickly, and with stems strongly angled, almost grooved. The small leaflets are firm and rather rigid, and coarsely toothed. Inflorescences are short and leafy. The fruit is small, globular, and black. The species is found growing wild from New England to Florida and Arkansas. Common varieties are Dorchester, Early Harvest, and common Brunton Early. Fig. 159.—Northern dewberry (Rubus flagellaris). DEWBERRIES These differ from blackberries in their trailing habit, cymose inflorescences, and propagation by tips. They have received the name “ trailing blackberry.” There are four principal groups of dewberries, which are distinguished in the following key: Key to Principal Species of Dewberries Leaves evergreen, R. trivialis (southern dewberry). Leaves deciduous. Buds tipped by the united ends of the sepals, forming a spine; flower clusters forking into two or three parts, R. flagellaris var. invisus (northern dewberry). Buds not tipped by the united ends of the sepals to form a spine.ROSACEÆ 343 Both hermaphrodite and pistillate plants; leaflets coarsely toothed, R. vitifolius (western dewberry). Plants all perfect; leaflets finely toothed, R. villosus (northern dewberry). Rubus trivialis.—These are trailing shrubs, with stout, hooked prickles and bristles on the stems, and with upright branches 3 to 9 inches tall. The leaves are trifoliate, petioled, and with oval, leathery, serrate, evergreen leaflets. The inflorescences are one- to five-flowered. The flowers are large, white, and have petals that are much longer than the sepals. The fruit is black, and up to 1 inch long. The species occurs from Virginia to Florida and westward to Texas and Missouri. The best-known horticultural variety is Manatee. Rubus vitifolius.—This species occurs in California, Oregon, Washington and Idaho. Skagit Chief is the principal form in cultivation. Rubus flagellaris.—The plants are robust, with smooth stems and large, thick leaves, which have three to seven oval or ovate, long-pointed and sharply doubletoothed leaflets. The inflorescences are one to three-flowered, leafy, and cymose. The fruit is globular, and has a few, shining-black, and sweet drupelets. This is the common dewberry of the Northern States; it is found growing wild from Newfoundland to Virginia and westward to Minnesota and Kansas. Windom, Geer and Lucretia’s Sister are varieties. The Lucretia dewberry (variety roribaccus) is a more robust form with large wedge-obovate, jagged leaflets, and large flowers on long pedicels. Rubus flagellaris var. invisus.—The stems are moderately prickly. The leaflets are large and coarsely and simply dentate. The erect peduncles are elongated. The large flowers are on long pedicles; flower buds are tipped by the united ends of the sepals. The species is reported by Bailey as growing wild from New York to Alabama and east to Kansas and Missouri. The chief varieties are Bartel and Mammoth. RASPBERRIES There are four well-known groups of cultivated raspberries: black-cap, purple-cane, American red, and European red. Key to Principal Species of Raspberries Fruit purple-black, rarely yellow; propagating by tips, R. occidentalis (black-cap). Fruit purple, dark red, light red, or sometimes yellow; propagating by tips or suckers. Stems stiff and erect; fruit produced more or less continuously throughout the season, R. idceus (European red). Stems more slender and drooping; fruit produced less continuously throughout the season. Stems bristly, not glaucous; fruit light red; inflorescence racemose, R. idceus var. strigosus (American red). Stems prickly, slightly glaucous; fruit dark red; inflorescence racemose-cymose, R. neglectus (purple-cane) Rubus occidentalis.—The slender stems are often 10 to 12 feet long, rooting at the tip, sparingly supplied with small hooked prickles, and sometimes glandular-344 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS bristly above. The leaves are trifoliate, stipulate, with oval or acuminate, toothed leaflets, that are white-hairy on the under side. The inflorescences are dense, and corymbose. The flowers are on short pedicels; the petals are shorter than the sepals. The black-cap raspberries are the most important in this country. This species is found throughout eastern United States, northward into Quebec and Ontario, and westward to Oregon and British Columbia. Some of the western forms have been given distinct specific names (R. leu-codermis, R. glaucifolius, R. bernardinus. Rubus idaeus.—The stems are stiff and erect, and furnished with prickles; glandular bristles are never present except in some cultivated forms which may be considered as hybrids between R. idceus and R. strigosus; pubescence occurs on peduncles, pedicels, petioles are nearly always flattened and slightly curved. The thick leaves are white-downy beneath. The fruit is purple or yellow and is produced throughout the season. The European raspberry is not cultivated to any extent in this country at the present time. It is a native ¿>f Europe and Asia. Rubus idaeus var. strigosus.—The stems are slender and bear stiff, straight or hooked prickles; glandular bristles occur on peduncles, pedicels, petioles, and calyx. The leaves are three- to five-foliate, with ovate or oblong-ovate, sharply serrate or lobed leaflets, which are whitish-pubescent beneath. The inflorescences are terminal or axillary, and racemose; the flowers are white. The fruit is light red, rarely yellow, and is not produced continuously throughout the season. Rubus strigosus is the native, common red raspberry. It is distributed from North Carolina to New Mexico, northward in the Rocky Mountains to Manitoba and British Columbia and eastward to Newfoundland and Labrador. Cuthbert is one of the principal varieties. Rubus neglectus (R. idaeus var. strigosus X R. occidentalis).—The stems are long and often rooting at the tip, glaucous, prickly, and bristly. The inflorescence is racemose-cymose and has short, erect or ascending peduncles. The fruit varies in color from purple-black to bright purple, and sometimes yellow. Shaffer and Columbian are the chief varieties. The Loganberry.—This is an important fruit that has resulted from crossing a blackberry and a raspberry. It is supposed that the blackberry was the variety Aughinbaugh and the raspberry, Red Antwerp. Aughinbaugh is a pistillate variety of R. vitifolius. Evidence1 has recently been presented tending to show that the loganberry has behaved as a true species, and is not a hybrid. The loganberries are large, often i to inches long, and of a rich, dark red color, but unfortunately not of very superior flavor. FRAGARIA (Strawberry) Roots and Stems.—Strawberries are low, perennial plants with very short, thick stems set close to the surface of the ground. Such very short-stemmed plants are usually termed ‘^caulescent.” The buds which arise within the axils of leaves 1 Journal of Heredity, 7: 504-507, 1916.ROSACE jE 345 may develop into any one of three types of branches: a secondary crown, a runner, or an inflorescence. Runners are slender stems, growing along the ground surface; they have long internodes, and produce leaves and flowers and roots at the nodes. The runner is usually two nodes in length. After a period of growth in length, the runner turns up at its tip just beyond the second node, and becomes greatly thickened. Then it puts Fig. 160.—Flowers of strawberry (Fragaria chiloensis). flowers; below two pistillate flowers. Above, two perfect forth adventitious roots and establishes a daughter crown. The runner is continued by a bud from the axil of its first leaf. Usually, the bud in the axil of the first node does not develop, but sometimes it develops into a branch runner. Runners are used as a means of propagating the plant. They are attached to the old plant for but one season. Varieties differ greatly in the number of runners produced and in the time of producing runners. Many of the common varieties usually produce runners throughout the growing season. In the Virginian group of strawberries, the runners start to form as early as new346 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS leaves are produced and may attain a considerable length before the fruit is mature. In the Chilean group, the runners are usually formed after the fruit is matured. Also, in the different varieties, runners vary in length and thickness. New branches from the main perennial stem appear, of course, above the old ones, hence there is a tendency for the short stem to Fig. 161.—Strawberry (Fragaria chiloensis). Median lengthwise section of flower. X 4. become more and more exposed above the ground surface. Roots do not extend over a depth of 2 feet in the soil, and horizontally, scarcely beyond the area covered by the leaves. Practically all roots are within the first foot of soil. There are two types of roots: large adventitious ones, and fibrous branch ones, which differ quite markedly in their morphological characters. The latter are apparently much more efficient absorptive organs.ROSACEiE 347 Leaves.—The leaves are alternate and arise in a tuft; the petioles are usually much longer than the leaf blades, which are divided into three leaflets (trifoliate); sheathing, membranous, adnate stipules which increase in size as the leaf grows, occur at the base of the petiole. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The flowers are in small racemes or corymbs on long, erect, leafless scapes which spring from the crown of the plant. The flowers are usually perfect; however, there are some varieties (Bisel, Princess, Warfield, etc.) which have only pistillate flowers (Fig. 160); there are no commercial varieties that have only staminate flowers. In planting varieties with pistillate flowers only, it is necessary to have rows near-by planted to pollen-bearing individuals. Some perfect-flowered varieties (Glen Mary and Crescent) bear very few stamens, and hence are practically self-sterile. The receptacle is convex or conical (Fig. 161). The calyx is five-parted, with five-bracteoles (epicalyx) below, that are persistent in the fruit. There are five obovate, short-clawed petals, attached to the rim of the receptacle. There are numerous stamens, as a rule, sometimes a few or none; they are attached to the rim of the receptacle, persistent in the fruit, and possess slender filaments and small anthers. Pistils are numerous on the smooth, convex, or conical receptacle which becomes modified in the fruit (Fig. 162, A). Each carpel bears a style laterally placed (Fig. 162, B), and a single ovule. Fertilization, and Development of the Fruit.—Strawberries are protogynous, that is, the pistils of a flower mature before its stamens. Hence cross-fertilization is secured; and this usually by insects. Non-fertilization or incomplete fertilization is usually indicated by berries with hard, greenish, undeveloped apices, so-called “nubbins.” The true fruits of a strawberry are the achenes (so-called “seeds”) scattered over the fleshy receptacle. Unless the ovules are fertilized, the receptacle does not mature properly. This behavior is the rule in most plants. When a sperm nucleus of the pollen tube unites with the egg nucleus of the ovule, resulting in348 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS fertilization, there is set into action a train of changes which not only involve the ovule itself, but which extend to the ovary wall, and, as in the strawberry, to the receptacle. The Mature Fruit.—The strawberry “fruit” (popularly speaking) is an aggregate of true fruits. The fleshy part of Fig. 162.—Strawberry (Fragaria chiloensis). A, “fruit” in median lengthwise section, X 2^; B, single achene, X 20. the “fruit” is receptacle, while the true fruits (botanically speaking) are achenes partially imbedded in the surface of the receptacle. In a lengthwise section (Fig. 162, A) of the ripened fruit, the receptacle is seen to be composed of a fleshy pith and cortex with fibro-vascular bundles between them. It is in reality stem structure. These bundles send off side branches into the cortex, and some of them extend to theROSACEiE 349 achenes. The persistent calyx and epicalyx, and withered stamens are at the base of the fruit. These constitute the “hull” of the fruit. The achenes are attached to the receptacle a short distance above their base and the styles arise from the ventral side, a little above the point of attachment of fruit to receptacle. The achenes are commonly termed “ seeds.” Geographical.—The genus Fragaria possesses about eighteen species most of which are natives of the north temperate zone; a number are found in the Andes of South America. Strawberries are cultivated in all parts of the United States. Principal Fruit-bearing Species.—The evolution of the strawberry has been given to us by Bailey. Most of our cultivated varieties of strawberries belong to the species Fragaria chiloensis. This plant is a native of western Chile, from which country it was brought to Europe at the beginning of the eighteenth century. The Chilean strawberry is also a native of the western coast region of North America, as well as of South America. However, some botanists would refer the forms as found in this continent to the species Fragaria californica and F. glauca. The early settlers in the Eastern States cultivated the common wild strawberry (Fragaria virginiana) which they found growing in their fields. But few cultivated varieties belong to it. Varieties of the wild strawberry of Europe (Fragaria vescd) have also been cultivated in America, but only to a slight extent. These varieties are the Everbearing or Perpetual strawberries. Hence, the varieties of strawberries in America fall into three groups, as follows: 1. Chilean group from Fragaria chiloensis. 2. Scarlet or Virginian group from Fragaria virginiana. 3. Perpetual or European group from Fragaria vesca. These three species may be distinguished by the following key: Key to Principal Species of Fragaria Leaves usually projecting above the flowers and fruit; achenes sunken in the flesh.35° BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Runners appearing after the fruit; berry dark; calyx large; leaves shining above, bluish-white beneath, F. chil-oensis (Chilean strawberry). Runners appearing with the fruit; berry scarlet; calyx medium; leaves light green on both surfaces, F. virginiana (scarlet or Virginian strawberry). Leaves usually not projecting above the flowers and fruit; achenes not sunken in the flesh, F. vesca (perpetual or European strawberry). Fragaria virginiana (Virginia or Scarlet Strawberry).—This is a stout, dark green, tufted herb with soft-hairy leaves. The petioles are from 2 to 6 inches long, the leaflets oval or obovate, obtuse, dentate, the lateral not symmetrical at the base. The scape is usually shorter than the leaves, at least not exceeding them, hence the fruits are borne below the leaves. The calyx lobes are erect at maturity. The fruit is red, ovoid, and with achenes imbedded in the flesh. The species extends from New Brunswick to South Dakota, south to Florida, Louisiana and Arizona. Fragaria vesca (.European Wood or Everlasting Strawberry).—This is a stout, dark green, tufted plant with hairy leaves. The leaflets are ovate or broadly oval, obtuse, dentate, the lateral not symmetrical at the base. The scape is longer than the leaves, hence the fruits are borne above the leaves. The calyx lobes are spreading or reflexed. The fruit is red, hemispheric or conic, with achenes not imbedded in the flesh. This strawberry is a native of Europe, but naturalized in the Eastern and Middle States. It has given us our Perpetual and Everbearing varieties. Fragaria chiloensis (Chilean Strawberry).—The Chilean strawberry is a low form with thick leaves, shining above and bluish-white beneath; the runners appear after the fruit is gone. The fruit is large, firm, dark, with a large “hull,” and with achenes sunken in the flesh. It is a native of the western coasts of South America and North America. Most of the common varieties of strawberries belong to the Chilean species. Varieties.—The number of varieties of strawberries is great. They are commonly divided into three groups as to time of maturing: first; early (Warfield, Excelsior, Bederwood); second, medium (Ridgeway, Dunlap, Marshall, Jucunda); and third, late (Aroma, Gandy, Chesapeake, Splendid). Growers distinguish between commercial varieties and those for home consumption. A good commercial variety should be hardy, very productive, of good color, firm, and of good size and form. Among good commercial varieties, may be mentioned Bederwood, Excelsior, Jucunda, Dunlap, Captain Jack, Splendid, and Parson’s Beauty. Such varieties as Warfield, Ridgeway, Marshall, Aroma, and Chesapeake are grown for home use.ROSACEA 351 Origin of New Varieties.—Strawberries seldom come true to seed; hence it is possible to secure new varieties by planting seed. When a desirable variation appears, it is propagated and kept “true” by means of runners. This method of vegetative propagation insures permanency in the characters of the variety selected. Uses.—-Strawberries are used chiefly in the fresh state. There is an increasing demand for such strawberry products as crushed fruit, preserves, marmalades, and jellies. Large quantities are put up fresh for use at soda fountains and in the manufacture of ice cream. References Bailey, L. H.: Survival of the Unlike. Essay 25, Strawberries, The MacMillan Co., 1896. Blanchard, W. H.: Rubus of Eastern N. A. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 38: 425- 439? 1911- Bunyard, E. A.: The History and Development of the Strawberry. Jour. Hort. Soc., 39: 541-552, 1914. Corbett, L. C.: Strawberries. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 198: 1-24, 1904. Darrow, George M.: Development of Runners and Runner Plants in the Strawberry. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 122: 1-28, 1929. Mann, E. E. T., and Ball, E.: Studies in the Root and Shoot Growth of the Strawberry. I. Jour, of Pom. and Hort. Science 5: 149-169, 1926. White, Philip R.: Studies of the Physiological Anatomy of the Strawberry. Jour. Agr. Res. 35: 481-492, 1927.CHAPTER XXVIII POMACES (Apple Family) Members of the apple family are either trees or shrubs. The alternate simple or compound leaves are petioled, and have small deciduous stipules. Inflorescence.—The inflorescences are racemose (.Amel-anchier, service-berry), cymose (.Malus, apple Sorbus, mountain ash) or simple (Cotoneaster, evergreen or fire thorn). Flowers—The flowers (Fig. 167) are regular, perfect, and usually with a concave or cup-shaped receptacle or torus to which is attached a five-lobed or five-toothed calyx, five separate petals, numerous distinct stamens and a one- to five-celled ovary. The ovary is ordinarily five-celled, and the carpels are wholly or partly united. The carpels vary in texture from parchment-like (Malus, etc.) to bony (Crataegus and Coton-easter). The number of styles varies in the different genera: generally three in Sorbus, two to five in Malus (usually five), mostly five in Pyrus (pear), two to five in Amelanchier, one to five in Cratcegus (thorn apples), two to five in Cotoneaster. They may be distinct, as in Sorbus, or partly united as in Malus. The ovules are commonly two (Malus) in each cell, sometimes one (Amelanchier), or rarely several (Cydonia, quince). Fruit.—The fruit is a pome. Representatives of the family are commonly spoken of as “pomaceous.” The pome is a false or spurious fruit in which the receptacle or torus becomes fleshy, to form the greater portion of the fruit, and encloses five bony, leathery or papery carpels (Fig. 168). Geographical.—The family is of wide geographical distribution, there being close to 225 species within about 20 genera. Most of the species occur in north temperate or boreal regions. 352POMACES 353 Key to Important Genera oe Pomace^e Ripe carpels bony, Cratagus (thorn-apple, haw, hawthorn). Ripe carpels papery or leathery. Leaves compound, Sorbus (mountain ash). Leaves simple. Ovules one in each cavity, Amelanchier (service-berry, June-berry). Ovules (usually) two in each cavity. Flesh of the pome with grit-cells, Pyrus (pear). Flesh of the pome without grit-cells, Malus (apples and crab-apples). Ovules many in each carpel, Cydonia (quince). MALUS (Apples) Stems.—Malus species are either trees or shrubs. In the apple, all rapid-growing shoots develop only leaf buds. Flower buds, which in the apple are “mixed” buds, are almost always borne on the ends of “spurs” or short twigs. When a “spur” terminates in a flower bud, lateral buds lower down continue the growth of the shoot, hence the crooked appearance of such spurs (Fig. 163). These lateral buds may grow for a year or so, bearing leaf buds at the terminus, and then be stopped in their growth in that direction by the formation of a terminal flower bud. As a rule, a shoot that has once started to bear flowers continues to do so, making but a very short growth of wood each year. Such a shoot is marked by the closely crowded leaf scars, terminal-bud scars, and flower and fruit scars. The position of a fruit is usually marked by a large circular scar surrounded by a number of smaller ones of the same shape. The smaller ones represent scars made by flowers or fruit that failed to develop. It has been recorded generally, particularly for Eastern orchards, that the fruit buds in apples are always terminal, and furthermore that the fruit spur must be two or more years old before it will bear fruit. Paddock and Whipple (“Fruit Growing in Arid Regions”) have noted that in certain districts of Colorado many varieties produce flower buds in the axils of leaves on the growth of the current season and that one-year-old spurs may in many instances bear fruit, or that fruit may be borne at the end of last year’s terminal growths, not spurs. Hyslop, Mann, Missouri Pippin, Strawberry, Striped,354 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Transcendent and Winesap are among those varieties producing fruit in the axils of leaves. Astrachan, Ben Davis, Grimes, Hyslop, Jonathan, McIntosh, Missouri Pippin, Newton, Northern Spy are a few varieties found to be bearing fruit on Fig. 163.—Spur of Yellow Transparent apple. one-year-old spurs. A few varieties such as Grimes, Hyslop, Transcendent, Willow Twig, and Yellow Transparent produce fruit on the end of last year’s terminal growths, not spurs. Gourley has observed axillary fruit buds throughout the Eastern States on both old and young trees, and in manyPOMACES 3S5 varieties. Different forms of fruit branches occur; furthermore the same variety, or even tree, may bear more than one sort of fruit branch. Frequently, it has been noted that spurs bear annually, instead of biennially, as is the rule. In such a case, fruit buds are developing on a spur at the same time that an apple is maturing. It is not always an easy matter to distinguish between the fruit and leaf buds of apple. Generally, fruit buds are rather thick and rounded, while leaf buds are smaller and more pointed. It has been shown that fruit buds are differentiated very early, and may be distinguished by microscopic study, from leaf buds, as early as the last week in June of the year preceding the opening of the flower. The above has been reported by Drinkard, and Kraus has observed that in the Yellow Newton apple, under Oregon conditions, the fruit and leaf buds are differentiated in early July, and in early varieties, even by the latter part of May. The form of the tree, nature of twigs, branches, bark and leaves vary a great deal in the many varieties of apples. Leaves.—These are simple, alternate, and toothed or lobed; the stipules are free from the petiole. Some use is made of leaf characters in the Mature jona-identification of common apple varieties. axillary Inflorescence.—It will be recalled that the flower buds- &d~ buds containing flowers are mixed buds. Hence, dock and when each opens there is developed a very Wht^le^ short axis bearing closely crowded leaves and flowers. On this axis, the flowers are apical, the leaves basal. The flowers may be so crowded that the cyme is umbel-like in appearance. In most cases, the inflorescence is terminal, but, as has been indicated above, it is axillary in some varieties. The number of flowers in a single mixed bud may vary from Fig. 164-356 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS two or three to eight or ten. As a rule, but one flower matures its fruit, thus illustrating the struggle for existence among the different individual flowers. The determinate inflorescence, cyme, of apple is not always definitely so. It will be remembered that in the cyme type of inflorescence the flowers open in order from the inside outward. Sometimes the central flower is tardy in its development, and often the central and some of the laterals may open simultaneously. Flowers and Their Development.—The development of the apple flower (Yellow Newton) has been worked out by Fig. 165.—Diagram showing the development of apple. Dotted area represents pith. Not drawn to scale. {After Kraus, Oregon Agr. Exp. Sta.) Kraus. A longitudinal section (Fig. 165) of a growing axis shows a number of bracts and bud scales surrounding it; on the sides of the axis, appear the primordia of flower buds and leaves. The primordia of sepals are the first to appear. The torus develops especially toward the outer edge by a growth of the cells beneath the developing calyx, and finally takes on a concave shape. The torus continues to uprise during the development of petals and stamens, both of which are seen to arise from the concave sides of the torus. Following the appearance of sepal primordia, appear petal primordia, thenPOMACE^E 357 those of stamens, and lastly those of the carpels. The succession of floral cycles is acropetal, i.e., in order from without to the inside. The primordia of stamens appear in three cycles, those of the outer usually being laid down first (Fig. 166). The carpel primordia appear within the central portion of the cup-shaped torus. There are five of these surrounding a small central cavity, which is formed by a lack of growth at the center of the torus. Hence there is no common placenta, but each carpel has its two separate placentas, which in “open-cored” pomes may become closely connected. These facts will be considered again in the account of fruit development. It is thus shown by the studies of Kraus that calyx lobes, petals, sta- Ftg- 166—Floral diagram of apple (Malus sylvestris). Note mens, and carpels are all outgrowths that the stamens are in three of the urn-shaped receptacle. distinct whorls. {After Kraus.) Pollination and Fertilization.—The literature on this subject is extensive. Cross-pollination is the rule and self-pollination the exception in the apple and pear. Experiments have shown that the wind aids but little in cross-pollination, and that insects, chiefly the honey bee, are relatively more important. The bee is attracted to the flowers by the nectar which is produced rather abundantly. Self-sterility and Self-fertility.—Many apples and pears are self-sterile, that is, will not fertilize their own pistils. In such cases, pollen from another variety will usually result in fertilization. Self-sterility and self-fertility probably vary with different climatic conditions. In Oregon, it has been found that the Spitzenburg is self-sterile but capable of being fertilized with pollen from a number of other varieties, such as Yellow Newton, Arkansas Black, Jonathan, and Baldwin. As another example, the Winesap in certain sections of the country pro-358 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS duces very defective pollen, and as a result is relatively self-sterile. With this variety Ben Davis and Grimes are effective pollinators. Evidently, the mutual affinities of apple varieties must be considered in setting out an orchard. It would not be well to plant solid blocks of Spitzenburg, for example. It should be alternated with rows of some one of the other varieties the pollen of which is capable of fertilizing it. It is no doubt true that the failure of many varieties to set fruit is due, in part, to self-sterility. Effects of Strange Pollen.—The secondary effects of foreign pollen on the mature fruit have received considerable Fig. 167.—Apple (Malus sylvestris). Median longitudinal section of flower. attention. It is claimed by many that the pollen from one variety when placed on the stigma of another, immediately impresses its characteristics upon the fruit. Recently Nebel claims “that two apples on the same tree originating from different kinds of equally efficient pollen are not strictly alike. The dissimilarities were found in several characters of the apple,POMACES 359 such as height, breadth, color, weight, and seed length, and it is assumed that they may extend to all remaining characters of the apple, which, however, will be very difficult to prove. The dissimilarities are very slight and can only be “detected with refined methods of measurements on series of individuals.” It is difficult to understand how foreign pollen could have any considerable effect of this kind. The flesh of the apple is receptacle for the most part. The sperm nuclei of the pollen, of course, do not come into contact with the nuclei of the receptacle cells. It is altogether possible, however, that uniformity of crop, percentage of set, and size of fruit are immediately affected by strange pollen. Parthenocarpy.—As a general rule, lack of fertilization of the ovules in the ovary is followed by the shedding of the blossoms; the ovary fails to develop completely if a good number of its ovules are not fertilized. However, development of the ovary does sometimes occur although fertilization fails. Such an unusual development of carpels is called parthenocarpy. This phenomenon is not unknown in the apple. With certain sorts of both apples and pears, fruits weighing ioo grams have been developed without fertilization. Of course, partheno-carpic fruit is seedless. It has been found that parthenocarpic fruits are more prevalent among small fruits than among large fruits of orchard varieties. There are among cultivated plants many which bear seedless fruit. We noted that in the common Mission figs the fruit matures normally without fertilization of the ovules. Seedless tomatoes, egg plants, English forcing cucumbers, oranges, grapes, and bananas are quite common. The Fruit and Its Development.—Morphology—There are two common opinions as to the nature of pomaceous fruits: 1. Flesh is thickened calyx tube. 2. Flesh is receptacle or torus closely connected with the carpels. The recent work of Kraus appears to establish the latter. In following through the development of the flower (Fig.360 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 165), it is seen that the receptacle, by more rapid growth at the sides than toward the center, becomes urn-shaped and bears on the rim and inside face, calyx lobes, petals, and stamens. In the development of the fruit, there is a continuation of the enlargement of the receptacle; the throat of the receptacle becomes narrow, and through it the styles protrude; and the connection between receptacle and carpel tissues becomes a very close one; hence receptacle makes up the greater portion of the flesh of the apple. Ripening Process.—Important chemical changes take place in the ripening process. The content of sucrose (cane sugar) increases steadily in the ripening process up to a maximum and then suddenly decreases. There is a rapid decrease of starch throughout the entire period. Invert sugar (a mixture of glucose and fructose) increases throughout the ripening period while the total sugar increases up to the date when starch entirely disappears, after which time it fluctuates slightly. Malic acid, which gives the fruit its sourness, gradually becomes less and less. Ripening takes place in two stages. The first stage involves that portion of the fruit within the core line (Fig. 168). Here there is at first a decrease in the starch content just between the locules, at the tips of the carpels. This loss extends outward from these points to the core line. The second stage of the ripening process involves the region outside the core line. At first, streaks free of starch appear in the midst of this area. Soon the middle portion of the area becomes free of starch. There is a gradual increase of this starch-free area, the last regions to ripen being V-shaped areas radiating from the vascular bundles as seen in cross-section. Furthermore, anatomical changes take place in ripening. The middle lamellae of the cells, soften, resulting in a slight separation of the cells, an increase in the regularity of the cell outline, in the size of intercellular spaces, and amount of intercellular air. “Mealiness.”—This results from a softening of the middle lamellae; those varieties that are comparatively very mealyPOMACEÆ 3ÔÏ have correspondingly weak lamellæ. When a cell divides into two, the common primary wall between them becomes the middle lamella of the thicker wall formed by the deposition of material from both protoplasts. Hence in the mature cell wall, the primary of first-formed wall appears as a definite layer between the added layers. Separation of two adjacent cells naturally takes place along this middle line. Cross-section of Fruit.—In a median cross-section of the apple fruit (Fig. 168), the relation of carpels and receptacle is well made out. The five carpels radiate from the center. Each carpel is composed of a parchment-like endocarp, fleshy mesocarp, and fleshy exocarp. The pith of the receptacle, which is in reality stem, surrounds and unites with the carpels ; the pith is without vascular bundles. As a rule, there are ten primary vascular bundles seen in the median cross-section. They mark thé limits of the pith, all tissue outside of them being cortex of the receptacle. The tissues of the carpels and pith are very similar. However, the tissue of the carpels bear a network of very fine vascular bundles, while that of pith is without such a net work. Many observers have wrongly considered all tissue from parchment-like tissue, surrounding the seed cavities, out to vascular ring, inclusive, as carpellary, whereas others have considered only the parchment-like tissue as carpellary. The ten primary vascular bundles are related in their development with the carpels, as is shown by the fact that when six carpels occur there are twelve bundles instead of ten, and when there are four carpels, eight bundles. Crandall has noted marked variation in the number of carpels. Large fruits had a number ranging from 4 to 8, while that for small fruits was from 2 to 8. The number of carpels in crab fruits ranged from 2 to 12. Longitudinal Section of Fruit-In longitudinal section (Fig. 168), the flesh is seen to be separated into two parts by a distinct line, the “core line.” The core line marks the junction of pith and cortex of the receptacle. The primaryOo On to -calyx lobe -stamens -styles ^endocarp■ ^seed^ ^ cortex of receptacle core- line (vascular bundles) pith of receptacle txooarp . and mesocarp. Fig. 168.—A, median lengthwise section of mature apple; B, cross-section of same. BOTANY OF CROP PLANTSPOMACES 363 vascular bundles of the torus follow the core line, and branches from them spread out into the cortex of the fruit. Kraus has demonstrated that apple varieties show marked variation in their internal structure, and that this structure is distinctive for any given variety. External Characteristics.—These are very important in technical descriptions of the apple. Form is of considerable consequence. In judging form, the apple is held so as to be seen in a line at right angles to an axis from stem end to calyx end. Form terminology includes such terms as round, oblate, conical, ovate, oblong, elliptical, etc. The flower stem persists in the fruit. The depression about the stem is termed the cavity. It varies in shape and depth in the different varieties. At the opposite end from the cavity is the basin. This also varies in character and is of taxonomic value in the classification of fruits. The remains of the calyx are persistent within the basin of the common apple. In the pure Siberian Crabs, the calyx is deciduous, while in hybrid forms of Siberian Crabs and the common apple it is partly deciduous. The dried stamens and styles may be seen within the calyx lobes. The stamens may be basal, situated near the base of the calyx tube; median, near the middle; or marginal, near the outer edge. The calyx tube itself varies in shape from conical to funnel-shaped. The calyx segments, five in number, vary in their arrangement in the mature fruit. They may be divergent, that is, reflexed, erect convergent, when their margins touch, flat convergent, when they are flat and close the tube, and connivent, when they are overlapping. In a median transverse section, the “cells” in different varieties vary in shape and relation to the axis of the apple. They may be “open” or “closed,” axile or abaxile. When the walls extend to the axis, the cells are axile, and when they are distant from the axis, and unsymmetrical, they are abaxile. When the core line meets inside the calyx tube, the core is said to be meeting; if near the calyx tube, it is clasping. The core outline varies in shape. There are usually two seeds in each cell cavity;364 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS however, there may be more than two or fewer or sometimes none at all. They vary in size and color. Seed production in apples varies considerably. This variation is seen in an examination of individual fruits as well as of different varieties. Crandall has shown that large fruits produce more seeds than small fruits, that the highly developed orchard varieties produce almost twice as many seeds as the varieties of crabs. He found that seed production in large apples exceeded that in small by 14.7 per cent.; the average number of seeds for large apples was 8.27, for small, 7.21, and for crabs, 4.22. The normal number of 10 seeds was found in but 12 per cent, of the large fruits of orchard varieties, whereas 69 per cent, averaged below 10 seeds per fruit, and 18 per cent, above this number. Key to Principal Species of Malus Calyx deciduous from the apex of fruit. Leaves conduplica te in the bud (Fig. 115); petioles thick, usually about 1 inch long; flowers rose-colored, Malus floribunda (flowering crab). Leaves convolute in the bud (Fig. 115); petioles slender, usually about 2 to 3 inches long; flowers white or very light rose-colored, Malus baccata (Siberian crab). Calyx persistent on the fruit. Leaves glabrous, at least when mature. Leaves prominently lobéd, thin, Malus coronaria (American crab-apple). Leaves toothed, but not lobed, thick, Malus angustifolia (narrow-leaved crab-apple). Leaves persistently pubescent or tomentose beneath. Leaves narrowed at base; pomes small, 1 to 1inches in diameter. Pedicles slender, 1 to 1 inches long, Malus ioensis (Western crab-apple). P’edicles stout, to 1 inch long, Malus soulardii (Soulard crab-apple). Leaves rounded or subcordate at base; pomes large, 2 to 4 inches in diameter Malus syhestris (common apple). Malus floribunda, Flowering Crab.—This is a shrub or small tree, often thorny. The leaves are conduplicate in the bud, the flowers abundant, showy, and rose-red, the fruit red, about the size of a pea, and on slender stalks. It is highly ornamental, and flowers in early spring. It is a native of Japan. M. baccata, Siberian Crab.—This crab is a small, spreading tree with leaves that are convolute in the bud, abundant flowers, usually white and showy, and fruit that is to % inch in diameter, yellow or red, firm and translucent. The species occurs in many forms. The orchard fruits known as “crab-apples ” arePOMACE.® 365 believed to be hybrids between this and the common apple, M. sylvestris. The Siberian crab grows wild from Siberia to Manchuria and the Himalaya region. Pig. 169.—Leaves of Malus species. A and B, western crab (M. ibensis); C, flowering crab (M. floribunda); D, narrow-leaf crab (M, angustifolia); E, soulard crab (M. soulardi); F, common apple (Wealthy) (M. sylvestris); G, American crab (M. coronaria); H, Siberian crab (M. baccata). X M. angustifolia, Narrow-leaved Crab-apple.—It is a low tree with small, narrow, lanceolate leaves, few-flowered cymes, fragrant pink flowers, and fruit about i inch in diameter. It is distributed from Pennsylvania to Tennessee and Florida.366 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS M. coronaria, American Crab-apple.—This is a small, bushy tree with thorny’ crooked branches, ovate or triangular-ovate, sometimes three-lobed, leaves* large flowers, with a persistent calyx, and fruit that is i to i inches in diameter, somewhat flattened endwise, greenish-yellow, waxy, fragrant, and rich in malic acid. It grows wild in Ontario and North Atlantic States, west to Kansas and Missouri. M. ioensis, Western or Prairie States Crab-apple.—It is a small tree with large leaves, firm in texture and of various shapes, large flowers, and green fruit with light-colored spots. It is native of Minnesota, Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri, and Kansas. Bechtel’s Double-flowering Crab is probably a double-flowered form of Malus ioensis. M. soulardii, Soulard Crab.—This is a natural hybrid between the common apple (M. sylveslris) and the Western crab-apple (.M. ioensis). It is a small, stout tree, with leaves similar to those of M. ioensis, in close clusters on short, densely wooly pedicels; the fruit is larger and of better flavor than that of M. ioensis. It grows wild in the Mississippi Valley. M. sylvestris, Common Apple.—The common apple is a large tree with twigs and under surface of leaves gray-woolly; the flowers are in close clusters, and on short pedicels; the fruit is very variable. There are numerous varieties differing as to form, size, color, and taste of fruit. In order to keep the varieties true to type, propagation is vegetative rather than sexual. The common apple is considered to be a native of western Asia and southeastern Europe. In eastern United States, it occasionally escapes from cultivation. It is grown commercially in all parts of the United States except in Florida, the regions bordering the Gulf of Mexico, and warmer portions of the Southwest. The leading apple-growing section of this country is from Nova Scotia south and west to Illinois and Missouri. The Classification of Apples {Malus sylvestris).—There have been a, number of systems of classifying cultivated varieties of apples. A brief sketch of the most important of these is given in the American Horticultural Manual Part II, Systematic Pomology. The principal classifications mentioned in the above work are those of Johann Johnston, Germany 1668, Manger, Germany 1780, Dr. Diel, Germany 1792, Diel-Cochnahl, Germany 1855, Diel-Lucas, Germany 1856, John A. Warder, America 1867, John J. Thomas, America 1849, Robert Hogg, England 1876. The system of Dr. Diel of Germany, was the first to be widely adopted in to to or with modifications. He divided the varieties into seven classes, and these into orders. ThesePOMACES 367 classes are as follows: Ribbed apples, Rose apples, Rambours, Reinettes, Stripelings, Pointlings, and Flat apples. Beach gives the following groups of varieties: Fall Pippin, Rhode Island Greening, Winesap, Fameuse, Alexander or Aport, Wealthy, Duchess of Oldenburg, Northern Spy, Blue Pearmain, and Ralls-Genet. Composition.—According to the determinations of Alwood and Davidson, the average amount of juice recovered from summer apples by grinding and pressing is 53.2 per cent.; from winter fruit 53.92 per cent. Crab-apples show an average juice content of 57.31 per cent. The average water content of the whole apple varies from 80 to 86 per cent, of its total weight. It is not possible, of course, to remove all the juice from apples by ordinary pressing, and furthermore, the amount of juice recovered depends upon the grinding and pressing methods. The above workers chemically analyzed the juice and pomace of many varieties. The percentage composition of the juice is shown in the following table: Specific gravity Total solids Total sugar Invert sugar Cane sugar Acids as h2so4 Tannin Summer varieties 1 049 12.33 9 53 5-85 3 5° 0 33 0 040 Autumn varieties . 1 054 13 76 10 66 6 93 3-53 0.36 0 069 Winter varieties . . 1 056 14 29 11 43 7.04 4 16 0 41 0 050 Crab-apples . 1 062 15.69 11.71 8 08 3-45 0 50 0.122 For vinegar-making, a high sugar content is desirable. A common notion is that acid or “tartar” apples are better for vinegar-making than those low in acid. The amount of acetic acid in a vinegar, which is the important test of its quality, is dependent upon the amount of sugar in the juice (cider) and not upon the acid. The sour taste of apples is due to the malic acid present, So-called “sweet apples” do not necessarily contain more sugar than “sour apples,” but they do contain less acid, hence their “sweetness.”368 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Cider and Vinegar.—Cider is the juice or wine of apples. In the transformation of cider to vinegar, two fermentation processes take place, in the following order: (i) alcoholic fermentation, and (2) acetic acid fermentation. When cider “begins to work,” it is an indication that the first fermentation process is going on. The sugar of the apple juice is being converted into alcohol and carbon dioxide. The escaping of this gas from the fermenting cider causes a “frothing.” The process of alcoholic fermentation is produced by a microscopic organism, the yeast plant. When the evolution of carbon dioxide gas has ceased and the alcohol is at its maximum, the cider is spoken of as hard cider. The second step in vinegarmaking is the conversion of the alcohol of the hard cider into acetic acid. This change is brought about by a bacterium, the acetic acid germ. The characteristic properties of vinegar are due to acetic acid. Dried Apples.—Many housewives dry their apples in the sun. When apples are dried on a large scale, they are peeled, cored, and sometimes sliced by machinery. The fruit is then dipped for a few minutes in a weak salt solution, which tends to prevent discoloration. It is then placed in trays and taken to the drying machine. It is the practice in some manufacturing plants to subject the apples, before drying to sulphur fumes for a short time. These fumes bleach the apples slightly, and also kill any organisms that may be present. The most common drying method is to pass hot air under high pressure over the fruit. After removal from the drying machine, the apples are allowed to sweat for several days either in the open air or in well-ventilated chambers. They are then ready for packing. PYRUS (Pear) The characters of this genus are very similar to those of Malus. The pears are trees or shrubs with simple leaves, and large flowers in terminal cymes, resembling those of the apple; the styles are usually free to the base. The fruit is: a pome,POMACEiE 369 varying in shape, with five carpels, two seeds in each cavity, and an abundance of grit cells in the flesh (Fig. 170). The two most common species of Pyrus are Pyrus communis, the common- pear, and Pyrus serótina culta, sand, Japanese, or Chinese pear. In the common pear, the teeth on the leaves are obtuse, the flowers appear with the leaves, and the calyx is persistent, while in the Japanese or Chinese pear, the teeth on the leaves are sharp-pointed or bristle-like, the flowers appear before the leaves, and the calyx is deciduous. PYRUS COMMUNIS (Common Pear) Stem.—The common pear is a tree of upright-growing habit. The flower buds are mixed and terminal, as in most apples. Paddock and Fig- 170—a group of stone . cells and surrounding paren-Whipple have shown that, m chyma cells from the flesh of Colorado at least, the Anjou pear ^gnifiS“8 communis)‘ HighIy may produce blossom buds on one- year-old spurs; that Bartletts may form bloom on the end of the last year’s growth; that Anjou, Bartlett, Duchess, and Kieffer varieties produce bloom in axillary buds on the last year’s growth, and that a number of varieties, as Anjou, Bartlett, Duchess and Sheldon, are annual bearers. There are usually from six to nine flowers in a bud. The “spurs” are similar in appearance and development to those of the apple. Leaves and Flowers.—The leaves are ovate, elliptic, and finely toothed. The,flowers are in simple terminal cymes; the pedicels are 2 to 3 inches long, and appear with the leaves; the petals are five in number, rounded, short-clawed, and usually white; the sepals are persistent; the styles are distinct to the base. Fruit.—The fruit varies in shape, usually tapering to the base; the flesh is with grit cells (Fig. 170) (groups of stone cells imbedded in parenchyma).37° BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Geographical.—The common pear is probably a native of southern Europe and Asia. It is the pear of history, referred to in the literature of Egypt, Syria, Greece and Rome. In many localities, it has escaped from cultivation. There are numerous cultivated varieties. The pear thrives best in the northern half of the United States. PYRUS SEROTINA CULTA (Sand, Japanese, or Chinese Pear) This is a strong-growing tree with dark green shining, broad-ovate, long-pointed leaves that are very sharply toothed. The large flowers appear before the leaves. The fruit is hard and russet-like, keeps well, and has a deciduous calyx. The tree is a native of China and is found wild in Japan. Chinese Sand, Madame von Siebold, Mikado, and Japanese Sand are a few of the varieties grown in the United States. It is also often used to hybridize with our common pear, the Kieffer variety and the Pineapple pear being the best-known ones resulting from such a cross. Self-sterility in Pears.—Much of the barrenness in pear orchards is due to self-sterility, that is, the inability of the pollen of a variety to fertilize the ovules in the pistils of that variety. It has been frequently observed in many portions of the country that when a certain variety of pear, as well as other fruits, was planted thickly, there was often pronounced self-sterility. This is particularly true, it seems, of Bartlett and Kieffer pears. There has been obtained the following average results, under Virginia conditions, in self-fertilizing Bartlett, and in crossing with a number of varieties (in the table, the last mentioned variety of a cross furnished the pollen): Pollinations Av. number of blossoms set Av. weight of mature fruit ounces Bartlett X Bartlett*. I in 513 2 OO Bartlett X Kieffer® 1 in 10 3.00 Bartlett X Anjou*. 1 in 7 3 75 Bartlett X Lawrence, 1 in 9 3 50 Bartlett X Duchess.'***........... 1 in 10 3 50 The] following table shows similar relations in the case of Kieffer pears:POMACEAS 371 Pollinations Kieffer X Kieffer,.,, Kieffer X Bartlett, „, Kieffer X Le Conte, Kieffer X Lawrence, Kieffer X Duchess,, Kieffer X Anjou v,, „, Kieffer X Clairgeau, Kieffer X Garber, r „, av. number of blossoms set . .......................... .. ,. i in 253 . ........ ...................... I in 5 v...v............... i in 7 »*"»*» * i .*« t . t *«« * • « 1 in 6 t ............... I in 5 r*. ,«.r ....,... , I in 4 i in 3 ...... v c c, , *.... .«.. i in 7 From these experiments, Fletcher recommends (under Virginia conditions, at least) that Anjou, Lawrence, Duchess and Kieffer are desirable varieties to plant with Bartlett, and that Bartlett, Le Conte, Garber, Lawrence, Duchess, Anjou, and Clairgeau are desirable varieties to plant with the Kieffer. It is not probable that the same degree of self-sterility for a given variety will prevail under different climatic and soil conditions. Furthermore, it must be held in mind that no immediate effect of strange pollen need be expected in the resulting fruit. Dwarf Pears.—The pear is the most common tree grown in a dwarf form in the United States. The usual method of dwarfing pears is to graft them on quince roots, which are very slow-growing. In a graft, the two plants retain their individuality to a large degree. However, there are numerous instances cited of the influence of the stock upon the scion, or scion upon the stock.1 When pears are grafted on the more slowly growing roots of the quince, the stock in this case retards the growth of the pear, and dwarfing results. The common quince used in Angers and the varieties ordinarily dwarfed are Angouleme, Bartlett, 1 If the common apple is grafted on the wild crab, the fruit of the scion growth is more sour than usual. Late varieties of apple may mature earlier when grafted on early stock. The influence of the scion upon the stock is well shown in the case of grafting the morning glory, an annual, upon the sweet potato, a perennial. In this case, the tuberous roots develop much earlier than usual. A most interesting illustration is the development, in Abutilón, of leaves with white spots (albescent leaves) on a green leaved scion when grown as a graft upon an albescent stock.372 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Anjou, and Louise Bonne. Dwarfing appears to improve the quality of the fruit. CYDONIA (Quince) The genus has much the same characters as Malus and Pyrus, except that each of the five carpels has several seeds, covered with a mucilaginous pulp, and the large flowers are in small clusters or sometimes single at the tips of branches. There are several species of Cydonia, the most common being C. oblonga (edible quince). CYDONIA OBLONGA (Common Quince) Stem.—The common quince is a small tree seldom over 15 feet high, or a shrub, with rather crooked, slender branches. The shoots that come from axillary buds and those that come from terminal buds may give rise to flower-bearing shoots, but it is usually the case that the largest fruit comes on branches arising from axillary buds on the last half of the annual growth. The flowers are not from fruit buds formed in the autumn; after a woody shoot has grown several inches, a flower is produced which terminates the season’s growth of that shoot. Leaves.—The leaves are alternate, with blades 2 to 3 inches long, oval, somewhat heart-shaped or rounded at the base, acute at the apex, green above and soft-hairy beneath, and with petioles about inch long. Flowers.—As a rule, the flowers are solitary; the petals are white or light pink; the stamens are numerous; there are five carpels with several ovules in each cavity. Fruit.—The fruit may be apple- or pear-shaped, hard, wooly when young, becoming smooth with age; the flesh is free of grit cells; the skin is yellow at maturity; each of the five cells of the ovary contains several seeds which have a mucilaginous coating. Varieties.—Bailey gives five varieties of the species, Cydonia vulgaris: Lusitanica, maliformis, pyriformis mar-morata, and pyramidalis.POMACES 373 Uses.—Quinces are not usually eaten raw but made into marmalades, or canned. The juice is sometimes employed to flavor manufactured fruit products. References Alwood, William B., and Davidson, R. J.: The Chemical Composition of Apples and Cider. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Chem. Bull. 88: 7-18, 1904. Beach, S. A., Booth, N. O., and Taylor, O. M.: The Apples of New York. 22d Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 1: 1-409; vol. 2: 1-360, 1903. Bigelow, W. D., Gore, H. C., and Howard, B. J.: Studies on Apples. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Chem. Bull. 94: 1-100, 1905. Black, Caroline A.: The Nature of the Inflorescence and Fruit of Pyrus malus. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gardens, 6: 519-547, 1916. Bradeord, F. C.: The Pollination of the Pomaceous Fruits. II. Fruit-dud Development of the Apple. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: 1-16, 1915. Brooks, Chas. : The Fruit Spot of Apples. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 35:423-456, 1908 (includes notes on structure of fruit). Budd, J. L., and Hansen, N. E.: American Horticultural Manual. Part II, Systematic Pomology. John Wiley & Sons, 1911. Butler, O.: On the Cause of Alternate Bearing in the Apple. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 44: 85-95, 1917. Chittenden, F. J.: Pollination in Orchards. III. Self-fruitfulness and Selfsterility in Apples. Jour. Hort. Soc., 39: 615-628, 1914. Crandall, C. S.: Seed Production in Apples. 111. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 203: 185-213, 1917. Cox, H. R.: Oriental Pears and Their Hybrids. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 332, 1913- Decaisne, Joseph: Memoire sur la famille des Pomacees. Nouvelles Archives du Museum, X, pp. 113-192 (Paris), 1875. Le jardin fruitier du museum, uh iconographie de touts les especes et varietes d’arbes fruitiers cultives dans cet establissement. Firmin Didot Freres. Drinkard, A. W.: Fruit-bud Formation and Development. Rept. Vir. Agr. Exp. Sta., 1909-1910; 159-205, 1911. Ewert, K.: Die Parthenokarpie der Obstbaume. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell., 24: 414-416, 1906. Die Parthenocarpie der Obstbaume. Ber. Bot. Ges., 26: 414-416, 1906. Fletcher, S. W.: Pollination of Bartlett and Kieffer Pears. Reprint from Ann. Rept. Va. Agr. Exp. Sta., 1909: 212-232. Pollination of Bartlett and Kieffer Pears. Ann. Rept. Va. Agr. Exp. Sta., 1909 and 1910; 213-224, 1911. Goef, E. S.: The Origin and Early Development of the Flowers in the Cherry, Plum, Apple and Pear. 16th Ann. Rept. Wis. Agr. Exp. Sta., 290-303,1899. Investigations of Flower Buds. 17th Ann. Rept. Wis. Agr. Exp. Sta., 266-285, 1900. Investigation of Flower Buds. 18th Ann. Rept. Wis. Agr. Exp. Sta. 304-316, 1901.374 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Origin and Development of the Apple Blossom. Am. Gard., 22: 330 and 346-347,1901. Gardner, V. R., Magness, J. R.^and Yeager, A. F.: Pruning Investigations. Oregon Agri. Exp. Sta. Bull. 139: 1-88, 1916. Gourley, J. H.: Studies in Fruit Bud Formation. N. H. Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bull. 9: 1-79, 1915. Hardy, J. A., and A. F.: Traité de la taille des arbres fruitiers, ed. 12, 123, Paris. Hedrick, V. P.: Dwarf Apples. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 406: 341-368, 1915. Pears of New York. 1921. Kraus, E. J.: The Pollination of the Pomaceous Fruits. I. Gross Morphology of the Apple. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Res. Bull. I, pt. I: 1-12, 1913. The Study of Fruit Buds in Oregon. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 130: 12-21, 1915- Variation of Internal Structure of Apple Varieties. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 135- 3-42, 1916. Kraus, E. J., and Ralston, G. S.: The Pollination of the Pomaceous Fruits. III. Gross Vascular Anatomy of the Apple. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 138: 4-12, 1916. Lewis, C. I., and Vincent, C. C.: Pollination of the Apple. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 1-40, 1909. McAlpine, D.: Thè Fibro-vascular System of the Apple and Its Function. Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S.xWales, 36: 613-625, 1911. The Fibro-vascular System of the Quince Fruit Compared with That of the Apple and Pear. Proc. Linn. N. S. Wales, 37: 689-697, 1912. Nebel, B. R.: Xenia and Metaxenia in Apples, N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 170: 1-16, 1930. Overholser, E. L.: Apple Pollination Studies in California. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 426: 1-17, 1927. Paddock, W. and Whipple, O. B.: Fruit Growing in Arid Regions. MacMillan Co., 1910. Pickett, B. S.: Factors Influencing the Formation of Fruit Buds in Apple Trees. Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc., pt. I: 57-72, 1913. Sandsten, E. P.: Some Conditions Which Influence the Germination and Fertility of Pollen. Wis. Agr. Exp. Sta. Research Bull. 4: 149-172, 1909. Shaw, J. K.: The Technical Description of Apples. Mass. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 159: 73-90, 1914. Leaf Characters of Apple Varieties. Mass. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 208: 21-31, 1922. Waite, W. B.: The Pollination of Pear Flowers. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Veg. Path, and Phys. Bull. 5: 1-110, 1894. West, G. H.: The Pollination of Apples and Pears. Trans. Kans. State Hort. Soc., 32: 38-50, 1912.CHAPTER XXIX DRUPACEjE (Plum Family) Habit of Growth, Stems.—Representatives of the plum family are trees or shrubs. The bark exudes a gum, and the leaves, bark, and seeds are bitter, and contain prussic acid. Many cases of poisoning have been recorded from eating the seeds of peach and bitter almond, and it is also known that stock is poisoned from eating the leaves of wild cherries. The glucoside, amygdalin, acted on by emulsin, an enzyme, in the presence of water is changed to prussic acid, grape sugar, and benzaldehyde. Prussic acid is deadly poisonous even in small amounts. Leaves.—The leaves are alternate, petioled and commonly finely toothed. The teeth and petiole are often glandular (Fig. 171); the stipules are early deciduous. Flowers.—The perfect, regular flowers (Fig. 172) are solitary (apricot), or in racemes (wild black cherry, etc.),umbels (sweet cherry, etc.), or corymbs (perfumed cherry). The calyx is free from shaped or tubular and with its lobes imbricated in the bud; the corolla has five distinct petals; there are numerous stamens. In a longitudinal section (Fig. 173) of the drupaceous flower, it is seen that the ovary is placed down within a cup commonly 375 Fig. i 71.—Leaf of peach (Amygdalus persica). The base of the leaf considerably enlarged, in B. the ovary, five-lobed, bell-376 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS called the “calyx tube.” If it is a calyx tube, then petals and stamens are inserted upon it. It is very probable that this tube is receptacle and that calyx, corolla and stamens are mounted Fig. 172.—Floral diagrama of Prunus. Fig. 173.—Sour cherry (Prunus cerasus). Median lengthwise section of flower. thereupon. There is one pistil, situated at the bottom of the hollow receptacle; the ovary is one-celled and two-ovuled; the style is single and terminal and bears a small, head-shaped stigma.DRUPACE.E 377 Fruit.—The fruit is a drupe (Fig. 174), that is, one with a single seed surrounded by a stony endocarp, fleshy mesocarp, and an outer skin or exocarp (epicarp). However, if one examines the young ovary of a Prunus flower he will find two ovules; one of them aborts, the other develops into a seed. The endosperm is absent, or present only in a small amount. The cotyledons are fleshy. The only genus of any importance is Prunus. It has the characteristics of the family. PRUNUS This genus includes the plum, cherry, almond, peach and apricot. These main groups may be distinguished by the following key: x Key to Main Groups of Genus Prunus Stone smooth. Flowers clustered; fruit glabrous. Fruit large, usually grooved, covered with a bloom; stalk short; stone usually compressed, longer than broad; leaves convolute in the bud (Fig. 115), Plums. Fruit small, usually not grooved, not covered with a bloom; stalk long; stone usually globular; leaves conduplicate in the bud (Fig. 115), Cherries. Flowers solitary or in two’s; fruit velvety at first, Apricots. Stone pitted or furrowed. Flesh soft, thick, juicy, Peaches. Flesh hard, thin, dry, Almonds. The genus has about 90 species, nearly all of which occur north of the equator; they are widely distributed in both eastern and western hemispheres. Most species are confined to the temperate zone. The evergreen cherries include a group found in the tropics and subtropics. PLUMS Stems.—The plums are shrubs or small trees. The different species vary considerably in bark and twig characters. The bark of southern forms is lighter in color than that of those growing in the north. Plums have a tendency to produce spurs (Fig. 175). Flower buds are, as a rule, on these spurs,378 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS one spur bearing from 2 to 20 buds. The spur may terminate in a leaf bud. However, in most plums, true terminal buds are seldom formed. In such cases, if the last lateral bud is a branch bud, this continues the growth of the branch in a straight Fig. 174.—Median lengthwise section of young cherry fruit (drupe). Fig. 175.—Twig of Domestica plum (Prunus domestica). (After Paddock and Whipple.) line. The line between the two seasons’ growths is not as sharp, in this case, as when a terminal bud develops. If the last lateral bud is a flower bud, the twig usually dies back to the lateral branch developed from the last branch bud. In all plums, the flower bufls are lateral. Flower buds usually stand out at anDRUPACE^E 379 angle of about 30°, while leaf buds are more appressed to the stem. Leaves.—The leaves of plums vary a great deal in size, form, color, surface, thickness, and margin. In some species, the serrations are tipped by glandular prickles. Stipules are present. The leaves are convolute in the bud (Fig. 115). Inflorescence.—The flower buds of the plum, unlike those of the apple and pear, bear only flowers. They may break open before, simultaneously with, or after the leaf buds. The flowers are in fascicled umbels. The number of flowers in the bud varies from one to five, two and three being the most common numbers. Flowers.—The receptacle forms a hollow cup (Fig. 173). On its edge, are arranged five sepals, five petals, and fifteen to twenty stamens. There is a single pistil bearing one style and one stigma. The pistil is at the bottom of the receptacle. There are two ovules in the young ovary; one of them aborts during maturation of the fruit. Fertilization.—Many of the plums are practically self-sterile. This is due to the impotency of the pollen when used on the stigma of the same flower. The native plums exhibit the greatest self-sterility. Japanese and domestic plums are less self-sterile than native species. In some cases, not only are pistils developed that are so weak as to fail even if pollinated, but some flowers do not form pistils. Again, pistils and stamens of the same flower often mature at different times. Usually, the pistils mature first. Hence it is seen that cross-fertilization is very necessary in plum orchards, and not only cross-fertilization between different trees of the same variety but between different varieties. It is reported that French and sugar prunes in California set a very light crop unless a large number of bees are present in the orchard at the time of blooming. They appear to be self-sterile to some extent. Imperial prune trees that were enclosed in a tent from which all insects were excluded set no fruit.Jit seems that, with the Imperial prune, fruit is not set unless380 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS pollen is brought from other trees. All Prunus species are insect-pollinated for the most part. Fruit.—After fertilization, the receptacle, with its attached sepals, petals, and stamens, is cut off by a circular abscission layer near its base (Fig. 174). The ovary wall increases in thickness to form the following fruit parts (Fig. 174): (1) skin, exocarp; (2) flesh, mesocarp; and (3) hard stony layer about the seed, endocarp. The style and stigma do not persist in the fruit. The seed is within the endocarp. Hence the stone (“pit”) of the plum consists of hardened endocarp, seed coat, and embryo. The stone is compressed. Classification of Plums.—For a complete description of the species of plums in American plum culture, see “The Plums of New York;” Hedrick, Report of the N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 3, pt. II, 1911; and Wight, W. F., “Native American Species of Prunus,” Bull. 179, B. P. I., 1915. Key to Principal Species of Plums1 Flowers in clusters of one or two (three in P. triflora), Old World Plums. Shoots and pedicels pubescent. Fruits large, more than 1 inch in diameter, variable in shape, often compressed; tree large; stamens about 30, P. domestica. Fruits small, less than i inch in diameter, uniformly oval or ovoid; tree small, compact; stamens about 25, P. insititia. Shoots glabrous or soon becoming so, pedicels glabrous. Flowers mostly single, P. cerasifera. Flowers in threes, P. triflora. Flowers in .clusters of three or more, rarely two, American Plums. Leaf serrations glandless, acute; calyx lobes entire, glabrous on the outer, pubescent on the inner surface, not glandular, P. americana. Leaf serrations glandular (at least when they first unfold), rounded or obtuse; calyx lobes glandular (except in P. angustifolia). Leaves broad, mostly oblong-ovate or obovate, the margin often doubly serrate; flowers 2 to 2.5 centimeters broad; calyx with a reddish tinge, at least when old, the lobes glandular serrate, P. nigra. Leaves narrow, ovate-lanceolate, the margin rarely doubly serrate; flowers 8 to 15 millimeters broad; calyx rarely reddish, the lobes entire, either glandular or glandless. Leaves thick, slightly lustrous on upper surface; veins conspicuous below; margin coarsely and irregularly serrate, P. hortulana. 1 Adapted from The Plums of New York by Hedrick.DRUPACEyE 381 Leaves usually thin, lustrous on upper surface, veins not conspicuous below, margin finely and evenly serrate. Leaves usually 6 to io Centimeters long; calyx lobes glandular, P. mun-soniana. Leaves 2 to 6 centimeters long; calyx lobes glandless, P. angustifolia. DISCUSSION OF SPECIES Prunus domestica.—This is a vigorous-growing tree which may reach a height of 30 or 40 feet. The leaves are ovate or obovate, elliptical or oblong-elliptical; the upper surface is smooth, the lower often finely hairy, the margins coarsely toothed, and the teeth often glandular. The flowers usually appear after the leaves, sometimes with them. The fruit is generally globular, the skin varies in color, the flesh is yellowish, and the stone free or clinging. This is the best known and most widely distributed species of plums. It has been cultivated for 2,000 years, originally coming from about the Caucasus Mountains. The first colonists brought varieties of this species to North America. There are now over 950 varieties of Domestic plums grown in this country. These have been divided into a number of groups, largely based upon fruit characteristics. These groups are as follows: 1. Green Gages (Reine Claude).—These are low trees with dark bark which cracks deeply, with leaves doubly toothed, fruit relatively small, round, mostly green or golden, and of excellent quality. The stone is either free or clinging. Important varieties are Reine Claude, Bavay, Spaulding, Yellow Gage, Washington, etc. 2. Prunes .—A prune is any plum that can be cured without removing the pit. All plums with a large percentage of sugar make good prunes. The fruit is large, oval, usually compressed, blue or purple, and with a firm, greenish, yellow, or golden flesh, and free stone. Prunes are raised on the Pacific Coast. The industry there has become a large one. Important varieties are Italian, German, Agen, Tragedy, Tennant, Sugar, Giant, Pacific, and Ungarish.382 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Preparation of Prunes.—In the preparation of prunes, the plums are first cleaned, and their skins ruptured to permit of more rapid drying. Usually, they are dipped into boiling water or hot lye, which not only cleans but also cracks the skin. They are then dried in the open sun, or in drying sheds where artificial heat may be utilized. After drying, the prunes are allowed to “sweat” for two or three weeks. They are then graded and “glossed” or finished by heating in steam or immersing in salted boiling water, glycerine or fruit juice. This gives the surface of the prunes a shiny appearance, and also sterilizes the exterior. 3. Peridrigon Plums.—This is a prune plum grown only in France. 4. Yellow Egg Plums.—The fruit of these is large, in fact the largest of plums, long-oval and has a yellow or purple skin, and yellow flesh. Well-known varieties are Yellow egg, Red Magnum Bonum, Golden Drop, and Monroe. 5. Imperatrice Plums.—These are medium-sized, dark blue plums, with thick skin, firm flesh, and clinging stones. Such varieties as Ickworth, Arch Duke, Monarch, Shipper, Arctic, etc., belong to this group. 6. Lombard Plums.—This group includes the reddish or mottled varieties of Domestic plums. Lombard, Bradshaw, Victoria, Pond, and Duane are well-known varieties. Prunus insititia.—This is a small tree not over 25 feet high with small ovate or obovate, finely toothed leaves which are usually glandular; both surfaces of the leaves are slightly hairy. The flowers are usually in lateral, umbellate clusters. The fruit is globular or oval, small, usually bluish black or golden yellow, and has yellow flesh, and a clinging or free stone. Varieties of this species are hardy and thrifty. The species has been in cultivation over 2,000 years, but in all that time has shown but little variation. Insititia plums rank second to Domesticas. The species grows wild from the Mediterranean northward into Norway, Sweden and Russia. Insititia plums fall into four groups as follows:DRUPACEA 383 1. Damsons.—These are spicy plums, mostly sour, and much desired for preserving. 2. Bullaces.—This group contains a few varietés differing but little from the preceding group, except as to fruit shape. The Bullaces are spherical. 3. Mirabelles.—These are round, yellowish or golden plums with a free stone and resemble much the green gages as to quality. 4. St. Juliens.—This is a name applied to a group of plums resembling the Damsons. They were formerly used in this country as stocks. Prunus cerasifera.—These are the cherry or Myrobalan plums. They are hardy, thrifty varieties, free from disease, readily adaptable and most suitable for hybridizing. The trees are small, bloom profusely, and bear a small, round, cherry-like plum from to 1 inch in diameter. They are adapted to ornamental usage. They are used as stocks upon which to bud other plums. Prunus triflora.—These are the Japanese plums; they are not cultivated in many parts of the world. They are native of China. It is highly adaptable group, vigorous, productive, early-bearing, and disease-free. Varieties are, for the most part, cling stones. Prunus americana.—This is our most important native plum. It grows wild from New Mexico to Manitoba, and eastward to the Atlantic Coast. Not being able to raise European plums in the Mississippi Valley, Americans domesticated the native American plum. Varieties of this species are hardy. The American plum tree is usually small, with rough, shaggy bark. The fruit is reddish or yellowish. Altogether, there are about 260 varieties of the americana. Waugh finds that they often bear defective pistils or stamens, or that they are often pro-tandrous or protogynous. From his observations, he recommends some provisions for cross-fertilization when planting americanas. Prunus hortulana.—This species includes a number of plums well suited for jelly, preserves, and spicing. They are very free of suckers. Important varieties are American, Golden, Juicy, Ruby, Waugh, and Gonzales. The Hortulanas are adapted to the Southern States. Primus nigra.—This is the most northern of American plums. It is well adapted to the States along the Canadian border. Prunus munsoniana.—This is the plum most grown in the South. The varieties are mostly cling stones. Of all plums, these are most in need of crosspollination. A few of the chief varieties are Robinson, Newman, Wild Goose, Arkansas, and Downing. Primus angustifolia.—The Chickasaw plum is a small tree, 6 to 10 feet high, sometimes shrubby. The fruit is small, almost globular, flesh yellow, and of good quality. It ranges from Delaware to Louisiana and westward to Arkansas and Texas. Its varieties do well in the Southern States:384 BOTANY OB CROP PLANTS The two subspecies, watsoni and varians, have varieties of some horticultural value, such as Purple Panhandle, African, Clark, Emerson, etc. CHERRIES Description.—The cherries resemble plums in many respects. The bark of the cherry separates in rings. The flower buds are usually found on short spurs (Fig. 176). In some sour cherries, however, corolla .cam /¿rowtn axillary flower buds occur on long, strong shoots. These buds produce fruit the following spring. Since the lateral buds in such shoots are flower-bearing, no lateral branches are produced, and the result is a long, naked branch. On the spurs, the flower buds are axillary and a branch bud terminates the short shoot. The flower buds bear only flowers and no leaves (except very rudimentary ones which persist but for a short time). There are Fig. 176.- -Spur of sour cherry (Prunus from tWO to five blossoms, cerasus). usually two, in each bud. The flowers are in umbels, as a rule. The flowers and fruit of cherries are, morphologically, similar to those of plums. The leading commercial varieties of cherries grown in California have been shown to be self-sterile. It is altogether possible that sterility in cherries is widely spread. Groups of Cherries.—According to Bailey the principal cultivated cherries are from two species, Prunus avium, the sweet cherries, and Prunus cerasus, the sour cherries.DRUPACEiE 38s PRUNIJS AVIUM (Sweet Cherry) Description.—The sweet cherry is a tall tree, strong-growing, long-lived, and frequently attains a diameter of 1 foot or more. The bark is gray-brown, the outer layer often being roughened; lenticels are inconspicuous. The leaves are thick, oval, ovate or obovate, 4 to 12 centimeters long, abruptly short-acuminate, irregularly and coarsely toothed, or doubly so, green and smooth above, lighter beneath, slightly hairy on the veins, more or less drooping, and with long slender petioles. Flowers appear with the leaves, in lateral, sessile umbels; the flower pedicels are 3 to 6 centimeters long; the petals are white, and the stamens 35 or 36. Most sweet cherry varieties are self-sterile. Some varieties, such as Napoleon, Lambert and Bing are inter-sterile, at least under California conditions. Pollinating agencies, such as honey bees, are necessary to set a good fruit crop. It is recommended that at least one hive of bees should be provided for each acre of orchard. The fruit is variously colored, spherical to heart-shaped, with flesh soft or hard, usually sweet, and with the skin adherent to the flesh. Geographical.—The species is a native of Europe. It has been cultivated in this^country for many years, and in some places has escaped from cultivation. Groups of Sweet Cherries—The sweet cherries include four general groups: Fig. 177 —Twig 1. Mazzards.—The fruit is small, and varies (Prunus^ avium)7 in shape and color. Mahaleb and Mazzard Paddock stocks are the two common sorts upon which sweet cherries are grafted, the results being somewhat better when grown on Mazzard stock. Sour cherries are also propagated on Mazzard stock.386 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 2. Hearts (Geans).—The fruit is heart-shaped and has a soft flesh. Tartarian, Black Eagle, etc., are varieties in this group. 3. Bigarreaus.—The fruit is heart-shaped, light or dark in color, and with hard flesh. Common black varieties are Windsor and Schmidt, common light ones, Yellow Spanish and Napoleon. 4. Dukes.—Dukes resemble the Hearts in shape and color, but have a juice somewhat acid. Dukes are often classed with the sour cherries, but Bailey would class them with the sweet cherries on account of the habit of growth of the trees, and the flower and leaf characters. Hedrick considers Duke cherries as hybrids between Prunus avium and P. cerasus. They resemble sweets more than sour. Dukes commonly produce sterile seed. There are both dark- and light-colored sorts. Reine Hortense and May Duke belong here. PRUNUS CERASUS (Sour Cherry) Description.—Sour cherry trees are smaller than those of sweet cherries. They “ sucker” readily from the root. The bark is gray-brown and quite smooth; lenticels are conspicuous. The leaves are thick, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, abruptly acute or acuminate at the tip, variously toothed, becoming smooth on both surfaces, usually erect, and with short, strong petioles. Flowers appear before or with the leaves in small umbels from lateral buds; the pedicels are about 24 centimeters long; and the stamens are about 30 in number. It appears that the more important sour cherries, such as English Morello, Montmorency, and Early Richmond are self-fruitful, and hence may be planted in solid blocks. The fruit is globular, always red, with soft flesh and skin that usually separates readily from pulp. Geographical.—The species is a native of Europe and an occasional escape from cultivation in this country. Groups of Sour Cherries.—The sour cherries include two general groups:DRUPACEiE 387 1. Amarelles.—These cherries are pale red in color, have colorless juice, and are generally somewhat flattened on the ends. They have less acid than dark-colored cherries. Montmorency and Early Richmond are the most common Amarelles. 2. Morellos or Griottes.—These are cherries with dark red fruit and dark juice, and they vary from spherical to heart-shape. Common varieties are Ostheim, Olivet, Louis Philippe, and the Morello. Other Species of Cherries.—The species of cherries native to America are of little horticultural importance. Chief of these are P. pennsyhanica, P. emargi-nata, P. pumila, P. cuneata, and P. besseyi. P. Pennsylvania is sometimes used as a stock on which to bud the sour cherry. Prunus mahaleb, a native of Europe and Asia, is very extensively used in this country as a stock for all sweet and sour cherries. It is an excellent dwarfing stock. Uses.—Both sour and sweet cherries are used as a dessert fruit, and in the making of pies. The bulk of the cherries grown for canning purposes are sour red sorts, and are produced in New York, Michigan, Wisconsin, and California. Maraschinos are sweet cherries, most of which are imported from Italy and Spain. A Californian variety, Napoleon, is also used to some extent for this purpose. Recent investigations point to the conclusion that a number of commercial products may be obtained from cherry pits and cherry juice, two by-products of the cherry industry. The fixed oil expressed from the fresh kernels is much like almond oil, and can be utilized in similar ways. Also, the volatile oil is quite similar to bitter-almond oil, and can be used in the same way. The pressed cake, that which remains after the oils are removed, may be ground into a meal and used as a feeding stuff. The waste cherry juice can be changed into syrup, jelly and alcohol. APRICOTS Stems.—The common apricot varieties belong to the species Prunus armeniaca. The trees are small, round-topped, and resemble the peach tree. As in the plums, true terminal buds are seldom formed. Lateral branch buds and flower buds388 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS are found together in the axils of leaves (Fig. 178). Except for a few rudimentary leaves, the fruit buds bear only flowers. Normally, there is but one flower (sometimes two) in a bud; they appear before the leaves. The flower buds, which are lateral, occur singly at nodes; often three buds are developed in the axil of a leaf, the central one being a branch bud, while the two laterals are flower buds. However, not all branch buds on a twig are accompanied by flower buds. The vigor of the tree and twigs, and pruning methods will determine the position of the latter, to some extent. In strong-growing twigs, the flower buds are rather near the tip of a year’s growth; on twigs of moderate growth, they will be found along the central portion of the twig; while on feeble-growing branches, they usually occur singly, and are quite evenly distributed along the entire length. However, not all the ^ r flower buds are formed on Fig. 178.—Twigs of apricot (Primus armeniaca). (After Paddock and the long shoots. Many are Whtppie.) developed on extremely short spurs, but always axillary; usually the flower buds are single in such short growths. Leaves.—These are usually ovate, often somewhat heart-shaped at the base, abruptly short-acuminate, smooth above, slightly hairy beneath, finely toothed, on glandular petioles, and convolute in vernation.DRUPACEiE 389 Inflorescence and Flowers.—The flowers are solitary or in pairs, pinkish, sessile or nearly so. Morphologically, the flowers are similar to those of plum, cherry and other Prunus species. Fruit.—This is much like a peach in color and shape; the skin is velvety at first, but becomes smooth at maturity; the flesh is always yellow. The stone (endocarp and seed) is flat, smooth, and grooved on one edge. In the maturing of the fruit, the parts of the flower are cut off by a basal ring of growth, as described in the plums. Distribution.—The species is considered to be a native of southern Asia. It is now cultivated in most temperate climates. In the United States, the practice is to bud graft apricots on to seedling apricots although seedlings of plum and peach are also used as stock. It is regarded that seedling apricot is the best allround stock. Other Species.—There are several other species of apricots besides P. arme-niaca, but none of them bear fruit of marketable size. They are generally planted as ornamentals. Among such are P. sibirica, the Siberian apricot, P. dasycarpa, the purple or black apricot, and P. mume, the Japanese apricot. Uses.—Apricots are prized as a table fruit, both in the fresh and the dried condition. They are usually pitted before they are dried, but may be dried with the skins off or on. “ Sulphuring ” may precede the drying process proper. Almond oil is derived from the seeds. PEACHES The common varieties of peaches come from one species— Prunus persica. Some writers place the peach in a separate genus, Amygdalus persica. The latter is the name given to the peach by Linnaeus. Stems.—The tree is low, seldom over 25 feet in height, broad-topped, and with a scaly, dark brown bark. Young twigs are glossy green. The flower buds of the peach are simple, containing only flowers, or flowers and a few rudimentary leaves; each bud has one, sometimes two, flowers. The flower buds are borne singly or in pairs with a branch bud (Fig. 179). In this respect, they are similar to the apricot.390 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Leaves.—These are conduplicate (Fig. 115) in the bud, elliptic to lanceolate or oblong and taper toward each end; they are finely and sharply toothed, and on stout petioles. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The flowers are normally solitary in the axils of leaves and appear before the leaves; they are large, pink, fragrant, and showy. With a few exceptions, varieties of peaches are self-fruitful. The varieties J. H. Hale and Mikado, at least under New York conditions, set no fruit when self-pollinated, the failure being due to abortive pollen. These varieties require cross-pollination. Fruit.—The fruit is subglobular, grooved slightly on one side, has velvety skin, and hard flesh which may be free (freestones) or haderent (clingstones) to the stone. The stone is compressed, pointed, and pitted. The seed is of the shape of an almond, aromatic, and slightly bitter. History and Geographical Distribution. The original home of the peach is China, and at the present time, wild peaches are found growing in many parts of that country. There is historical evidence that the peach was cultivated in China many hundreds of years before its introduction into the countries of sanskrit-speaking peoples, and into the Greco-Roman world. The peach was prob-of Fp^ach9'"(Trunus ablY introduced into Europe in the third persica). (AfterPad- 0r fourth century B. C.; the first mention of dock and Whipple.) ., . . , ~ . r , . it m ancient Greece is found m the writing of Theophrastus (322 B. C.) who speaks of it as a fruit of Persia; hence the specific name persica, and common name, peach. There is evidence for the belief that “in the native peaches of China may be found all of the characters that distinguishDRUPACEiE 391 cultivated peaches wheresoever found;” and “that none of the prominent characters of peaches have originated within the period covered by history—all exist in China and probably have so existed since time beyond record.” (Hedrick.) The peach today is one of the leading fruits in Japan, and is as commonly grown in the countries of western Asia as of eastern Asia. It has been said that “next to the pomegranate, the Asiatics prize the peach.” Following its introduction into Greece, probably during the third or fourth century B. C., the peach spread through southern European countries, and from Pliny’s writings, among which are described six varieties of peaches, it may be concluded that this tree was commonly grown in Italy at the beginning of the Christian era. The peach has been found in France since very early times, and it is known that from French nurseries, the other countries of western Europe and England obtained their stock. The peach was introduced into America (Mexico) by the early Spanish conquerors. From these early introductions, the plant spread through out the southern part of the United States, where the naturalized forms have long gone by the name of “Indian Peach.” The cultivation of the peach in the United States has gradually extended, until today, it is one df our staple fruits, and is represented.here by over 1,000 sorts. Types of Peaches.—The first system of classification of/ peaches was worked out by Onderdonk. He divides the varieties of peaches into five classes or races, based primarily upon the country in which they originated, hence upon their range of adaptability. i. Peen-to Race.—The stone is almost spherical (Fig. 180, C. D), somewhat compressed at the end, and with small and round corrugations; the fruit (of original peen-to) is much flattened; the skin is white, blotched with red, and flesh white; the stone is free or cling. It is adapted to subtropical regions. Varieties: Angel, Clara, Hall, Waldo.392 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 2. South China Race (“Honey” Group).—The stone is oval (Fig. 180, B), and its corrugations slight; the fruit is slightly flattened, with a peculiar long, conical apex more or less recurved, small, oval, and has a very deep suture at the stem end; the flesh is juicy, firm, generally white; the stone is free or cling. It is adapted to subtropical conditions. Varieties: Climax, Imperial, Pallas, Taber. Fig. 180.—Fruit of the races of peaches. A, Spanish Race; B, South Chinese Race; C, Peen-to Race; D, stone of Peen-to Race; E, Persian Race; F, stone of Persian Race; G, North* Chinese Race. {After- Price, Texas Agr. Exp. Sta.) 3. Spanish Race.—The stone is large, oval, nearly flat (Fig. 180, A), its apex prominent, and corrugations small; the fruit is large, yellow, or yellow streaked with red. It is adapted to southern conditions. Varieties: Cabler, Druid, Onderdonk, Texas. 4. North China Race (“Chinese Clings”)*—The stone (Fig. 180, G) is globular, thick, its corrugations not at all prominent, cling, semi-cling or free; the fruit is large, almost glob-nlar, and its flesh is fine-grained and juicy. It has a wide range of adaptability. Varieties: Belle, Lee Ray, Superb. Elberta and several other varieties are considered crosses between the North Cina and Persian races.DRUPACEÆ 393 5. Persian Race.—The seed is globular, with corrugations prominent toward the apex (Fig. 180, E, F); the fruit is much like the preceding. The common varieties of peaches grown in northern orchards belong to this race. Varieties: Crothers, Foster, Late Crawford, Reeves, Salway, Walker. In addition to the above, the Nectarine should be mentioned as a variety of peach. It differs from the common peach in that its fruit is smaller, the skin is smoother, the flesh firmer and the leaves are commonly more prominently toothed. There are both freestone and clingstone nectarines. It is known that nectarines appear on peach trees and peaches on nectarine trees. Such fruits that thus appear are bud variations. The nectarine can be grown wherever the peach thrives; however, it attains its greatest perfection in this country in the states west of the Rocky mountains, particularly in California where it is extensively cured and canned. Uses.—The fruit is used largely as a dessert, both fresh, dried and canned. Peaches are usually pitted before they are dried. The seeds of the peach, as well as those of almond, apricot and plum, contain both fixed and volatile oils, which are of commercial value. ALMONDS Description.—The common almond is Prunus amygdalus {Amygdalus communis). Thé tree is much like the peach in shape and size, but the wood is harder and the tree is longer lived. The flower buds are axillary along with branch buds, as in the peach and apricot. The leaves are lanceolate, firm, shining, and finely toothed. The flowers are normally solitary and appear before the leaves. They are large, pink, and showy. In almonds the chief pollinating agency is the honey bee, and on this account it is recommended that honey bees be provided for the orchard. Many varieties of almonds are self-sterile, and some varieties are practically intersterile. Experiments have determined in many instances which varieties are interfertile,394 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS that is which varieties when grown together will give the highest percentage of fertile blossoms. The drupe is much compressed. The mesocarp (portion corresponding to the flesh of peach or plum) is leathery and tough and separates readily at maturity from the stone (endocarp and seed). The “ unshelled ” almond of commerce consists of the thin, pitted, light-colored endocarp, within which is the seed or “kernel.” The common almond is a native of Asia. Types of Almonds.—The two general types or races of common almonds are the bitter and the sweet. The difference is in the composition and taste of the kernel. The sweet or edible almonds consist of two groups: Hard-shell and soft-shell. The principal difference in the two types of almonds lies in the difference in texture of the endocarp. The latter áre of the greater economic importance. In addition to the common almonds, Prunus amygdalus, there are a number of dwarf forms which are grown mostly as ornamentals. The chief almond districts of the world are Sicily, the Bari District of southern Italy, the Valencia District of Spain, and California. About one-third of the United States supply of almonds is grown in California. Here the chief commercial varieties are Nonpariel, IXL, Ne Plus Ultra, Drake Seedling, Peerless and Texas Prolific. Uses.—Sweet almonds are grown for the nuts which are used directly as a food. Bitter almonds are employed largely in the manufacture of almond oil which finds use in the manufacture of flavoring extracts; the seeds are also a source of prussic acid. The bitter almond is also used in nurseries as a root stock upon which to bud the sweet almond and certain other fruits. Almond Oil.—Most of the so-called oil of almonds is derived from the seeds of the apricot; almond and peach seeds also furnish a considerable quantity. The oils from these three sources are very nearly the same. In the process of extracting almond oil, the seeds are ground, subjected to great hydraulicDRUPACE^E 395 pressure to remove the undesirable fatty oil, and the residue ground again, fermented, and distilled with steam. The distillate is almond oil and hydrocyanic acid. This latter, deadly poisonous substance is removed by treating the mixture with lime and copperas. References Bailey, L. H.: Fourth Report on Japanese Plums. Cornell Exp. Sta. Bull. 175: 131-160, 1899. Bailey, L. H., and Powell, G. H.: Cherries. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 98: 471-500, 1895. Earle, F. S.: Japanese Plums. Ala. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 85: 423-448, 1897. Gardner, V. R.: A Preliminary Report on the Pollination of the Sweet Cherry. Ore. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 116: 1-40, 1913. Goethe, R.: Über die Klassification der Pfirsichsorten. Gartenflora, 55: 169-182, 1907. Gould, H. P.: Growing Peaches: Varieties and Classification. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 633: 1-18, 1914. Hedrick, V. P.: The Cherries of New York. 22d Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 2, part 2: 1-371, 1915. The Peaches of New York. 24th Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 2, part 2: 1-541, 1917. The Plums of New York. 18th Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 3, part 2: 1-616, 1911. The Blooming Season of Hardy Fruits. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 407: 367-39U I9I5- Hendrickson, A. H.: The Common Honey Bee as an Agent in Prune Pollination. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 174: 127-132, 1916. Hume, Harold H.: The Peen-to Peach Group. Fla. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 62: 505-519, 1902. Onderdonk, Gilbert: Report of the Commissioner of Agr., 1887, pp. 648-650. Containing the Original Classification of the American Varieties of Peaches. Powell, G. Harold: The Chinese Cling Group of Peaches. Del. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 54: 1-32, 1902. Price, R. H.: The Peach. Tex. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 39: 803-848, 1896. Quaintance, A. L.: The Development of the Fruit Buds of the Peach. Ga. Exp. Sta. Rept. 13: 349-351, 1900. Rabak, Frank: Peach, Apricot, and Prune Kernels as By-products of the Fruit Industry of the United States. U. S. Dept., Bur. Plant Indus. Bull. 133: 1-34, 1908. The Utilization of Cherry By-products. U. S. Dept., Bur. Plant Indus. Bull. 350: 1-24, 1916. Reimer, F. C.: The Honey Peach Group. Fla. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 73: 135-153, 1904.396 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Tufts, W. P., and Philip, G. L.: Almond Pollination. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 346: 1-35, 1922. ------: Pollination of the Sweet Cherry. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 385: 1-28, I925‘ Wight, W. F.: Systematic Botany of the Plum as Related to the Breeding of New Varieties. Ann. Rept. Am. Breeders’ Assn., 8: 488-497, 1912. The Varieties of Plums Derived from Native American Species. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 172: 1-44, 1915. Native American Species of Prunus. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 179: 1-75, 1915.ERRATA Page 397, 2nd line, “temperature” should be “temperate.” Page 398, 6th line, “the” should be “they.” Page 398, 6th line from bottom, “carina” should be “carcina.” Robbins, “Botany of Crop Plants“ Third Edition.CHAPTER XXX LEGUMINOSiE (Pea Family) The pea family is one of wide geographical distribution, occurring both in temperature and warm climates. According to Piper there are about 487 genera and 10,782 species in the family. Of these, 3,846 species in 103 genera are American. “Legume” is a popular name applied to members of the Leguminosae. Probably no family is of greater agricultural importance than this one, unless it is the Gramineae. Leguminous plants are comparatively rich in protein; this applies to all portions of the plant, and not to seeds alone. For this reason they help to balance the food ration of man and of domestic animals, which is quite largely made up of starchy foods, such as are furnished by the cereal crops. Furthermore, the fact that legumes are rich in nitrogenous substances makes them of value as fertilizer crops. Moreover, they leave a considerable quantity of vegetation behind them when harvested, and thus add humus to the soil, which improves both the chemical and physical properties of the soil. Root Tubercles.—The roots of the legumes support the growth of a bacterium {Pseudomonas radicicola) which forms upon them abnormal growths called nodules or tubercles. The tubercles are root colonies of the above organism, which stimulates rapid growth of certain root cells and hence the formation of swollen, gall-like structures. These organisms have the power of fixing free nitrogen of the air. That is, free nitrogen gas from the soil air is taken by the . organism and, together with other chemical elements, made a part of its protein. It is probable that the legume bacteria, while active in the nodule, are throwing off continuously nitrogenous substances which are absorbed directly by the plant 397398 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS upon which they are growing. Moreover, when the nodules decompose, their protein contents are ammonified, and nitrified, and finally there is left in the soil, nitrates which are available as a source of nitrogen for green plants. Legumes are regularly employed as rotation ^crops with cereals, and root crops. Since they are heavy soil feeders, the make excellent crops to plow under. Duration and Form.—Leguminosae are either annual, biennial or perennial; and are either herbs (peas, beans, alfalfa, etc.), shrubs (- • X 5* icagos are mostly herbs, sometimes woody at the base, as in common alfalfa, and very rarely shrubby (one species in southern Europe). The leaves (Fig. 189, E) are pinnately three-foliate, the stipules adnate to the petiole, and the leaflets commonly dentate, pinnately veined, with the veins terminating in the teeth. The flowers are small, yellow or violet, in axillary heads or racemes. The calyx422 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS teeth are short, and about equal in length. The petals are free from the staminal tube; the standard is obovate or oblong, the wings oblong, and the keel short and obtuse. The stamens are diadelphous (nine and one). The ovary is sessile or short-stipitate, and several- or rarely one-ovuled; it has a subulate (awl-shaped), and smooth style. The pods (Fig. 193) are curved or spirally twisted, veiny or spiny, and indehiscent. Geographical.—There are a number of species of Medicago, all of which are native to the eastern hemisphere. They naturally range from Eastern Asia to Southern Africa. There are seven perennial species of Medicago, and about 37 annual species one of which, yellow trefoil (Medicago lupulina), has a biennial or possibly perennial form. The nonperennial species are commonly known as “bur clovers.” They will grow naturally as winter annuals. Key to Principal Species oe Medicago Perennial, erect-growing plants; flowers violet, Medicago sativa (alfalfa). Annual, low-growing plants; flowers yellow. Pods kidney-shaped, without spines, Medicago lupulina (hop clover). Pods cylindrical, with spines. Stems pubescent; pods 3^ to 5 millimeters diameter; purple spot in center of each leaflet; two to eight seeds in each pod, Medicago arabica (spotted bur clover). Stems glabrous, pods 7 to 10 millimeters diameter; no purple spot in center of each leaflet; three to five seeds in each pod, Medicago hispida (toothed bur clover). MEDICAGO SATIVA (Alfalfa, Lucerne) Roots.—Alfalfa is a deep feeder. The young plant usually sends down a single tap root. As a rule, this takes a straight downward course. In many cases there is an abundance of small laterals just below the crown and to a depth of 1 to 2 feet. In other instances, comparatively few laterals are given off. Headden found in a plant only nine months old, that the young roots had extended to a depth of over 9 feet. Ordinarily the weight of roots exceeds weight of top. Stems.—Alfalfa is an ascending or erect perennial. Its life period is dependent upon environmental conditions and the variety. The average life is from five to seven years. Fields 20 to 25 years old are found in the semi-arid sections. At or near the ground level, is a short, compact stem (crown)LEGUMINOSÆ 423 from which the numerous (20 to 50) branches arise (Fig. 192). It has been shown that there is a well-defined relationship between the nature of the crown and hardiness. Non-hardy types of alfalfa have an upright-growing crown with but few buds and. shoots developed below the soil surface. The crown of hardy types is more spreading and the numerous buds and shoots come from below the soil surface. Hence in the latter case, the buds and young shoots are protected by the soil from winter freezing. These hardy types are Grimm and Baltic strains. The stems of alfalfa are rather slender and freely branching. Common alfalfa has no rootstocks. Some forms of Medicago falcata possess them, however, and they also occasionally appear in some variegated types. “Cuttings” of Alfalfa.—The number of “cuttings” or alfalfa depends upon the length of the growing season, and the water supply. Three cuttings are usually made throughout most of the alfalfa-growing regions of the United States. In the Imperial Valley, California, ordinary alfalfa has yielded as many as nine cuttings in a year. This practice indicates that alfalfa has the capacity of sending up numerous shoots from the crown. The shoots of a second or third crop begin to appear about the time the plant is coming into bloom, and it is the usual practice to cut the crop at this time, so that the food supply that would normally go into developing fruit and seed, is diverted to the young growing shoots of the succeeding crop. Furthermore, the leaves are richest in nutritive substances when the plant is in bloom. Thé leaves contain about 80 per cent, of the protein in the plant, hence methods of harvesting should look toward the prevention of their loss. The different cuttings of alfalfa vary somewhat in quality and chemical composition. However, more data are needed to determine the relative feeding value of the different cuttings. The alfalfa plant is a heavy feeder. According to Ames and Boltz, a 3-ton yield of alfalfa hay contains 163 pounds of nitrogen, 17 pounds of phosphorus, 99 pounds of potassium, and 90 pounds of calcium.424 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Leaves.—The alternately arranged leaves are trifoliate (Fig. 189, E). They are oblong in general outline and sharply toothed along the margin; the tip is terminated by a projecting midrib. The stipules are prominent. Inflorescence.—-This is a dense raceme springing from the axils of the branches. Flowers.—The ordinary color of the flower, is purple or violet, but in variegated types, may be blue, green, or yellow. The calyx teeth are longer than the tube of the calyx. The standard is somewhat longer than the wings, which in turn surpass the keel. The staminal tube is held in a state of tension by two opposite lateral projections on the inside of the keel (Fig. 194). Pollination (Fig. 194).—Alfalfa possesses a mechanism for the explosive dispersal of its pollen. When the edges of the keel are spread apart, the staminal tube is released, and both the pistil and stamens snap up against the standard. The pollen is scattered in this process. The process is called “tripping ” Alfalfa flowers are usually tripped by visiting insects, chiefly bumblebees and leaf-cutting bees {Megachile). The weight of an insect may be sufficient to cause a separation of the keel edges, and consequently “tripping.” Usually, however, the separation is brought about by the protrusion of the insect’s proboscis between the edges of the keel. It has been observed that alfalfa flowers may be tripped without the visitation of insects. This is termed “automatic” tripping. Humidity and temperature conditions are probable causative factors in automatic tripping. Recently, Carlson and Stewart have shown that artificial tripping resulted in an increase of approximately 140 per cent in the percentage of flowers forming pods as compared with natural development. Both self- and cross-pollination are effective in alfalfa. Self-pollination usually results from automatic tripping. It is known that good seed crops are produced in regions where tripping insects are scarce. However, the number of podsLEGUMINOSÆ 425 set and the number of seeds per pod are increased if crosspollination (xenogamy) is accomplished. Factors Affecting Seed Production.—As has been stated, cross-pollination results in a greater crop of seed than self- ■ intrinDéd triDDed lateral ^ .staminal tube-jree stamen unfripp edx Fig. 194.—Pollination of alfalfa. A, flower untripped with calyx and standard removed; B, same tripped; C, position of staminal tube untripped and tripped. {After U. S. Dept. Agr.) pollination. An abundance of tripping insects may increase considerably the seed output; however, good seed crops occur in regions where tripping insects are scarce. Seed production is usually light in humid sections of the country. Moreover, too much irrigation water applied during the flowering period426 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS is detrimental to seed production. The heaviest yields of alfalfa seed occur in the arid sections of Kansas, Colorado; Utah and Idaho. Isolated plants invariably produce a greater crop of seed than those in a thick stand. The sun’s heat favors automatic tripping. Martin finds that the setting of seed pods in alfalfa is largely dependent upon the proper functioning of the pollen. The pollen grains require a certain amount of water to germinate. When a pollen grain comes to the stigma, the amount of water it finds there depends upon the moisture delivery of the stigma and the moisture of the air. The supply of water for germination of the pollen grains may be changed by increasing the water in the soil, or the atmospheric humidity about the plant. Fruit.—This is an indehiscent legume, coiled two or three times (Fig. 193). There are one to eight seeds in each pod; they are kidney-shaped, and about inch long. The seeds retain their viability for many years. Germination and Seedling.—The young seedling consists of two short cotyledons, a hypocotyl, and a tap root. The first foliage leaf is simple, while the second, third, and all others are trifoliate. There is soon formed an erect stem with but few branches; hence the first growth looks thin. However, there spring up later numerous branches from the lowermost nodes and from the axils of the cotyledons. The result is a well-developed “ crown.” Jones describes the formation of the characteristic crown of alfalfa as follows: “The first stems from the primary axis are usually three in number developing almost simultaneously from the axils of the cotyledonary leaves and of the unifoliate leaf. In addition to these a stem may develop from the axil of the lowest trifoliate leaf. The bases of these three or four stems usually constitute the largest branches of the crowns of old plants.” Geographical.—Common alfalfa is a native of temperate western Asia. The original home is probably from northern India to the Mediterranean region. It is now being cultivated in many parts of the world, and wherever so cultivated, frequently escapes and becomes a ruderal.LEGUMINOS^E 427 Types of Alfalfa.—Medicago sativa is now quite generally considered to be an heterogeneous species, made up of many strains, varieties, and even subspecies. Westgate holds that some of our hardy strains of alfalfa (Grimm, for example) owe their hardiness to the possession of a small percentage of the “ blood’’ of the hardy yellow-flowered or sickle alfalfa (.Medicago falcatd). Numerous forms of alfalfa arise where ordinary alfalfa (M. sativa) and yellow-flowered alfalfa (M. falcatd) grow together. These hybrid forms are, of course, unstable. They have been recrossed several times with ordinary alfalfa and also among themselves. Such forms have been termed “variegated alfalfas.” Sand lucerne (.Medicago media) is considered by some botanists to be a natural hybrid between M. sativa and M. falcata; others consider it to be a distinct species. Sand lucerne has flowers ranging from bluish and purple to yellow, with numerous intermediate shades. The seeds are not as heavy as those of common alfalfa. The plant is a hardy type. Grimm alfalfa, as has been indicated, is quite certainly a form with hybrid characteristics, the parents being common alfalfa and yellow-flowered alfalfa. Other well-known types of alfalfa are: Turkestan, German, American, Arabian, and Peruvian. Turkestan was secured from Russian Turkestan in 1898. The water requirement of the plant is low, and it also possesses an ability to withstand extremes of temperature. The plant is ordinarily a little smaller, and the leaves are narrower and more hairy, than other common sorts. German alfalfa resembles Turkestan. It is less hardy, however, and is a poorer yielder than the American type. The latter is the most common western alfalfa. Arabian alfalfas are not resistant to cold, hence they are restricted to the warmer States, particularly Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, and California. Peruvian alfalfa is a productive sort adapted to growth under irrigation in the southwest, where the winters are mild. Brand proposes to place Peruvian alfalfa as a distinct variety (.Medicago sativa var. polia). It is taller, less branched, and more rapid in its428 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS growth and recovery after planting than common cultivated alfalfas. Furthermore the flowers are slightly longer, and the floral bract is longer than either calyx teeth or calyx tube. Environmental Relations.—Alfalfa is able to withstand high temperatures if the air is dry, but high temperatures accompanied by a humid air are decidedly injurious. For this reason, it is particularly well adapted to the semi-arid sections of the United States, where it is grown both on irrigated and non-irrigated land. Its resistance to low temperatures is a varietal characteristic, and also somewhat dependent upon cultural operations. Grimm and Baltic types are less liable to suffer from winter killing than the so-called common alfalfas. The following data shows the water requirement of alfalfas, in comparison with other crops (from Briggs and Shantz). Crop Water Requirements Millets................................................. 310 Sorghums............................ . . .. 322 Corns................* . .................. 368 Wheats.................................................. 513 Oats.................................................. 597 Potatoes................................................ 636 Alfalfa, Peruvian S. P. I. (30,203)..................... 651 Alfalfa, Grimm S. P. I. (25,695).. .................... 963 In spite of its relatively high water requirement, alfalfa is able to withstand drought. This is due to its deep root system which draws upon the water in the lower strata of soil. Alfalfa cannot withstand alkali, and suffers if soil drainage is not good. The plant requires lime in the soil. The soil type has considerable influence upon the form of the root system. A hard compact soil causes a more or less branching root system, while in a loose soil the tap root system is typically developed. MEDICAGO LUPULINA (Hop Clover, Black Medic, Yellow Trefoil) This plant is usually annual, sometimes perennial. The stems are four-angled, pubescent, and branched at the base,LEGUMINOSjE 429 Fig* 195.—Pods of 10 species of Medicago. Top row, M. arabica and M. hispida denticulata; second row, M. hispida confinis and M. hispida terebellum; third row, M. muricata and M. hispida nigra; fourth row, M. ciliaris and M. echinus; bottom row, M. scutellata and M. orbicularis. (After McKee and Ricker, U. S. Dept, of Agr.)43° BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS the branches being decumbent and spreading. The petioled leaves have small obovate, oval or orbicular, denticulate or crenulate leaflets. The flowers are small, yellow, in dense, oblong or cylindrical heads. The pods are black, curved, strongly veined, and one-seeded. The plant is a native of Eurasia. It is now found throughout the greater part of the United States and other temperate regions where it occurs in fields and waste places. It is sometimes planted on poor soil, and has some promise as a green manure. MEDICAGO ARABICA (Spotted Bur Clover) This is a smooth annual plant with procumbent stems. The leaflets have a dark purple spot in the center. The pods (Fig. 195) are in long clusters, twisted into three to five spirals, and the edges bear numerous grooved spines which interlock. The seeds are kidney-shaped, and about 2^ millimeters long. Medicago arabica inermis is a spineless-podded form. Spotted bur clover is a native of Europe and Western Asia. It is introduced into the United States and occurs on the Atlantic, Gulf, and California coasts. It is being used as a pasturage crop. MEDICAGO HISPIDA (Toothed Bur Clover) Toothed bur clover (Fig. 196) is a smooth, annual plant with decumbent leaves. The leaflets often have small whitish and dark red spots scattered over the surface, which disappear with age. The flowers are yellow. The pods are netted-veined, twisted spirally, and spiny. The seeds are light- to brownish-yellow, kidney-shaped, and about 3 millimeters long. Medicago hispida reticulata and M. hispida conflnis are forms with spineless pods. Toothed bur clover, Medicago hispida denticulata, is native to the northern Mediterranean region. It is the most common bur clover grown in California. It finds some use as a pasture, hay, cover and green-manure crop.LEGUMINOS^E 431 In addition to the two species of bur clover given above, there are about 35 species that are not cultivated to any extent. They are all native to the Mediterranean region. All are warm-climate crops. MELILOTUS (Sweet Clover) Generic Description.—Sweet clovers are tall, erect, annual or biennial herbs, with a fragrant odor, especially when bruised. Fig. 196.—Tooth bur clover (Medicago hispida). The leaves (Fig. 197) are pinnately three-foliate, petioled, and possess large stipules and dentate leaflets, the veins of which end in the teeth. The flowers are long, slender, and in one-sided, axillary racemes. They are small, and white or yellow. The calyx teeth are short and about equal. The standard is obovate or oblong, the wings oblong, and the keel432 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS short and obtuse. The stamens are diadelphous (nine and one). The sessile or stalked ovary bears a single thread-like style. The pods are ovoid or globose, small, indéhiscent or finally 2-valved, and usually one-seeded. Ordinarily, all the seeds of one year’s production do not germinate the first season. This results from the production of some “hard seeds.” Fig. 197.—Leaves and inflorescence of white sweet clover (Melilotus alba) on léft, and alfalfa (Medicago sativa) on right. There are 15 to 20 species of sweet clover, natives of Europe, Africa, and Asia. They are known by different names, such as: wild alfalfa, melilot, giant clover, Bokhara, and sweet clover. The young plants resemble alfalfa, from which they can be distinguished by the bitter taste of the foliage and the thicker leaflets. Species of Melilotus.—There are two common species of Melilotus: M. alba, white sweet clover, and M. officinalis,LE GUMIN O SiE 433 yellow sweet clover. Several other species of Melilotus have been used agriculturally to some extent, among such are M. indica (“sour clover”), M. altissima, M. gracilis, and M. speciosa. The characters of the two most important species are arranged in parallel rows for purposes of comparison. M. alba M. officinalis Commonly biennial. Commonly annual, sometimes biennial. Flowers white. Flowers yellow. Standard slightly longer than wings. Standard about equal the wings. Pods ovoid, glabrous. Pods ovoid, often slightly pubescent. MELILOTUS ALBA (White Sweet Clover) Description.—-This is an erect and smooth-stemed plant which is usually biennial in its habit. An annual variety of white sweet clover has been found in the South. The ordinary biennial form may reach a height of 3 or 4 feet the first season, from seed, the second season’s growth is much more vigorous, and will yield two crops in the Northern, and three in the Southern States. New sprouts arise from above ground near the base of the plant after each cutting, and for this reason the plants must not be cut too close to the ground line. The leaves have thick, oblong, finely toothed leaflets which are narrowed at the base, and truncate, notched or rounded at the apex. The racemes are numerous, slender, and often one-sided. The flowers are white and have a standard which is somewhat longer than the wings. The pods are ovoid, slightly reticulated (netted), and smooth. The species is a native of Eurasia. It is a common roadside and waste-place weed throughout this country. MELILOTUS OFFICINALIS (Yellow Sweet Clover) Description.—This plant is much like the preceding. It does not grow so tall, however, is less common, and has yellow flowers. It blooms somewhat earlier than the white sweet clover and is more commonly annual in its habit than biennial. It is a native of Eurasia and, like the preceding species, has434 BOTANY OP CROP PLANTS become naturalized in this country, being widely distributed as a ruderal throughout both the Northern and Southern States. Environmental Relations.—The sweet clovers thrive in both semi-arid and humid climates, and upon all types of soils—heavy and light, rich and poor, well-drained and illy-drained. They are also drought-resistant. It is being introduced where, for any reason, alfalfa and clover have failed. Uses of Sweet Clovers.—Like other legumes, sweet clover supports nodules of bacteria on its roots. In fact, it is nearly as valuable as alfalfa to plow under as a green manure to renew the soil. It makes good hay when properly handled, and for pasturage purposes it has considerable value. As a forage crop, it can be utilized where alfalfa or red clover cannot be grown successfully. The plant becomes coarse and unpalatable soon after blooming, and hence it must be cut before this stage. The plants possess a bitter principle, cumarin, which may cause an animal to reject them as food at first, but usually the animal becomes accustomed to them. White sweet clover is much larger and more vigorous than yellow, and consequently is usually the one recommended for cultivation. SOJA (Soy Bean) Generic Description.—The soy beans are prostrate or erect herbs with pinnately three-, rarely five- or seven-, foliate leaves. The flowers are in short axillary racemes, and are purple or whitish. The pods are linear or falcate, and two-valved. The seeds are globular and pea-like. There are between 15 and 20 species of Soja, natives of tropical Asia, Africa, and Australia. There is only one species of any economic importance. This is Soja max. SOJA MAX (Soy Bean, Soja Bean, Coffee Bean) Description.—This is an erect, bushy appearing, hairy annual, varying from 1to 6 feet in height (Fig. 198). Unlike the cowpea, it has a definite growth, that is, reaches a certain size and matures its seed. All the pods of the soy bean matureLE GUMIN 0S2E 435 at one time. In the cowpea, new pods are formed as long as the plant lives. The tap root is short and strong. The leaves are trifoliate. Usually they have withered and fallen by the time the pods are mature, but in some varieties remain green and stay on the plant for sometime after the pods mature. The flowers are borne in axillary clusters; they are small, and either white or purple in color. The flowers are self-pollinated as a rule, and are completely self-fertile. Occasional crossfertilization occurs in the field when varieties are planted very close together. The pods are from i to 2 ¡Ha inches long, yellowish or brown, and covered with short bristly hairs. As many as 300 to 400 pods have been found on one plant, and each pod usually contains two or three seeds. In fact, the soy bean is the greatest seed producer of any legume fig. 198—Soy bean (Soja max), grown in temperate climates. (After Piper.) The seeds vary greatly in color; there are shades of cream, white, yellow, green, brown, and black; they also vary in shape from globose to elliptical. Under the most favorable conditions, soy bean seeds do not retain their viability for more than five or six years. Soja max is a native of southeastern Asia. The cultivated varieties are adapted to the warmer sections of the United States; they are intolerant of cool nights. However, there are several very early maturing varieties which may be grown in the northern tier of States. The soy bean will grow in moist climates, and also manifests drought-resistant propensities. The plant is grown on a variety of soil types, and will even produce a fair crop on poor soils of a sandy nature.436 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Uses.—The soy bean is the most important legume in Asiatic countries, and is becoming of increasing value in the United States. The chief product of the bean is the oil which is expressed from the seeds. It is used in the manufacture of soaps, lubricants, water-proof goods, linoleum, rubber substitutes and printing ink; also in the preparation of varnishes and paints, as a substitute for linseed oil. After the oil is expressed from the seed, the “cake,” either unground or ground into a meal, is used as stock feed or as a fertilizer. Soybean meal is of considerable value as human food. Soy-bean flour is an important constituent in many food specialties such as diabetic breads, crackers and biscuits. Soy-bean flour is very low in carbohydrates, that made from soy-bean cake having a carbohydrate content of 33.85 per cent.,1 as compared with 75.35 per cent, in wheat flour. The protein content of flour made from soy-bean1 cake is given as 47.3 per cent., whereas that of wheat flour is but n per cent. Soy beans are also utilized to make a so-called soy-bean milk, which is valued for cooking purposes by bakers, confectioners and chocolate manufacturers. The seeds of soy beans are sometimes used as a substitute for coffee. Soy-bean hay has a comparatively high feeding value. It is recommended as a pasture for hogs. The plant is recognized as a valuable soiling and ensilage crop. Nitrogen-fixing bacterial nodules occur on the roots of the soy bean. The soy bean is used in the South primarily as a soil improver. In some sections it has practically replaced cow peas. A ton of soy beans, 33 H bushels, will yield about 240 pounds of oil and 1,620 pounds of meal. The oil brings about the same price as cotton seed oil, and the meal, on account of its higher protein content, brings more than cotton seed meal. The meal is utilized as a feed and fertilizer. VIGNA (Cowpea and Related Species) Description.—The “Vignas” are usually climbing or taril-ing herbs, sometimes erect, that are much like the common 1 Data from the U. S. Dept, of Agri. Bureau of Chemistry.LEGUMINOSÆ 437 bean. They differ from the common bean (.Phaseolus vulgaris), however, mainly in that the keel of the corolla is short and merely incurved rather than spirally coiled. The leaves are pinnately trifoliate. The flowers are yellowish or purplish, in head-shaped or racemose inflorescences at the ends of long peduncles; these arise in the axils of leaves. The calyx is five-toothed. The stamens are diadelphous (nine and one). The ovary is sessile, many-ovuled, and bears a style that is bearded along the inner side. The pods are linear, straight or slightly curved, and two-valved. The seeds are much like the common kidney bean in shape (Fig. 199). All the Vigna spp. (“ Vignas”) are natives of warm and tropical regions, and consequently they have been most successfully cultivated in the Southern States. Species.—There are but three cultivated species of “Vig-nas”: Vigna sesquipedalis (asparagus bean), Vigna catjang (catjang), and Vigna sinensis (cowpea). The asparagus bean has pendant pods 1 to 3 feet long, and kidney-shaped seeds 8 to 12 millimeters long. In catjang, the pods are small, 3 to s inches long, and usually erect or ascending (Fig. 200). In the cowpea, the pods are 8 to 12 inches long, and become pendant with age. The cowpea is by far the most important, economically. VIGNA SINESIS (Cowpea) Description.—The cowpea is a vigorous annual herb with a strong tap root which sends out large side roots almost horizontally for 1 or 2 feet (Fig. 201). The greater part of the root system lies in the first feet of soil. The varieties vary in habit from prostrate trailing herbs to tall and half-bushy forms. The cowpea has an indeterminate growth, that is, it continues to grow indefinitely, providing environmental conditions are favorable. As in the majority of plants vegetative growth is favored by an abundance of water and heat, and seed production is stimulated by adverse conditions. TheBOTANY OF CROP PLANTS MlIjMIB ¿? #n ♦ Bp^MMI jMBB , A ft 0 n 7 m % ijlMilli bmmp ¡¡PI BMpi Flowers.—The flowers are either single or in clusters, and are terminal or axillary. Some are subtended by an involucel which resembles the epicalyx of strawberries. This involucre (Fig. 215) consists of three or more bractlets, which may be separate or united. In the marsh mallow (.Althcea), the involucre consists of six to nine bractlets united at the base; in Abutilon, there is none; in Hibiscus, it is of numerous narrow bractlets; and in cotton (Gossypium), there are three large heart-shaped bractlets (Fig. 215). The flowers &re mvolucral bract W yistil ^monadelphdus stamens 1 /T^. i Fig- 215.—Diagram show- regular (Fig. 216), perfect, often large, mg arrangement of parts in the rarely dioecious or polygamous. C°°k' There are five sepals (rarely three or four), more or less united, the lobes valvate or rarely imbricate. There are five petals, slightly united at the base, convolute in the bud, and often contorted. The stamens are characteristic features of the family. They are numerous, and united to form a long tube enclosing the styles; the staminal tube is united with the bases of the petals (Fig. 214). There are five more or less distinct projections at the top of the tube of stamens; this seems to indicate that there are in reality but five stamens, united by 481482 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS their filaments, and branched above into numerous stalks bearing pollen sacs. This is further evidenced by the fact that each stalk bears a single pollen sac, a structure equivalent to one-half of a typical anther. The stamen tube may be antherbearing at the summit, as in Malva, Abutilon, etc., or antherbearing below the summit, as in Hibiscus and Gossypium. The ovary is several-celled. Usually, there are as many styles as Fig. 216.—Upland cotton (Gossypium hirsutum). Median lengthwise section of flower. X 2. cells of the ovary; the styles are united below, and distinct above, and generally project beyond the stamen column. Fruit and Seeds.—The fruit is a several-celled capsule (rarely a berry). The seeds are kidney-shaped, globose or obovoid, and have large cotyledons and either little or abundant endosperm. Geographical.—Members of the family are widely distributed in tropical and temperate regions. There are about 40 genera and 800 species.MALVACEAE 483 Economic Importance.—The mallow family possesses one of our most valuable economic plants—cotton (Gossypium). Cotton is the chief fiber plant of the world. It is grown throughout tropical and subtropical regions. Another crop plant is okra or gumbo (.Hibiscus esculentus). Althcea officinalis is the marsh mallow, the roots of which are used principally for mucilage and for medicinal purposes. Ornamental representatives are hollyhock (.Althcea rosea), mallow (Malm spp.), poppy mallow (1Callirrhoe spp.), Abutilon and Hibiscus. The Rose of Sharon is Hibiscus syriacus. Key to Important Genera oe Malvaceae Stamen column anther-bearing at the summit. Carpels one-seeded. Involucre of six to nine bractlets, Althcea (marsh mallow and hollyhock). Involucre of one to three bractlets, or none. Petals notched at the apex, Malm (mallow). Petals erose at the apex, Callirhoe (poppy mallow). Carpels two- to several-seeded, Abutilon. Stamen column anther-bearing below the summit (Fig. 212). Bractlets of involucre, numerous, Hibiscus. Bractlets of involucre, three Gossypium (cotton). GOSSYPIUM (Cotton) Habit of Plants, and Roots.—There are more than 40 species of Gossypium, all of which are perennial in their native home. There are herbaceous, shrubby, and treelike species. In cultivation, the plants are annual or biennial, and herbaceous. There is a long, branching, and deeply penetrating tap root. This extends to a depth of 2 feet or more in sandy soil. There are four rows of lateral roots from four shallow grooves that run lengthwise on the main root. The lateral roots are only a few inches below the soil surface. Stems.—The main stems are erect and branching. The usual height of Upland cotton plants is 2^ to 4 feet. The branches may be slender or stocky and are usually spreading. Kinds of Branches.—There are two sorts of branches in the cotton plant: (1) Vegetative branches or ‘‘limbs,” and (2) fruiting branches. There are two buds at the base of each leaf. One484 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS of these is a true axillary bud, the other one, extra-axillary. Vegetative branches or limbs are upright and may arise from either axillary or extra-axillary buds. Normal fruiting branches assume horizontal positions arise only from extra-axillary buds. It frequently happens that both a fruiting and a vegetative Fig. 217.—Showing a section of a Lone Star cotton plant with a vegetative branch and a fruiting branch at four consecutive nodes. (Courtesy J. W. Hubbard U.S.D.A. Farmers' Bulletin 1661.) branch arise at one node, that is, both the extra-axillary and true axillary buds develop. Ordinarily, however, only one bud at a node develops. The axillary buds usually develop into branches at only a few nodes on the lower part of the main stem. The accompanying extra-laterals remain dormant. On the other hand, the upper true axillary buds normally fail to develop, while each of their accompanying extra-laterals formsMALVACEAE 4^5 a fruiting branch. Hence, in most cultivated cotton varieties, no fruiting branches occur on the lower part of the main stem. In Upland varieties the sixth or seventh node is the first at which fruiting branches are produced; in Sea Island cotton the first fruiting branches are usually found at node eight or node nine, or even farther up on the stalk; in Egyptian cotton, the first fruiting branches are produced from the eighth to the fourteenth nodes. Vegetative and fruiting branches differ from each other in other ways than origin. The former makes a small angle with the stem from which they arise, while fruiting branches are more horizontal. Vegetative branches produce no flower buds, while fruiting branches bear a flower bud opposite each leaf. Vegetative branches are frequently as long as the main axis, while fruiting branches are much shorter. The basal internode of fruiting branches is usually longer than the others. The difference in length is much more pronounced in Egyptian cotton than in Upland cotton. The internodes of vegetative branches are about equal in length. Vegetative branches may form both fruiting and secondary vegetative branches, but fruiting branches seldom bear secondary fruiting branches or vegetative branches. Cottons with short-jointed fruiting branches are more productive and usually earlier than those with fewer and longer internodes. Form of Plant.—The general form of the cotton plant is determined to a large extent by the length and number of vegetative branches, as well as by the angle they make with the main axis. The plant may consist of a single stalk with a number of fruiting branches but no vegetative branches. An excessive development of lower vegetative branches makes a bushy plant. Branch Zones.—The cotton plant frequently has three branch zones, which condition is pronounced in Egyptian cotton. The zone of vegetative branches extends from the third to the tenth node; this is followed by a “transition zone” or “zone of rudimentary branches,” of two or three nodes “at which the486 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS buds remain dormant, or the branches are extremely short or abortive.” The “zone of fruiting branches follows from about the thirteenth node to the tip of the plant.” Underground Stems.—The cotton plant may produce underground stems. These arise from the same grooves from which lateral roots come. At first, these subterranean shoots are gall-like. Later, they attain various sizes. Fig. 2i8.—Upland cotton (Gossypium hirsutum). A, mature boll opened out; B, cross-section of young boll; C, single seed with fibers; D, young boll. Leaves.—The leaves have a regular spiral arrangement. The most common phyllotaxy in the cotton plant is three-eighths. This is the normal arrangement in all pure strains of Upland and Sea Island species and other natives of tropical America that are related. It is pointed out that with “the advance of acclimatization, the leaf arrangements are varied by frequent examples of one-third and two-fifths spirals” . . . Egyptian-Upland hybrid plants may have a one-third, two-MALVACEAE 487 fifths, or five-thirteenths arrangement. The phyllotaxy is one-third in Asiatic cottons. However, when Asiatic species are crossed, the hybrid plants may show a two-fifths or three-eighths arrangement. Leaf arrangement is similar on main stem and vegetative branches, but on fruiting branches the leaves are in two alternate rows; this latter condition is brought about by a twisting of the joints, each internode being twisted in the opposite direction from the adjacent. The leaves are petioled, stipulate, cordate as a rule, and three- to seven-lobed, sometimes nine-lobed. Glands may be present or absent on the leaves. When present, they occur on the under side of the main ribs, about one-third of the distance from the bases. The leaves on fruiting branches are often irregular in outline and may have one or two glands. The leaves on vegetative branches and on the main stem are regular in outline, and have nectaries on the midrib and occasionally on the principal veins on the underside. Three to six inches is the common length of Upland cotton leaves. Flowers.—Flower buds arise on fruiting branches. They do not arise in the very axil of a leaf, but are distant from it. There is a flower opposite a leaf at each node. There is one flower in each bud. The flowers of Asiatic species are often pendant. Upland cotton flowers are 1 to 2 inches across, white when they first open but turning pink on the second day. Sea Island cotton flowers are usually yellow, with a purple-red spot at the base of each petal. Involucre.—Each flower is subtended by an involucre (Fig. 215) composed of three bracts (sometimes four in cultivation) united at the base. They are frequently large, dentate or laciniate, sometimes entire. One of the bracts is often somewhat smaller than the other two which are equal in size. In some cases bractlets may occur inside the involucre. They alternate with the bracts. When two are present they stand on either side of the smaller bract. This is the case in Upland varieties in the United States. In certain Central American488 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS varieties, they are sometimes six bractlets, a pair alternating with each of the three bracts. Kearney has shown that suppression of the “involucre on plants of Pima cotton (Egyptian type) at the time of anthesis caused a marked reduction in the size and weight of the boll, in the weight of the seeds, and in the abundance of lint.” Nectaries.—At the base of the outer surface of the bracts are nectaries, in American sorts, but they are absent in all cultivated Asiatic cottons. There are also inner involucral glands in both American and Asiatic varieties. In the former, these inner involucral glands are naked, with exception of Guatemalan cotton, while in Asiatic cottons they are protected by a velvety covering of hairs. Calyx.—This is a very short, cup-shaped structure at the base of the corolla. The rim of the cup is usually five-lobed, the lobes being short and broad, or sometimes rather long and pointed. In Egyptian cotton and some Asiatic species, the rim of the calyx is frequently very even, scarcely lobed. The calyx lobes often vary in size. There may be two large lobes, two small ones, and one intermediate in size. Floral nectaries appear at the base of the calyx on the inner side. 11 Intracalicary Organs.”—These sometimes occur in the cotton flower. They are a series of small greenish organs between the calyx and corolla. There are five of these structures, but often some of them are so small as to be visible only by use of the hand lens. They are attached to the calyx, and alternate with its lobes. Cook and Meade regard them as “ supernumerary calyx lobes or as representing free stipular elements of the calyx lobes.” Corolla.—This is hypogynous. There are five petals, often united at the base, and attached to the lower part of the stamen tube. They are usually yellow or red in color. In G. barbadense the petals are yellow or sulphur-colored, with a purple spot on the claw. The petals are convolute in the bud. Stamens—These are monodelphous in cotton. There are often as many as 80 or 90 stamens, all inserted on a tubularMALVACEAE 489 staminal column, which encloses the pistil. The column is dilated at the base and narrowed above. There are five vertical ridges on the staminal column, each of which gives rise to a number of filaments. The column is regarded as being made up of the united filaments of the stamens. The filaments are thread-like and exserted. The anthers are one-celled, and each is dehiscent into two halves, by a semicircular opening. Ovary (Fig. 218).—This has three to five cells or “locks.” As a rule, the style is long, thus bringing the stigmas above the stamens. In Upland varieties, however, the style is usually shorter than the stamens. There are as many stigmas as there are cells in the ovary. Pollination, Fertilization, and Development of Fruit.— Both cross- and self-fertilization may occur in cotton. Bees may be necessary in those varieties in which the style is long, bringing the stigmas above the anthers. Floral nectaries, at the base of the calyx on the inner side, are reached from within the corolla by long-tongued bees and butterflies. This is enabled by the failure of the petals to overlap at the base, thus leaving gaps through which the insect may protrude its tongue. The time required for the boll to mature after fertilization varies with environmental conditions, and with the different types of cotton. Early bolls of the Lone Star variety in Texas mature in about 42 days on the average, whereas late bolls mature in about 45 days. Pima bolls in Arizona require 60 days; Sea Island bolls on the coast of South Carolina, 57 days; Meade bolls in South Carolina, 56 days, etc. The seeds retain their attachment to the placenta until lint begins to develop, when their connection is broken through the absorption of the seed stalk, and the mechanical pressure of growing lint. Hence, the seeds come to occupy a position in the center of the cavity. Fiber begins to develop first at the apex of the seed. Harrison has observed metaxenia effects in cotton in the length of time required for the fruit to mature, in length of lint, and in quantity of fuzz on the seeds.490 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Fruit.—The cotton fruit (Fig. 218) is a leathery capsule loculicidally dehiscent by three to five valves. The mature capsule is called a “boll.” It varies in shape: subglobose, oval, or ovate-acuminate. The number of cells or “locks” is three or four in Sea Island and Egyptian varieties, and four or five in Upland sorts. Seeds.—There are numerous seeds in each “boll.” Seeds vary in shape: subglobose, ovate, or subovate. Fiber.—The cotton fiber or hair is a simple extension of an epidermal cell of the seed coat. Hawkins and Serviss show that “fiber growth begins at the time of flowering irrespective of fertilization and proceeds rapidly after fertilization but ceases within a few days in unfertilized bolls.” They further point out that in Acala cotton, elongation of fibers was completed within 21 to 24 days after flowering, depending upon the time of flowering; in Pima cotton, within 27 to 30 after flowering. They found that in Pima cotton, the greatest increase in fiber length occurred about the twenty-first day after flowering, in Acala cotton, about the eighteenth day after flowering. As a rule, there are two kinds of hairs on the seed: (1) long hairs— lint or commercial fiber (“staple”) and (2) short hairs or fuzz. The fuzz may be white, green, or brown in color. Some varieties produce no fuzz; hence when the seed is “ginned,” it is left naked. This is true of Sea Island cotton. Fuzzy-seeded varieties usually possess an abundance of long fibers. A high percentage of lint usually indicates small seed. In some varieties, the lint may form 34 per cent, or more of the seed. Distribution of Seed Hairs.—Lint and fuzz are mixed together over the entire seed surface in Upland cottons. In Egyptian sorts, fuzz is limited to the ends of the seeds, with long fibers between the two patches. The lint at the tip of the seed in .some Upland cottons is longer than that at the base. Fiber Differences.—The fibers of Upland cotton are 1.8 to 2.5 centimeters long, and abundant; those of Sea Island are 2.5 to 4 centimeters long, but the yield is not as great as in the preceding species.MALVACEAE 491 The following table is taken from Monie: Average length of staples in inches Average diameter of staples in inches Sea Island, 1.61 1.02 1.00 o. 000640 0,000775 0.000763 0.000763 0.000655 New Orleans. Texas........... Upland. . . 0.93 1.41 Egyptian...... Form and Structure of Fiber—Young cotton fibers are circular in cross-section. As they increase in length they take on a flattened ribbon-like appearance. Fiber-wall thickening does not begin until fiber elongation is almost completed. The thickness of the walls usually becomes greater when the boll opens, due to the rapid consolidation of the liquid cell contents, which become deposited on the inner walls. It appears that the rate of fiber-wall thickening is influenced by the time of season during which the fibers are developing. The deposition is irregular, hence the twisting of the fiber. This twisting is a characteristic of the cotton fiber. The twist is not necessarily in one direction throughout its length; there may be a reversal here and there. The fiber is uniform in diameter for about three-fourths of its length, and then tapers gradually to a point. At the point, it may be perfectly cylindrical and solid. The hair cavity or lumen takes up about two-thirds of the entire breadth. Immature fibers or unripe fibers may show no evidence of internal structure, but are smooth, straight, and flat. “Kempy” fibers or “dead cotton” are such that are normal in structure a portion of their length, and have the appearance of immature and overripe fibers for another portion. The quality of fiber depends largely upon the number and regularity of twists, upon its length and fineness and upon its degree of maturity. The mature cotton fiber is almost pure cellulose. Cotton Fibers Distinguished from Other Common Textile Fibers.—There are two chief ways of distinguishing textile fibers, by microscopical examination and by chemical reactions. The cotton fiber is a flat, ribbon-like band twisted in a49 2 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS characteristic manner. The flax fiber is a straight, untwisted, cylindrical fiber, with peculiar transverse markings at intervals along its length. Hemp fibers resemble those of flax, but they may be distinguished from the latter by the peculiar forked ends which are nearly always exhibited, whereas flax fibers never show this character. All wool fibers possess characteristic overlapping scales. The silk fiber is smooth, structureless, transparent and quite regular in diameter. There are many ways of distinguishing the fibers by observing their reactions to various chemicals. The following short key will illustrate a few of their characteristic reactions. Dissolves in caustic potash. An alkali solution of the fiber treated with lead acetate colors fiber black, Wool. The above treatment does not color the fiber, Silk. Does not dissolve in caustic potash. With iodine and sulphuric acid the fiber swells and becomes green, Hemp. With iodine and sulphuric acid the fiber swells and becomes blue. Immerse fiber in concentrated sulphuric acid for two minutes, wash in water, treat with dilute ammonia, dry—fiber forms a gelatinous mass soluble in water, Cotton. With above treatment, fiber is not altered, Linen. Species.—Watt, in his great work, describes 42 distinct species and varieties of Gossypinm. A number of them are known only in the wild state. Gos-sypium, as a genus, is indigenous to tropical regions. It is now grown under cultivation to the 40° latitude on either side of the equator. Watt divides the wild and cultivated cotton plants of the world into five “sections,” as follows: Section I. Species with a Fuzz but no Floss.—“ Wild species (never recorded as met with under cultivation), distributed from the western coast tracts and islands of America to Australia.” Here are included G. sturtii, davidsonii, klotz-schianum} robinsoni, darwinii, tomentosum, drynarioides, harknessii, and stocksii. The bracteoles are free, extrafloral nectaries absent, the fruit small, and the rather large seeds have a fuzz but no lint. Section II. Fuzzy-seeded Cottons with United Bracteoles.—“ One or perhaps two members of this section have been recorded as met with in a wild condition, the others are undoubted cultivated plants derived very possibly from four specific types—G. arboreum, G. nanking, G. obtusifolium, and G. herbaceum.” Most of these are Asiatic and African cottons. The bracteoles are united below, the claws of the petals are purple, and the seeds are covered with both fuzz and lint. Watt is strongly of the opinion that G. arbor eum var. neglecta, was at an early date introduced into the United States, the form being known as “ Okra.” Its cultivation was abandoned, however. G. nanking is the “Chinese cotton” of commerce, also known as “Siam cotton” or “Nankin cotton.” It is “cultivated in China, Japan, the Malaya, Siam, Burma, India, the northwest Himalaya, Persia, Central Asia, to the Celebes; less abundantly in Madagascar, Arabia, and Africa.” G. obtusifolium is an oriental species that occurs both wild and cultivated in India and Africa. Var. wightiana is the most valuable Indian cotton.MALVACEAE 493 G. herbaceum is not known to occur as a wild species anywhere, although Watt is of the opinion that it is indigenous to North Arabia and Asia Minor. In 1621, it was brought to the United States, and for a time cultivated, it was finally replaced by the more desirable West Indian cottons. G. herbaceum is considered to be the first cotton cultivated in Europe. Watt believes that it still survives as an Upland cotton of the United States, though “ mostly in a state of hybridi- Fig. 219.—American upland cotton (Gossypium hirsutum). (After Watt.) zation With G. hirsutum.” Cook regards our Upland cottons as belonging to G. hirsutum. Section III. Fuzzy-seeded Cottons with Free Bracteoles.—These are American and, in one case, African species. Here belong G. mustelinum, punctatum, hirsutum, palmerii, fruticulosum, schottii, lanceolattum, microcarpum, peruvianum, and mexicanum. G. mustelinum is a native of Brazil and Colombia. G. punctatum is native to southern United States, West Indies, and northern Africa. It exists in a state of cultivation in various sections. Watt considers G. hirsutum as “only a cultivated state of G. punctatum” ... In this country, however, the Upland cottons are all considered as offsprings of hirsutum (Fig. 214). G. palmerii, fruticulosum and lanceolatum are Mexican species. G. schottii is from494 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Yucatan, and is known as the “split-leaved” cotton. G. microcarpum, known as Ashmouni cotton and Red Peruvian cotton, grows in Mexico, northern South America, Africa, and Malaya. It is cultivated. G. peruvianum is the Peruvian or Andes cotton. Watt regards many of the Egyptian cottons as races or hybrids of this species. G. mexicanum probably originally came from Mexico. Watt says: “I am convinced that the best Upland cottons would be more correctly described as cultivated states of this plant (G. mexicanum), rather than as forms of Fig. 220.—Sea Island cotton’(Gossypium barbadense). {After Watt.) G. hirsutum.” He considers many of our Upland or short staple cottons as hybrids of G. mexicanum and G. hirsutum, sometimes with the characters of the one predominating, sometimes with those of the other. The long staple Upland series, chief representatives of which are Allen, Peeler, Simms and Sunflower, are also hybrids, with hirsutum characters dominant. Section IV. Naked-seeded Cottons with the Bracteoles Free or Nearly so and Glands Conspicuous.—This section includes both Old- and New-World forms. The seeds are naked or nearly so, and the lint is easily removed. There isMALVACEAE 495 always some fuzz on the seed at the apex, hence they are not absolutely “naked.” To this section belong G. taitense, purpurascens, vitifolium, barbadense, and brasiliense, G. taitense is the wild cotton of Polynesia. It is not cultivated. G. purpurascens is known as Bourbon, Porto Rico, and Siam cotton. It is an important cultivated species. G. vitifolium, the vine-leaved cotton, has furnished a number of valuable cultivated types in Egypt, Antilles, etc. It is closely related to G. barbadense. G. barbadense (Fig. 220) includes the Sea Island cottons of America and Egypt. Watt believes that Sea Island cotton is a modern development, not indigenous to Barbados or any of the West Indian Islands, but probably from somewhere in South America. He says that “it is highly probable the modern stock is a hybrid.” The Sea Island cottons proper which have been grown with the greatest success on the islands off the coast of Carolina and Georgia are referred to G. barbadense var. maritima. G. brasiliense is indigenous to South America. It is cultivated extensively and is known as “ Chain, Kidney, Stone, Brazillian, Guiana, Essequibo, Berbiche, Bahia, Pernambuco, and Coton-pierre cottons.” This group is no longer of great commercial importance. Section V. Naked-seeded Cotton with Bracteoles Quite Free and Floral Glands Absent.—Only one species, G. kirkii, belongs to this. It is from East and Central Africa, and is not cultivated. The lint is easily removed from the seed. Wild Cottons—Wild cottons all have a red-colored, hairy coating on the testa. There may be fuzz only, or both fuzz and lint, or lint alone. Cultivated cottons have a long white lint, in both fuzzy-seeded and naked-seeded forms. Sea Island cottons have the least fuzz of all cultivated forms. White lint may be regarded as brought about by cultivation. The appearance of rust-colored fuzz or lint may be regarded as a tendency to revert to the ancestral type. The reddish tint of wild cottons is due to an aggregation of colored particles in the central core of the fiber. American Cottons.—American authorities place the cottons of the United States into two species: G. hirsutum, American Upland cotton, and G. barbadense, Sea Island cotton. It has been noted above, however, that Watt claims that our Upland cottons are hybrids between G. hirsutum and G. mexi-canum. Ninety-nine per cent, of the cotton crop in the United States is Upland. The most important distinction between these two species is in staple length. The fibers of Upland cotton are from 1.8 to 2.5 centimeters long, those of Sea Island 2.5 to 4 centi-496 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS meters long. The yield of the former is greater but the quality not so fine. The flowers are white, turning red on the second day of blooming in Upland cotton, but yellow with a purple-red spot at the base of each petal in Sea Island cotton. The latter is limited to a small area along the coast of South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida. Types and Varieties.—Upland is the chief American cotton. It has been divided by Duggar into a number of “groups” as follows: 1. Big Boll Group.—Plants vigorous and stocky; limbs strong, usually two in number; fruiting branches strong, varying from short to long; bolls large, 45 to 68 of them yielding a pound of cotton; four to five locules; seeds large, very fuzzy, white to brownish gray or greenish in color; lint 20 to 30 millimeters long. Example: Triumph, Rowden, and Texas Storm-proof. 2. Long Staple Group.—Plants slender; limbs two or three, sometimes absent, slender; fruiting branches also slender; bolls small to medium, long, slender, tapering to a point, three-, four-, or five-loculed; seeds medium to large, sometimes partly naked, but usually densely covered with a brownish-gray fuzz; lint 30 to 45 millimeters long, percentage low. Examples: Allen, Griffin, Express, and Webber. 3. Cluster Group.—Plants slender, often tall, limbs heavy, one to several; fruiting branches very short-jointed, causing the bolls and leaves to be in clusters, apparently two or three from each node; bolls small to medium, four- to five-loculed; seeds small to medium, fuzzy, gray to brownish- or greenish gray; lint short, soft, and of good strength. Examples: Jackson, Dickson. 4. Semi-cluster Group.-—This group resembles closely the preceding. The bolls are borne singly but close together. It is probably a hybrid group with strong cluster tendencies. Examples: Hawkins. 5. Rio Grande or Peterkin Group.—Plants slender; limbs one to several; fruiting branches slender, long-jointed; bolls very small to medium, three-, four-, or five-loculed; seeds very small to medium, nearly smooth, dark-colored, sometimes covered with a short fuzz; lint medium in length, percentage large. Examples: Peterkin, Texas Wood, Rio Grande. 6. King or Early Group.—Plants small and slender; limbs one to three or more; fruiting branches medium to short-join ted, but long in proportion to plant height; bolls small, three-, four-, or five-loculed seeds small to medium, fuzzy, greenish or brownish gray; lint short to medium, 33 to 35 per cent, of seed. Earliest American cottons. Examples: King, Simpkins and Broadwell. 7. Long-limbed Group.—Plants large; limbs long with long joints; bolls and seeds medium to large; lint percentage low: fuzz of various shades. Examples: Petit Gulf, Peeler, Hagaman. This group is of little importance. 8. Intermediate Group— This group includes a number of varieties with characters so badly mixed up as to make it impossible to refer them to any particular group. It is well known that our American cottons hybridize quite readily under field conditions. Examples: Breeden, Boyd, Roby, Tucker.MALVACEÆ 497 Environmental Relations.—Cotton is a tropical plant. The upper latitudinal limit of cotton growing in this country is about coextensive with the summer (June, July and August) isotherm 77°F. The plant is sensitive to low temperatures, and even a light frost in the fall may retard development, although not kill the plant. It seldom matures in less than 180 days. Light, frequent showers which permit of an abundance of sunshine favor the development of the plant. Too much rain is liable to stimulate an excessive development of vegetative growth at the expense of fruit formation. Upland cottons are adapted to a variety of soils, while the Sea Island varieties are best suited to soils with low water-retaining capacity, and of medium fertility. Picking and Ginning of Cotton.—Cotton is picked by hand, and loaded into wagons. This labor is performed almost exclusively by negroes. The seed cotton is removed from the wagon by means of a suction fan, and carried over a single gin or battery of gins. It passes into chutes over the feeders, and is then fed evenly to the gin saws, where the lint and seed are separated. The seeds are carried by a screw conveyor to the seed house or seed bin. The lint cotton is led from the gin saws through a flue to the condenser. Here it is cleaned, smoothed out into sheets or bats, wrapped and tied into bales, The usual size of a cotton bale is 27 by 54 inches and the weight about 500 pounds. Sea Island cotton is ginned in a type known as the roller gin, as the fiber is injured by the saw gin type. When seed cotton comes to the gin, it contains boll hulls and trash. This is usually removed by passing the seed cotton through a cleaner, before it reaches the gin saws. The boll hulls are frequently used for fuel. Bleaching of Cotton.—-The object of this process is to remove the waxy coating of thé fiber, in order that it may absorb the dyestuffs easily, and also remove all the impurities adhering to the fiber. Cotton may be bleached in any stage498 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS of its manufacture, in the loose state, as yarn, or as cloth. The process of bleaching is the most thorough and is carried further in the making of print cloth than in the preparation of other grades of cloth, as the cloth must be absolutely white and free of all impurities in order that the printing colors can be applied properly, and the patterns appear distinct and sharp. The cloth is first singed to remove loose fibers and lint, and leave a clear even surface. It is then taken through the boiling out process, in which the cloth is given one or more boilings in caustic soda in order to remove the waxy, fatty and pectic substances from the fiber. After a thorough washing in water, the cloth is treated with a bleaching powder solution. The souring process follows, in which the cloth by treatment with a dilute solution of sulphuric acid is rendered free of the lime compounds and undecomposed chlorine derivatives. Another thorough washing then follows, after which the cloth is given a finish, the nature of which depends upon the use to which it will be put. Uses of Cotton.—The lint is spun into thread or yarn, and woven into all sorts of fabrics. The finer threads are made from Sea Island cotton, while ordinary threads and yarns are from long staple upland cotton. The short lint or fuzz, known as “lint-ers,” which is not removed in ginning, is taken from the seeds and made into coarse twine, carpets, and batting. Cottonseed Hulls.—These are used in the manufacture of paper and fiber board from which are made gear wheels, trunks, etc. The hulls are also utilized as fuel and fertilizer, and as a cattle food. Cottonseed Oil.—This is one of the most valuable products of the cotton plant. The oil of the seed is in the embryo. After the seed coats are removed, the embryos (“ meats ”), are cooked for twenty to thirty minutes to melt the oil, and to drive off some of the water. The oil is then extracted under pressure. A ton of seed yields about 40 gallons of crude oil. Various grades of cottonseed oil are secured by different processes of refining and filtering.MALVACEAE 499 Cottonseed oil is now produced in large quantities in this country. The United States exported 33,673,000 gallons of the oil in 1921. It is used for edible purposes, appearing on the market usually under some such name as “ sweet nut oil,” “salad oil,” or “table oil.” It may be utilized as an adulterant of £uch oils as peanut and olive oils. However, it is fully as nutritive as olive oil and is actually preferred by many. It is used sometimes in the manufacture of soaps. It is also extensively employed in the manufacture of “oleomargarine,” and butter and lard substitutes. “Cottolene” is composed of refined cottonseed oil and beef suet. Cottonseed Meal.—Cottonseed meal is the ground cake left after the oil is pressed from cotton seed. It is now used extensively as a feed, although formerly it was considered of little value. United States produces annually several hundred thousand tons of cottonseed meal, much of which is exported. The death of animals sometimes associated with its use is due to a toxic substance, gossypol. Cottonseed kernels are now rendered less toxic by extracting the gossypol with ether, or with ether and alcohol; or by treating the meal with an alcoholic solution of an alkali, thus oxidizing the gossypol and rendering it non-toxic. Cottonseed meal is also highly prized as a fertilizer. Guncotton.—This is a powerful explosive made by treating cotton or some other form of cellulose with nitric acid or sulphuric acid. Military guncotton is a mixture of very highly nitrated cellulose nitrates. Less highly nitrated guncotton is soluble in alcohol and ether, and such soluble guncotton is used in the manufacture of collodion, celluloid, etc. Celluloid is made by subjecting a mixture of guncotton, camphor, and other minor substances to great pressure. Collodion is a solution of guncotton in ether and alcohol. Importance and Production of Cotton.—Cotton is the most important fiber plant in the world. The clothing of a great majority of people is cotton. The largest of manufacturing enterprises are concerned with the production of500 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS cotton goods. Cotton is the most important article of world trade. HIBISCUS ESCULENTUS (Okra, Gumbo) Description.—Okra or gumbo is a stout, annual plant, with a fleshy tap root which may be 3 to 4 feet long, and may spread in the surface 18 inches of soil to a distance of 6 feet on all sides of the plant. In its habits of growth it resembles cotton. The stems- are cylindrical and usually rough-hairy. The leaves are large, heart-shaped, three- to five-lobed, and with very prominent veins; the lobes are coarsely toothed. The solitary, showy flowers arise in the leaf axils; they are subtended by numerous, narrow, involucral bracts; the calyx is five-cleft; there are five large yellow petals; the stamens form a column which is five-toothed at the apex, and is antherbearing along its entire length; the ovary has five cells, each of which has several ovules; there are five style branches, each tipped by a capitate stigma. Okra is chiefly self-fertilized but is sometimes cross-pollinated by insects, chiefly bumble bees. The fruit is a pod with five longitudinal ribs; the seeds are large and kidney-shaped. Geographical.—The original home of okra is tropical Africa. It is now introduced into many civilized countries, and grown as a vegetable with particular success in the warmer ones. Types.—Beattie divides the varieties of okra into three types: (1) Tall green, (2) dwarf green, and (3) lady finger. Each of these is further divided into long-podded and short-podded sorts. Plants of the “lady-finger” type are much lighter in color than those of the other two types. Tall green okras are 4 to 8 feet high, dwarf green sorts about to 3K feet high, and lady-finger varieties close to 3 feet high. Uses.—Okra is used chiefly in soups. Not infrequently the young seeds are cooked. When the pods are very young and tender, they are cooked and served as a salad. A fiber used in the manufacture of paper is sometimes made fromMALVACEAE Soi both stems and mature pods. In some countries the pods are dried, and in this form kept for winter use. The seeds are sometimes used as a substitute for coffee. Hibiscus sabdarijfa (Roselle).—-This plant, closely related to okra, resembles cotton in its plant and flower characters. It is a strong annual, 5 to 7 feet tall, making a broad clump which branches from the base. The edible portion of the plant is the thickened calyces surrounding the fruit. These are usually ready for picking about 3 weeks after the flowers open. References Balls, W. L.: The Sexuality of Cotton. Yearbook Khediv. Agr. Soc. Cairo, 1905. ------, The Development and Properties of Raw Cotton. London, 1915. Beattie, W. R.: Okra: Its Culture and Uses. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 232: 1-16, 1905. Bowman, F. H.: Structure of the Cotton Fiber. Manchester, England, 1881. Brooks, E. C.: The Story of Cotton. Chicago, New York, and London, 1911. Cook, O. F., and Meade, R. M.: Arrangement of Parts in the Cotton Plant. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 222: 1-26, 1911. Dimorphic Leaves of Cotton and Allied Plants in Relation to Heredity. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 221: 1-59, 1911. Cook, F. O. McLachlan, Argyle, and Meade, R. M.: A Study of Diversity in Egyptian Cotton. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 156:1-60,1909. Duggar, J. F.: Descriptions and Classification of Varieties of American Upland Cotton. Ala. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 140: 1-104, 1907. Evans, W. H.: Botany of Cotton. U. S. Dept. Agr. Office of Expt. Stats. Bull. 33: 67-80, 1896. Contains a Bibliography of Cotton. Flatters, A.: The Cotton Plant: Its Development and Structure and the Evolution and Structure of the Cotton Fiber. London and Manchester, 1906. Harrison, George J.: Metaxenia in Cotton. Jour. Agr. Res., 42: 521-544, 1931. Hawkins, R. S., and Serviss, George H.: Development of Cotton Fibers in the Pima and Acala Varieties; Jour. Agr. Res. 40: 1017-1029, 1930. Kearney, T. H.: Development of the Cotton Boll as Affected by Removal of the Involucre. Journ. Agr. Res. 38: 381-393, 1929. Martin, R. D., Ballard, W. W., and Sampson, D. M.: Growth of Fruiting Parts in Cotton Plants. Journ. Agr. Res. 25: 195-208, 1923. Meade, R. M.: Methods of Securing Self-pollination in Cotton. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Cir. 121: 29: 30, 1913. Monie, Hugh: The Cotton Fiber, Its Structure, Etc, Manchester and London, 1890.502 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Reed, E. L.: Leaf Nectaries of Gossypium. Bot. Gaz., 63: 229-231, 1917. Steuckart, C.: Die Baumwolle, ihre Herkunft, ihre Verwendung, ihre Geschichte, und Bedeutung. Leipsic, 1914. Tyler, F. J.: The Nectaries of Cotton. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 131: 45-54, 1908. Varieties of American Upland Cotton. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Ind. Bul. 163: 1-127, 1910. Watt, G.: The Wild and Cultivated Cotton Plants of the World. New York and London, 1907.CHAPTER XXXV UMBELLIFERjE (Carrot Family) Stems and Leaves.—All the common representatives of the carrot family are herbs. A very few are shrubs or trees. The stems are usually hollow. The leaves are alternate, sometimes opposite at the base of the stem, and as a rule pinnately or ternately compound. In a few genera (as Bupleurum, Hydrocotyle and Oxypolis), they are simple. In Sanícula, they are digitately parted or lobed. In the carrot, fennel, and others, the leaves are decompound. The petioles are frequently swollen and broadened at the base and partly sheathe the stem. There are no stipules, or, if present, are very small. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The inflorescence is nearly always an umbel, either simple or compound, but occasionally a head (as in Eryngium). The umbel is so characteristic of this group of plants as to suggest the name “Umbelliferae” (literally meaning umbel-bearing). In a compound umbel, the smaller groups of flowers are designated umbellets. The umbel as a whole is commonly subtended by an involucre, the umbellets by an involucel (little involucre). When the inflorescence has an involucre, it is said to be involúcrate; when it has involucels, it is involucellate. The flowers (Fig. 221) are small, mostly regular, perfect or polygamous, and pentamerous. In some instances, the outer flowers of the umbel are irregular, the petals pointing outward being somewhat larger than those pointing inward. The calyx, when present, forms a tube wholly adnate to the ovary; the limb of the tube is absent, or divided into five inconspicuous teeth. The corolla consists of five separate petals, attached to the base of the calyx tube; the tips of the petals are usually turned in, and emarginate or two-lobed. There are five 503504 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS stamens, curved inward in the young flower, with filiform filaments and versalite anthers. The single, inferior ovary consists of two locules, with a single seed in each, and of two distinct, straight, filiform styles borne on a swollen nectariferous style foot, the stylopodium (Figs. 221 and 222). In some '"Dehisced anthers Sfigmafic lobes 'rsSfigmaHc ^ lobes ■ AlZ~bMericarps 'Schizocarp \Bracfs offnvolucei ’ Fig. 221.—Parsley. A, stamens starting to unfold. B, flower with three anthers dehisced. C, just before anthesis, showing stigmatic lobes, stylopodium and developing ovary. D, involucel of nearly mature schizocarps. {From Jones & Rosa’s “ Truck Crop Plants,” Courtesy of McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.) genera (as Apium, celery), the stylopodium is inconspicuous or wanting. The umbellifers are usually insect-pollinated. Protandry is common. Fruit-—The umbelliferous fruit (Fig. 222) is very characteristic. It is termed a schizocarp, i.e., a dry fruit of two carpels, these separating at maturity along the midline or commissure into two one-seeded halves—the mericarps. Each individual carpel or mericarp is indéhiscent. The two mericarps remainTJMBELLIEERÆ SOS attached for a while after splitting by a forked stalk, the carpophore (Fig. 222, E). At the summit of the fruit is a swollen nectary, the stylopdium, giving rise to two short, persistent, usually outwardly curved styles. Each mericarp bears, on the outside, five longitudinal membranous or corky ribs, the primary ribs. These are modifications of the pericarp; each encloses vascular bundles. In some cases there is one secondary rib in Fig. 222.—Parsnip (Pastinaca sativa). A, median lengthwise section of flower, X 12; B, fact view of same, X 12; C, dorsal view of single mericarp, X D, floral diagram; E, schizocarp with mericarps separating at maturity, X 2)/%; F, cross-section of single mericarp, X 10. (D after Strasburger.) each of the four furrows or grooves between the primary ones, thus making in many instances nine ribs (five primary, four secondary) to each half of the nature fruit. Within the grooves, as- is best seen by a cross-section of a mericarp (Fig. 222, F), are oil tubes (vittae), running lengthwise of the fruit. These tubes contain secretions of balsams, resins, and volatile oils, which impart to the fruit its characteristic odor and taste. The fruit may be bristly (as in carrot) or smooth (as in parsnip,5°6 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS and many others). The bristles may cover the fruit (as in Sanicula), or be confined to the ribs (as in carrot). Oil tubes are sometimes obsolete or obscure (as in Conium, Hydrocotyle, Washingtonia). If distinct, they are solitary (as in-parsnip) or several (as in Angelica, Cymopterus). There are usually two or more oil tubes on the commissural side, that is, on the side that is contiguous with the adjoining mericarp. The fruit is either flattened laterally (at right angles to the commissure), or flattened dor sally (parallel to the commissure), or in some instances not flattened at all (terete or nearly so). The one seed in each carpel completely fills the whole cavity and is usually adnate to the pericarp; the inner seed faces may be concave or flat. There is considerable oily endosperm present in the seed. The small embryo is imbedded in the endosperm near the hilum. The fruit is of greater taxonomic importance than any other portion of the plant. Usually, it is necessary to have the mature fruit before an accurate determination can be made of a species in hand. Keys to the genera and species are largely based upon fruit characters. Geographical.—The carrot family is one of north temperate regions, not being well represented in the tropics. According to Britton and Brown, there are close to 1,600 species in about 170 genera. . • Key to Genera oe Economic Importance Fruit bristly, Daucus (carrot) Fruit not bristly. Fruit strongly flattened dorsally, with lateral ribs more or less prominently winged (Fig. 218, F), Pastinaca (parsnip). Fruit not strongly flattened dorsally, usually more or less laterally flattened (Fig. 222, B). Stylopodium conical. Involucre wanting; leaves pinnately compound. Flowers white, Coriander (coriander). Flowers yellow, Fceniculum (fennel). Involucre present; leaves ternately compound, Carum (caraway). Stylopodium flat or wanting, Apium (celery and parsley). DAUCUS CAROTA (Carrot) Root and Stems.—The common carrot is usually a biennial, sometimes, however, running to seed the first year. Dur-UMBELLIFERA 507 ing the first season of growth, there Is a storage of food in the enlarged hypocotyl and prominent tap root, both of which Fig. 223.—Umbel of carrot (Daucus carota). become fleshy, forming the so-called “carrot.” Four longitudinal rows of secondary roots are given off from the tap root.BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 5°8 In a mature plant the tap root may extend to a depth of 6 or 7 feet. The roots are much thinner and woodier in the wild form of the carrot than in cultivated forms. Fig. 224.—Flowers of carrot (Daucus carota), in various stages of opening. In a cross-section of the “carrot” the following tissues may be seen, from the outside to inside: (1) periderm (skin); (2)UMBELLIFERiE 509 cortex and phloem; (3) cambium; (4) central region (wood and pith). A good carrot is one with a proportionately large cortex and phloem, because in these most of the sugar is stored. During the second season of growth, a rough, hispid stem, 2 or 3 feet high, and with spreading branches, is sent up from the “crown” of the carrot. Leaves.—All the leaves are decompound (doubly compound). The lower ones are two- to three-pinnate, the segments linear or lanceolate, dentate, lobed or pinnatifid, the upper ones smaller and less divided. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The inflorescence is a compound umbel. At maturity one recognizes umbels of four orders. On each plant is one umbel of the first order which terminates the primary flower shoot. Branches from this terminate in umbels of the second order; branches from these in umbels of the third order, and their branches in umbels of the fourth order. A large percentage of the seed comes from umbels of carota). A, cross-section; B, external view. (A, after Sargent.) B X io. the secpnd and third orders. At maturity, the outermost pedicels bend inward, the whole forming a structure resembling a bird’s nest. The involucral bracts are long, and cleft into a number of narrow lobes. The involucels, at the bases of the umbellets, are made up of entire or toothed lobes. The flowers are small and white, the central one of each umbel often purple, or all the flowers are pinkish. The calyx teeth are lacking. There are five petals, Fig. 225.—Fruit of carrot (Daucus5io BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS obovate, and with the tips turned in. There are five stamens turning in when young. The ovary is inferior and bilocular. The flowers are mostly insect-pollinated. Fruit and Seed.—The fruit is oblong and dorsally flattened. The five primary ridges of each carpel bear long hairs, and each of the four secondary ridges bears about ten long spines, at the ends of which are three or four hooked hairs. The oil tubes (vittae) are solitary in the intervals, that is, under the Fig. 226.—Types of carrots (Daucus carota). A, Garden Ball; B, Early Scarlet; C, Oxheart; D, Chantenay; E, True Danvers; F, Saint Valery; G, Long Orange. secondary ribs, and two are on the commissural side of each mericarp. The seed is flattened dorsally, and the face plane or slightly curved. Geographical.—The wild form of Daucus carota is a native of Europe and Asia. It has become common throughout North America, in many places proving a troublesome weed. All the cultivated forms of carrot are considered to be derived from this one wild form. A Yb Varieties.-—There are numerous varieties of carrots varying as to size, shape, color, and quality. As to shape of the vegetable, varieties may be divided into two groups (Fig. 226).UMBELLIFEILE 511 1. Roots distinctly pointed, tapering (Long Orange, Saint Valery). 2. Roots blunt at the tip, not pointed (Early Scarlet Horn, Oxheart, Chantenay, Stump-rooted Half Long Red). The roots may be white (Large White, White Vosges, White Belgian), red (Carentan), orange or orange red (Early French Forcing Oxheart, Long Orange), or purple-violet (some Egyptian and Spanish varieties). Uses.—Medium-size carrots, particularly those with yellow or orange flesh, are used as a table vegetable and for the seasoning of soups and stews. The larger, coarser varieties, such as Large White, Large Yellow Belgian, Danvers and White Vosges, are grown for feeding stock during the winter season. The yellow coloring matter, carotin, is sometimes extracted from the roots and used for coloring butter. PASTINACA SATIVA (Parsnip) Roots and Stems.—The parsnip is of either annual or biennial duration. When grown from seed, a fleshy hypo-cotyl and tap root are first formed; these constitute the ‘‘parsnip ” vegetable. The tap root system is extensive. In the wild form, the root and hypocotyl are thin, tough, and woody. During the second season, a branching stem is sent up to a height of from 2 to 3 feet. The tall, erect stems are grooved, smooth or somewhat downy pubescent, and become hollow. Leaves.—The lower and basal leaves are petioled, pinnately compound, the thin segments ovate or oval, lobed, incised or dentate. The upper leaves are sessile, much smaller than the lower, and not so deeply lobed. The terminal leaflet of each leaf is usually three-lobed. Inflorescence and Flowers.—The flowers (Fig. 227) are in broad compound umbels usually with 7 to 15 main “rays,” each terminated by a small umbellet. There are no involucres and involucels in the parsnip, thus differing markedly from the carrot. The flowers are yellow. The calyx teeth are very small or absent, the petals incurved and small, the512 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS stylopodium depressed, and the ovary inferior. Pollination within the umbel appears to be the rule. Fruit and Seed.—The fruit (Fig. 222) is broadly oval and much flattened dorsally. The dorsal and two intermediate primary ribs are thread-like, while the lateral ribs are expanded Fig. 227.—Leaf and inflorescence of parsnip (Pastinaca sativa). into broad, flat wings, with those of the two mericarps contiguous. The oil tubes are solitary in the intervals; there are four on the dorsal side and two to four on the commissural side. The olive-green seeds are flattened dorsally. The seeds remain viable for 1 to 2 years only. Geographical.—The wild parsnip, Pastinaca sativa> from which our cultivated varieties are derived, is a native of Europe. This wild form has becomeUMBELLIEERiE 513 naturalized in many sections of North America, occurring as a weed along roadsides and in waste places. Varieties.—-There are comparatively few parsnip varieties. Probably the most popular sorts are the Guernsey and Hollow Crown. In both of these, the crown is concave. APIUM (Celery and Parsley) Generic Description.—Members of this genus are annual or perennial herbs with pinnately divided leaves. The white Fig. 228.—Celery (Apium graveolens). A, schizocarp, external, X 15; B, diagrammatic cross-section of schizocarp, X 20. or greenish flowers are in compound umbels. The involucre and involucels may be present or wanting. The calyx teeth are absent. As in many umbellifers, the petals are turned in at the tip. The fruit (Fig. 228) is flattened laterally, broader than long, smooth or covered with protuberances. The mericarps have pronounced corky ribs; the oil tubes are solitary in the intervals, with two on the commissural side. Geographical.—There are about 18 species in this group, distributed chiefly in the Eastern Hemisphere. There are two well-known cultivated species (parsley and celery) both of which are natives of Europe, and an indigenous species, Apium leptophyllum. These three species are distinguished in the following key.Si4 BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS Key to Principal Species of Apium Flowers greenish-yellow, Apium petroselinum (common parsley). Flowers white. Leaf segments broad, Apium graveolens (celery and celeriac). Leaf segments narrow, Apium leptophyllum (fine-leaved marsh parsley). APIUM PETROSELINUM (Parsley) Description.—Common garden parsley is a biennial, the first season throwing out a dense whorl of radical leaves that are bipinnate, triangular in outline, and with the segments ovate, and dentate or incised. During the second season, there is sent up an erect, highly branched stem, i to 3 feet high. The upper leaves are also bipinnate, but the segments are linear-oblong and entire. The plant has a tap root system, the main portion of which may extend to a depth of 3 or 4 feet. The inflorescence is a compound umbel with linear involucral bracts and awl-shaped involucellate bractlets. The flowers are greenish-yellow. The fruit is ovate, smooth, and with pronounced ribs. When large parsley seed is used the plants from them have larger and earlier foliage and are more capable of renewing the tops after being cut back than plants from small seed. Varieties.—As to leaf characters, there are two types of parsley: 1. Plain Parsley.—Leaves plain, not curled. 2. Double Curled, Dark Moss-curled, Fern-leaved Parsley.— Leaves curled. The turnip-rooted or Hamburg parsley is a type bearing a small, fleshy root, which is the edible part of the plant. APIUM GRAVEOLENS (Celery and Celeriac) Description.—This species is either annual or biennial in habit, most commonly the latter. When, grown from seed, there is formed, in the cultivated sorts, a clump of leaves with thick, fleshy leaf stalks. The leaf stalks are the edible portions of common celery. If the plants have been stunted or set back in their development, seed stalks may be sentUMBELLIFERiE 515 up the first season. Of course, in celery growing, the “seeders ” are undesirable and every effort is made to prevent their appearance. Normally, however, seed stalks are sent up from the short rootstock the second season. This stem is erect, glabrous, and 1 to 3 feet high. The leaves are pinnately compound with three to five oval, coarsely toothed or incised leaf segments. The small white flowers are in umbels. Involucre and involucels are small or wanting. The flowers are mostly insect-pollinated but are potentially self-fertile. The fruit is oval, flattened laterally, and has corky ribs. The oil tubes are solitary in the intervals and two in number on the commissural side. Geographical.—Apium graveolens, the wild form giving rise to our cultivated celery and celeriac, is a native of Europe. In eastern United States, it has escaped from cultivation, and it is said that in the salt marshes of California it has become naturalized. Types and Varieties.—There are two types into which the cultivated celery has been modified by breeding and selection: (1) common celery, with enlarged, tender, edible leaf stalks, and (2) celeriac, “German celery” or turnip-rooted celery (A. graveolens var. rapaceum), with a fleshy, turniplike rootstock, 2 to 4 inches long. These rootstocks constitute the edible portion of the plant (Fig. 229). There are two general types of the common celery: (1) self-blanching varieties—quick-growing, very tender, easily-blanching sorts, especially adapted for fall and early winter use (Golden Self-blanching, White Plume). Blanching is secured by keeping the leaf stalks away from the light; the leaf blades, however, are permitted to grow in the light, so that the processes of food-making proceed in a normal manner, and the stalk is not stunted. Chlorophyll is formed only in those parts of the plant exposed to the light directly. Boards, paper or earth are placed about the stalks to exclude the light. (2) Green or winter varieties—not as quick-growing or easily blanched as those of the preceding type and, furthermore,BOTANY OT CROP PLANTS 516 with better keeping qualities wl|en stored for the winter (Giant Pascal, Boston Market, Wihter Queen). All cultivated varieties of celery require cool weather and plenty of moisture for their best development; they are intolerant of excessive heat. Celery culture is carried on Fig. 229.—Celeriac (Apium graveolens). {After Vilmorin.) with the greatest success on reclaimed muck soils in regions with a cool climate. Uses.-—Celery is grown principally for the thick, fleshy leaf stalks. The leaves are also used for garnishing and seasoning, and the seeds are used for flavoring salads and soups. The fleshy root of celeriac is used as a flavoring or is stewed separately. References Coulter, J. M., and Rose, J. N.: Monograph of the North American Um-belliferse. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., 7, No. 1: 1-256, 1900.CHAPTER XXXVI VACCINIACEiE (Huckleberry Family) This is a widely distributed family occurring in tropical, temperate, and arctic regions. It is closely related to the heath family (.Ericaceae) which possesses such well-known plants as kinnikinic (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi), the creeping wintergreen (